JP2024005686A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine that can reduce the control load when notifying the player that the game is closed.

SOLUTION: When the value of a MY closing counter 103ba reaches "19,000" due to winning, a closing indicator 36 notifies that a closing function has been activated. Specifically, the activation of the closing function is notified by a light emission mode of the closing indicator 36 (for example, all "5" lamps blink, the full-color LED emits orange light).

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 149

COPYRIGHT: (C)2024,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

Among conventional gaming machines, there is a gaming machine in which a player plays a game using gaming value owned by the player.

Recently, when a set cancellation condition is met among multiple cancellation conditions such as the end of the BB or the difference in the number of sheets becoming a certain number, a gaming machine is notified by an image display device. known (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2020-14578 Publication

However, since the gaming machine described above has multiple discontinuation conditions that can be set, it is necessary to perform processing to determine whether or not the discontinuation conditions have been met, and to provide notification in accordance with the met discontinuation conditions. Therefore, there was a problem in that a control load was imposed on the notification regarding the suspension.

In view of these problems, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can reduce the control load when notifying players about suspension.

In order to solve such problems, the gaming machine according to the present invention uses a game control means capable of executing processing related to the game, a performance control means capable of executing processing related to performance, and a game value acquired through the game. and a light emitting means capable of emitting light in a predetermined light emitting manner. In this case, it is possible to execute a termination process for stopping the game, and the light emitting means indicates that when the result of calculation by the calculation means reaches the specific value, it is possible to execute a notification regarding the termination. Features.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can reduce the control load when giving notification regarding cancellation.

It is an external perspective view of a gaming machine. It is an internal structure diagram of a gaming machine. It is a detailed diagram of various indicators. It is a block diagram of the entire gaming machine. It is a diagram showing the storage area of the main control board and the storage area of the gaming value control board. It is a diagram showing the symbol arrangement of the reels. It is a diagram showing combinations of symbols and assigned values of gaming values. It is a diagram showing the transition of gaming states. It is a figure showing the transition of the ball release state. It is a diagram showing the flow of objects and information. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing details of transmission and reception of each piece of information. It is a figure showing a winning combination determination table. It is a diagram showing the relationship between winning combinations, the order of operation of stop buttons, winnings, etc. It is a diagram showing the characteristics of the winning combination. It is a figure showing an AT state transition lottery table. It is a figure showing a CZ state transition lottery table. It is a diagram showing a lottery table for the number of additional games. It is a diagram showing an additional state transition lottery table. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a storage area of a main RAM. It is a diagram showing a storage area of a gaming value RAM. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing main program start processing. It is a figure which shows setting value change processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing main loop processing. It is a diagram showing an error check process at the start of a game. It is a diagram showing gaming value management processing. It is a figure showing internal lottery processing. It is a figure which shows the ball output state management process at the time of lever operation. It is a diagram showing processing for a non-specific period. It is a figure which shows the process for normal states. It is a figure which shows the process for bonus preparation states. It is a figure which shows the process for CZ states. It is a figure which shows the process for bonus states. It is a figure which shows the process for AT states. It is a diagram showing processing for a bonus preparation state during AT. It is a figure which shows the process for bonus states during AT. It is a figure which shows the process for additional states. It is a figure which shows the reel rotation start preparation process. It is a figure which shows processing during reel rotation. It is a figure showing display judgment processing. It is a diagram showing a game value granting process. It is a figure which shows the call process after a full stop. It is a figure which shows ratio calculation processing. It is a diagram showing gaming machine performance information calculation processing. It is a figure which shows the ball release state management process after a full stop. It is a figure which shows the process for normal states after a complete stop. It is a diagram showing processing for a bonus preparation state after full stop. It is a figure which shows the process for CZ state after full stop. It is a diagram showing processing for a bonus state after full stop. It is a figure which shows the process for AT state after a full stop. It is a figure which shows the process for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop. It is a diagram showing processing for a bonus state during AT after full stop. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing for an additional state after full stop. It is a diagram showing gaming state transition processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating specific period related processing. It is a figure which shows termination related processing. It is a figure which shows a termination calculation process. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing main interrupt processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating main interrupt error check processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value program start processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value main processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value command analysis processing. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing when receiving a setting value command. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing when receiving a main error command. It is a figure which shows the process when a payment command is received. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a process when a BET-related command is received. It is a diagram showing a process when receiving a gaming value imparting command. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing when receiving a termination command. It is a figure which shows the process at the time of a lending notification. It is a diagram showing gaming value interrupt processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating time-over error check processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value interruption error check processing. It is a figure which shows the process when a count button is operated. It is a diagram showing gaming machine information notification processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing sub-main processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing main control board communication processing. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing main subcommand analysis processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value control board communication processing. It is a diagram showing gaming value subcommand analysis processing. It is a diagram showing a data structure of data communicated between a gaming machine and a lending device. It is a diagram showing a list of messages communicated between a gaming machine and a lending device. It is a diagram showing a gaming machine information list. It is a figure showing the details of a count notice, a lending notice, and a lending reception result response. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a basic communication sequence. It is a diagram showing a startup sequence when a gaming machine is started first. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a startup sequence when a lending device is started first. It is a diagram showing a sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap. It is a figure which shows the sequence when hall|hole game fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap. It is a figure showing a count notification sequence. It is a diagram showing a lending notification sequence. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a recovery sequence when a dedicated IF is disconnected. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a communication abnormality sequence during counting. It is a figure which shows the communication abnormality sequence at the time of lending. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a priority list of events. It is a figure which shows the time chart during setting change. It is a figure which shows the animation during a setting change. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a time chart of a setting change device operation abnormality error. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an animation of an abnormal operation error of the setting change device. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a time chart during setting confirmation display. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an animation during a setting confirmation display. It is a diagram showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main control notification TO). It is a diagram showing an animation of an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main control notification TO). It is a diagram showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main stop). It is a diagram showing an animation of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop). It is a diagram showing a time chart of a game value number reaching error (main stop). It is a diagram showing an animation of a game value number reaching error (main stop). FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device communication no response error (main stop). It is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device communication no response error (main stop). It is a figure which shows the time chart of the rental device non-connection error (main stop). It is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device unconnected error (main stop). It is a diagram showing a time chart of clearing the number of game values. It is a diagram showing an animation of clearing the number of game values. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a time chart for determining specific setting values. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an animation of determining a specific setting value. It is a figure which shows the time chart of a door opening error (main stop). It is a figure which shows the animation of a door opening error (main stop). FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a time chart of reset start. It is a figure which shows the animation of a reset start. It is a diagram showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (constant monitoring). It is a diagram showing a time chart of a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring). It is a diagram showing an animation of a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring). FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring). It is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring). It is a figure which shows the time chart of the rental device non-connection error (constant monitoring). It is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring). It is a figure which shows the time chart of a door opening error (constant monitoring). It is a figure which shows the animation of a door opening error (constant monitoring). It is a figure which shows the time chart of a stop function. It is a figure which shows the animation of a stop function. It is a figure which shows the time chart of the completion of a counting process. It is a figure which shows the animation of the completion of a counting process. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a time chart during counting processing. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an animation during counting processing. It is a diagram showing a time chart before reaching the number of gaming values. It is a diagram showing an animation before the number of game values is reached. It is a diagram showing a time chart for settling the number of game values. It is a diagram showing an animation of game value number settlement. It is a figure which shows the time chart of discontinuation advance notification. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an animation of advance notice of discontinuation. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a time chart of suspension standby notification. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an animation of suspension standby notification. It is a figure which shows the animation after operation of a stop function. It is a diagram showing an animation after clearing the number of game values. It is a figure which shows the animation after discontinuation advance notification. It is a figure which shows the animation after termination standby notification. It is a figure which shows the animation from the discontinuation advance notification until the discontinuation function is activated. It is a figure which shows the animation from abort standby notification until the abort function is activated. It is a figure which shows 2nd Embodiment from the discontinuation advance notification until the discontinuation function operates. It is a figure which shows 3rd Embodiment from the discontinuation advance notification until the discontinuation function operates. It is a figure which shows the modification of an explanation display part and a stop indicator. It is a diagram showing a list of functions of a gaming machine and an implementation area. It is a detailed diagram regarding the provision of gaming value. FIG. 3 is a detailed diagram regarding betting of gaming value. It is a detailed diagram regarding MAXBET of gaming value. It is a detailed diagram regarding settlement of gaming value. It is a detailed diagram regarding clearing of the gaming value RAM. It is a detailed diagram regarding clearing the number of game values. FIG. 3 is a detailed diagram regarding the stopping function. It is a detailed diagram regarding setting changes. It is a detailed diagram regarding lending of gaming value. It is a block diagram of a 4th embodiment. It is a figure showing main loop processing in a 5th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the error check process after a complete stop. It is a figure which shows the timing chart in 5th Embodiment. It is a figure showing animation in a 5th embodiment.

Embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described below with reference to the drawings.

(External perspective view of gaming machine 1)
First, an external perspective view of the gaming machine 1 will be explained using FIG. 1.

(gaming machine 1)
The gaming machine 1 in this embodiment includes a cabinet 2, a front door 3, and the like. Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of playing games using electromagnetically stored gaming values. In other words, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of playing games without using gaming media (for example, medals).

(cabinet 2)
The cabinet 2 is a substantially rectangular box and has an opening on the front side. Moreover, a plurality of parts are attached to the cabinet 2. Note that by providing the cabinet 2, it becomes possible to store a reel 20, etc., which will be described later.

(Front door 3)
The front door 3 is attached to close the opening on the front side of the cabinet 2. Further, a plurality of parts are attached to the front door 3. Note that by providing the front door 3, it becomes possible to attach a stop button 10, etc.

(Handle part 4)
The handle portion 4 is attached to make it easier for a clerk at a game parlor to transport the game machine 1. Note that by providing the handle portion 4, the gaming machine 1 can be easily transported.

(Door keyhole 5)
The door keyhole 5 is provided on the right side of the center of the front door 3 when viewed from the front, and is provided to unlock the front door 3 using a locking device (not shown). Here, when a clerk at the game parlor or the like performs maintenance work or changes set values, a locking device (not shown) provided on the front door 3 is unlocked. Specifically, the front door 3 is opened by inserting a door key (not shown) into the door keyhole 5 and rotating it clockwise by a predetermined angle, allowing maintenance work and work such as changing setting values to be performed. It will be done. Then, when maintenance work and work such as changing setting values are completed, the front door 3 is closed to lock the locking device. In addition, by providing the door keyhole 5, it becomes possible to open and close the front door 3.

(Setting value)
The set value is a value indicating the degree of advantage for the player, and the larger the set value, the more advantageous it is for the player. In the present embodiment, there are "6" stages: setting "0", setting "1", setting "3", setting "4", setting "5", and setting "6". Further, in this embodiment, setting "2" is not provided, and setting "0" is a setting value that is extremely disadvantageous for the player.

(BET button 6)
The BET button 6 is provided for placing a bet on a game with a gaming value of "1" out of the gaming values owned by the player. By providing the BET button 6, it is possible to accept a BET operation in which the player bets the game value of "1" owned by the player on a game.

(MAXBET button 7)
The MAXBET button 7 is provided for placing a bet on a game with the maximum value of the game value that can be bet in one game (“1” game) among the game values owned by the player. Here, in this embodiment, the maximum value of the game value that can be bet in one game is "3". By providing the MAXBET button 7, it becomes possible to accept a MAXBET operation in which the player bets the game value of "3" owned by the player on a game.

(Payment button 8)
The settlement button 8 is provided to settle the gaming value bet by the player. Here, in this embodiment, the maximum value of the game value that can be bet in one game is "3", so the value of the game value that can be settled is any value from "1" to "3". . By providing the settlement button 8, it is possible to accept a settlement operation for settling the betted gaming value.

(Start lever 9)
The start lever 9 is provided for the player to perform a start operation that triggers the rotation of the reels 20, which will be described later. Here, when a start operation is performed by the player, processing for obtaining a random number value, processing for determining a winning combination using the obtained random number value, processing for starting rotation of the reels 20, which will be described later, and the like are performed. Note that by providing the start lever 9, it becomes possible to accept a start operation by a player.

(Stop button 10)
The stop button 10 is provided to detect a stop operation that causes the rotation of the reel 20 to be stopped, which will be described later. Further, the stop button 10 includes a left stop button 11, a middle stop button 12, and a right stop button 13. Here, when the player performs a stop operation, a process such as stopping the rotation of the reels 20, which will be described later, is performed. In addition, by providing the stop button 10, it becomes possible to accept a stop operation corresponding to the reels 20, which will be described later.

(Left stop button 11)
The left stop button 11 is provided to detect a left stop operation that is a trigger for stopping the rotation of the left reel 21, which will be described later. Here, when the player performs a left stop operation, a process such as stopping the rotation of the left reel 21, which will be described later, is performed. By providing the left stop button 11, it becomes possible to accept a left stop operation corresponding to the left reel 21, which will be described later.

(Medium stop button 12)
The middle stop button 12 is provided to detect a middle stop operation that is a trigger for stopping the rotation of the middle reel 22, which will be described later. Here, when the player performs a middle stop operation, a process such as stopping the rotation of the middle reel 22, which will be described later, is performed. By providing the middle stop button 12, it becomes possible to accept a middle stop operation corresponding to the middle reel 22, which will be described later.

(Right stop button 13)
The right stop button 13 is provided to detect a right stop operation that is a trigger for stopping the rotation of the right reel 23, which will be described later. Here, when the player performs a right stop operation, a process such as stopping the rotation of the right reel 23, which will be described later, is performed. In addition, by providing the right stop button 13, it becomes possible to accept a right stop operation corresponding to the right reel 23, which will be described later.

(Various indicators 15)
Various displays 15 are provided to display various information. Here, the various indicators 15 will be explained in detail using FIG. 3. Note that by providing various displays 15, it is possible to display various information.

(Game value display 24)
The game value display 24 is provided to display the value of the game value owned by the player. Here, the gaming value display 24 in this embodiment is capable of displaying a "5" digit value. In addition, by providing the gaming value display 24, it becomes possible to display the value of the gaming value owned by the player.

(Production button 25)
The performance button 25 is provided to detect a performance operation performed when a predetermined performance image is displayed on the image display device 27 or a menu display operation performed when no game is being played. Here, when the player performs a performance operation, a process is performed in which a predetermined performance image displayed on the image display device 27 is switched to a specific performance image. Furthermore, when the player performs a menu display operation, a process of displaying a menu image on the image display device 27 is performed. Note that by providing the performance button 25, it becomes possible to accept performance operations and menu display operations by the player.

(cross key 26)
The cross key 26 is made up of an up button, a down button, a left button, a right button, and an enter button, and is used for selection operations performed when a menu image is displayed on the image display device 27, Provided for detecting a decision operation. Here, when the cross key 26 is operated, a process of moving and displaying a cursor image CUR, which will be described later, is performed. Note that by providing the cross key 26, it becomes possible to accept selection operations and determination operations.

(Image display device 27)
The image display device 27 is provided to display moving images, still images, etc. corresponding to effects performed when a game is played. Here, the image display device 27 is capable of displaying a performance image that is displayed when a performance is being executed, and an error image that is displayed when an error in the gaming machine 1 is detected. Note that by providing the image display device 27, it becomes possible to perform effects that are visually appealing to the players.

(Underframe lamp 28)
The frame lamp 28 is provided to turn on and blink in response to the performance performed when a game is played. Here, the frame lamp 28 can be lit or blinked in a lighting pattern or blinking pattern corresponding to the performance to be performed or the detected error. Note that by providing the frame lamp 28, it becomes possible to perform effects that are visually appealing to the players.

(Speaker 29)
The speaker 29 is composed of an upper right speaker 29a, an upper left speaker 29b, a lower right speaker 29c, and a lower left speaker 29d, and includes BGM, audio, and sound effects corresponding to the performance performed when the game is played. It is provided to output such as. Here, the speaker 29 is capable of outputting BGM, audio, sound effects, etc. corresponding to the performance to be performed and the detected error. Note that by providing the speaker 29, it is possible to perform effects that appeal to the player's sense of hearing.

(Reel display area 30)
The reel display area 30 is composed of a left reel display area 31, a middle reel display area 32, and a right reel display area 33, and is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the reels 20, which will be described later. . Note that by providing the reel display area 30, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize symbols arranged on the reels 20, which will be described later.

(Left reel display area 31)
The left reel display area 31 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the left reel 21, which will be described later. Here, the left reel display area 31 displays "3" symbols among the symbols arranged on the left reel 21: a symbol displayed in the upper row, a symbol displayed in the middle row, and a symbol displayed in the lower row. can be displayed. Note that by providing the left reel display area 31, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize symbols arranged on the left reel 21, which will be described later.

(Middle reel display area 32)
The middle reel display area 32 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the middle reel 22, which will be described later. Here, the middle reel display area 32 displays "3" symbols among the symbols arranged on the middle reel 22: a symbol displayed in the upper row, a symbol displayed in the middle row, and a symbol displayed in the lower row. can be displayed. Note that by providing the middle reel display area 32, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize the symbols arranged on the middle reel 22, which will be described later.

(Right reel display area 33)
The right reel display area 33 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the right reel 23, which will be described later. Here, the right reel display area 33 displays "3" symbols among the symbols arranged on the right reel 23: a symbol displayed in the upper row, a symbol displayed in the middle row, and a symbol displayed in the lower row. can be displayed. Note that by providing the right reel display area 33, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize symbols arranged on the right reel 23, which will be described later.

(Lower panel 34)
The lower panel 34 is provided below the stop button 10, and has a picture drawn thereon that allows the player to recognize the model name and motif of the gaming machine 1. Further, the front door 3 is equipped with a light (not shown), and by emitting light, the model name, motif, etc. of the gaming machine 1 can be easily recognized. Note that, although the details will be described later, the words "Equipped with stopping function" are printed on the lower panel 34.

(Count button 60)
The counting button 60 is provided to detect a counting operation performed when counting the gaming value owned by the player. Here, when the player performs a counting operation, a process of counting the game value owned by the player and a process of updating the value displayed on the game value display 24 toward "0" are performed. . Note that by providing the counting button 60, it is possible to accept a counting operation by a player.

(Internal structure diagram of gaming machine 1)
Next, an internal structural diagram of the gaming machine 1 will be explained using FIG. 2.

(Reel 20)
The reel 20 includes a left reel 21, a middle reel 22, and a right reel 23, and has a cylindrical structure. Further, a translucent sheet is attached to the circumferential surface of the reel 20, and a plurality of types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. Note that by providing the reels 20, it is possible for the player to visually recognize a plurality of symbols.

(Left reel 21)
The left reel 21 has a cylindrical structure, and a translucent sheet is attached to the circumferential surface. A plurality of types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. Furthermore, by providing the left reel 21, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize a plurality of symbols.

(Middle reel 22)
The middle reel 22 has a cylindrical structure, and a translucent sheet is attached to the circumferential surface. A plurality of types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. Furthermore, by providing the middle reel 22, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize a plurality of symbols.

(Right reel 23)
The right reel 23 has a cylindrical structure, and a translucent sheet is attached to the circumferential surface. A plurality of types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. Furthermore, by providing the right reel 23, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize a plurality of symbols.

(Reset door 40)
The reset door 40 is provided to cover the reset button 41. Further, the reset door 40 can be switched between a shielded state in which the reset button 41 is shielded and an exposed state in which the reset button 41 is exposed. Here, when the reset door 40 is in the shielded state, the operation of the reset button 41 is restricted. On the other hand, when the reset door 40 is exposed, the reset button 41 can be operated. Note that by providing the reset door 40, it is possible to prevent unauthorized operation of the reset button 41.

Here, the reset door 40 may be lockable. Specifically, when the reset door 40 is in a shielded state, it is enabled to be locked, and when the reset door 40 is in an exposed state, locking is restricted. This makes it possible to further prevent unauthorized operation of the reset button 41.

(Reset button 41)
The reset button 41 is provided to detect an error cancellation operation performed when a predetermined error occurs or a setting switching operation performed when changing a setting value. Here, when the player performs an error cancellation operation, the main control board 100 performs processing to cancel a predetermined error. Furthermore, when the player performs a setting switching operation, the main control board 100 performs a process of switching and displaying the current setting value displayed on the acquisition display section 16, which will be described later. Note that by providing the reset button 41, it becomes possible to accept an error cancellation operation and a setting switching operation by the player.

(Setting door 42)
The setting door 42 is provided to cover the setting keyhole 43. Furthermore, the setting door 42 can be switched between a shielding state in which the setting keyhole 43 is covered and an exposed state in which the setting keyhole 43 is exposed. Here, when the setting door 42 is in the shielded state, insertion of a setting key (not shown) into the setting keyhole 43 is restricted. On the other hand, when the setting door 42 is exposed, it is possible to insert the setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and to rotate the inserted setting key. Note that by providing the setting door 42, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts in which setting values are changed illegally.

Here, the setting door 42 may be lockable. Specifically, when the setting door 42 is in the shielded state, it can be locked, and when the setting door 42 is in the exposed state, locking is restricted. This makes it possible to further prevent fraudulent acts in which setting values are changed illegally.

(Setting keyhole 43)
The setting keyhole 43 is provided to detect a setting change operation in which a setting key (not shown) is rotated by a predetermined angle with the setting key (not shown) inserted. Here, when the main control board 100 is turned on with the setting change operation performed, it performs a process of displaying the current setting value on the acquisition display section 16, which will be described later. Note that by providing the setting keyhole 43, it is possible to accept settings change operations.

Note that the main control board 100, power supply board 200, and gaming value control board 400 will be explained in detail using FIG. 4.

(Detailed diagram of various indicators 15)
Next, detailed diagrams of the various indicators 15 will be described using FIG. 3.

As shown in FIG. 3, the various displays 15 include an acquisition display section 16, an instruction information display section 17, a game period display section 18, and an accessory operation display section 19.

(Acquisition display section 16)
The acquisition display section 16 is provided to display the value of the gaming value acquired by winning a prize. Here, the acquisition display section 16 is composed of a higher acquisition display section 16a and a lower acquisition display section 16b, and uses the upper acquisition display section 16a and the lower acquisition display section 16b to display the gaming value acquired by winning. Display the value of Furthermore, the acquisition display unit 16 is capable of displaying error information when an error in the gaming machine 1 is detected. Specifically, error information can be displayed using the higher rank acquisition display section 16a and the lower rank acquisition display section 16b. Furthermore, the acquisition display section 16 is capable of displaying set values, and specifically, the set values are displayed on the lower acquisition display section 16b. By providing the acquisition display section 16, it is possible to display to the player the value of the gaming value acquired by winning a prize, error information, and setting values.

(Instruction information display section 17)
The instruction information display section 17 is provided to display "instruction information" indicating the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated. Here, the instruction information display section 17 includes an upper instruction information display section 17a and a lower instruction information display section 17b, and uses the upper instruction information display section 17a and the lower instruction information display section 17b to Display information. Note that by providing the instruction information display section 17, it becomes possible to display instruction information to the player.

(Game period display section 18)
The gaming period display section 18 is composed of an upper gaming period display section 18a and a lower gaming period display section 18b, and is provided to display the gaming period. Specifically, when the current gaming period is a specific period, the upper gaming period display section 18a and the lower gaming period display section 18b light up, and when the current gaming period is a non-specific period, The upper game period display section 18a and the lower game period display section 18b are turned off. In addition, by providing the gaming period display section 18, it becomes possible to display the current gaming period.

Here, the "gaming period" is composed of a "specific period" and a "non-specific period", and the "specific period" is a period in which the performance related to the instruction function is provided, and specifically, , is a period during which the operation mode of the stop button 10 (for example, the order of operation of the stop button 10) can be notified, and the "instruction function" refers to a function that facilitates winning, and in this embodiment, the operation mode of the stop button 10 is notified. This is a function that notifies the order of operations. On the other hand, the "non-specific period" is a period during which it is prohibited to send signals related to the instruction function to a peripheral board (for example, the sub-control board 300 described later), and specifically, when the stop button 10 is pressed. This is a period during which notification of the operation mode (for example, the order of operation of the stop button 10) is restricted. Note that the processing related to the instruction function is performed without referring to the value of the aborting MY counter 103ba, which will be described later.

(Accessory object operation display section 19)
The accessory operation display section 19 is composed of an upper accessory operation display section 19a and a lower accessory operation display section 19b, and displays whether it is an accessory operation period or an accessory non-operation period. It is provided for. Specifically, when it is the accessory operation period, the upper accessory operation display section 19a and the lower accessory operation display section 19b light up. On the other hand, when it is the accessory non-operation period, the upper accessory object operation display section 19a and the lower accessory object operation display section 19b are turned off. In addition, by providing the accessory operation display section 19, it becomes possible to display whether it is the accessory activation period or the accessory non-operation period.

Here, the "accessory object operation period" refers to an accessory object (for example, a first-class special accessory, a second-class special accessory, an accessory continuous operation device related to a first-class special accessory, a second-class special accessory) It is the period in which the continuous operation device for the accessory (ordinary accessory) is in operation, and specifically, it is the period in which the bonus is in operation (for example, the "bonus operation state" described later). On the other hand, the "accessory object non-operation period" refers to a period in which the accessory object is not in operation (for example, the "general gaming state" and "bonus carryover state" described later).

(Block diagram of entire gaming machine)
Next, an overall block diagram of the gaming machine 1 will be explained using FIG. 4.

In the gaming machine 1, a power supply board 200, a sub-control board 300, a gaming value control board 400, a status board 500, and a reel control board 600 are connected to a main control board 100 that controls the main operations of the gaming machine 1. There is.

(BET switch 6sw)
The BET switch 6sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the BET button 6. Here, when the BET switch 6sw detects the operation of the BET button 6, a gaming value of "1" is bet from the gaming values owned by the player. Note that by providing the BET switch 6sw, the operation of the BET button 6 by the player can be detected.

(MAXBET switch 7sw)
The MAXBET switch 7sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the MAXBET button 7. Here, when the MAXBET switch 7sw detects the operation of the MAXBET button 7, a gaming value of "3" is bet from the gaming values owned by the player. Note that by providing the MAXBET switch 7sw, the operation of the MAXBET button 7 by the player can be detected.

(Payment switch 8sw)
The payment switch 8sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the payment button 8. Here, when the operation of the settlement button 8 is detected by the settlement switch 8sw, the betted gaming value is settled. Note that by providing the payment switch 8sw, the operation of the payment button 8 by the player can be detected.

(Start switch 9sw)
The start switch 9sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the start lever 9. Here, when the operation of the start lever 9 is detected by the start switch 9sw, processing for starting the rotation of the reel 20, etc. is performed. Note that by providing the start switch 9sw, the operation of the start lever 9 by the player can be detected.

(stop switch 10sw)
The stop switch 10sw is a switch for detecting operation of the stop button 10. Further, the stop switch 10sw includes a left stop switch 11sw, a middle stop switch 12sw, and a right stop switch 13sw. Here, when the operation of the stop button 10 is detected by the stop switch 10sw, a process such as stopping the rotation of the reel 20 is performed. Note that by providing the stop switch 10sw, the operation of the stop button 10 can be detected.

(Left stop switch 11sw)
The left stop switch 11sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the left stop button 11. Further, here, when the operation of the left stop button 11 is detected by the left stop switch 11sw, a process of stopping the rotation of the left reel 21, etc. is performed. Note that by providing the left stop switch 11sw, a left stop operation of the left stop button 11 can be detected.

(Middle stop switch 12sw)
The middle stop switch 12sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the middle stop button 12. Further, here, when the operation of the middle stop button 12 is detected by the middle stop switch 12sw, a process of stopping the rotation of the middle reel 22, etc. is performed. In addition, by providing the middle stop switch 12sw, the middle stop operation of the middle stop button 12 can be detected.

(Right stop switch 13sw)
The right stop switch 13sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the right stop button 13. Further, here, when the operation of the right stop button 13 is detected by the right stop switch 13sw, processing for stopping the rotation of the right reel 23, etc. is performed. Note that by providing the right stop switch 13sw, a right stop operation of the right stop button 13 can be detected.

(Door open/close sensor 14s)
The door opening/closing sensor 14s is provided to detect whether or not the front door 3 is open. The door opening/closing sensor 14s includes a light emitting part and a light receiving part, and when the door key (not shown) is inserted into the door keyhole 5 and rotated clockwise by a predetermined angle, the locking part (not shown) rotates, making it impossible for the light receiving section to receive light emitted from the light emitting section. As a result, the door opening/closing sensor 14s is turned on, making it possible to detect the opening of the front door 3. On the other hand, when the front door 3 is closed, the light receiving section can receive the light emitted from the light emitting section, so the door opening/closing sensor 14s is turned off. Note that by providing the door opening/closing sensor 14s, it is possible to detect whether the front door 3 is open or not.

Furthermore, when the door opening/closing sensor 14s is rotated counterclockwise by a predetermined angle with the door key inserted into the door keyhole 5, a process for canceling a predetermined error will be performed. Therefore, by providing the door opening/closing sensor 14s, it becomes possible to cancel a predetermined error.

(Production switch 25sw)
The production switch 25sw is provided to detect the operation of the production button 25. Here, when the operation of the effect button 25 is detected by the effect switch 25sw, a process of switching and displaying a predetermined effect image displayed on the image display device 27 to a specific effect image, or a menu is displayed on the image display device 27. Processing such as displaying images is performed. In addition, by providing the effect switch 25sw, the operation of the effect button 25 by the player can be detected.

(cross key switch 26sw)
The cross key switch 26sw is provided to detect the operation of the cross key 26. Here, when the operation of the cross key 26 is detected by the cross key switch 26sw, control for moving and displaying the cursor image CUR is performed. Note that by providing the cross key switch 26sw, the operation of the cross key 26 by the player can be detected.

(Reset switch 41sw)
The reset switch 41sw is provided to detect operation of the reset button 41. Here, when an operation of the reset button 41 is detected by the reset switch 41sw, a process of switching and displaying the set value displayed on the acquisition display section 16, a process of canceling an error, etc. are performed. Note that by providing the reset switch 41sw, the operation of the reset button 41 can be detected.

(Setting key switch 43sw)
The setting key switch 43sw is a switch for detecting a setting change operation. Here, when the power is turned on with the setting change operation performed, a process of displaying the current setting value on the acquisition display section 16, which will be described later, is performed. Note that by providing the setting key switch 43sw, a setting change operation can be detected.

(Monitor display 44)
The monitor display 44 consists of a 7-segment LED with 4 digits, and is provided to display ratio information. Here, "ratio information" refers to the ratio of designated accessories, the ratio of accessories between "6,000" games, the ratio of consecutive accessories between "6,000" games, the ratio of accessories in cumulative games, and the ratio of accessories in cumulative games. It refers to the continuous accessory ratio and the state ratio of accessories, etc. in . Note that by providing the monitor display 44, ratio information can be displayed.

(Ratio of accessories including instructions)
The instruction-inclusive accessory ratio is the sum of the gaming value given when the accessory is operating and the gaming value given when the instruction function is operating, This is the value divided by the value of the gaming value awarded in (hereinafter referred to as the "total awarded value"). Here, in this embodiment, (the value of the game value given when the accessory is activated during the most recent "175,000" games + the value given when the instruction function is activated between the most recent "175,000" games). The value of game value)/the total award value during the most recent game (175,000) is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the designated accessory ratio. Specifically, identification information (for example, "7P") indicating the instruction-inclusive accessory ratio is displayed in the upper "2" digit of the monitor display 44, and the instruction-inclusive accessory ratio is displayed in the lower "2" digit of the monitor display 44. ” will be displayed in the digit.

(Ratio of role items among “6,000” games)
The accessory ratio between the "6,000" games is the value of the game value given when the accessory is activated during the most recent "6,000" games, divided by the total value awarded during the most recent "6,000" games. This is the value. In other words, the value of the game value awarded when the accessory is activated during the most recent ``6,000'' games/total value awarded during the most recent ``6,000'' games is monitored as the accessory ratio between the ``6,000'' games. It is displayed on the display 44. Specifically, identification information (e.g., "7Y") indicating the role material ratio between the "6,000" games is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the The accessory ratio will be displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Continuous role item ratio between "6,000" games)
The continuous accessory ratio between "6,000" games is the value of the game value given when the accessory continuous operation device is activated during the most recent "6,000" games, and This is the value divided by the total granted value. In other words, the value of the game value given when the consecutive role parts were activated during the most recent "6,000" games/the total value awarded during the most recent "6,000" games is the role value ratio between the "6,000" games. is displayed on the monitor display 44 as follows. Specifically, identification information (e.g., "6Y") indicating the ratio of consecutive characters between "6,000" games is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and The accessory ratio will be displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Percentage of role items in cumulative games)
The accessory ratio in the cumulative games is the value obtained by dividing the value of the game value awarded when the accessory was activated during the most recent "17,500" games by the total award value during the most recent "17,500" games. That is, the value of the game value awarded when the accessory was activated during the most recent "17,500" games/the total amount awarded during the most recent "17,500" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the ratio of the accessory in the cumulative games. be done. Specifically, identification information (for example, "7A") indicating the accessory ratio in the cumulative game is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the accessory ratio in the cumulative game is displayed in the lower digits of the monitor display 44. It will be displayed in the "2" digit.

(Ratio of continuous role objects in cumulative games)
The continuous accessory ratio in cumulative games is the value of the game value given when the accessory continuous activation device is activated during the most recent ``17,500'' games, divided by the total value awarded during the most recent ``17,500'' games. This is the value. In other words, the value of the gaming value awarded when the accessory continuous activation device was activated during the most recent "17,500" games/total value awarded during the most recent "17,500" games is monitored as the continuous accessory ratio in the cumulative games. It is displayed on the display 44. Specifically, identification information (for example, “6A”) indicating the continuous role object ratio in the cumulative game is displayed in the upper “2” digits of the monitor display 44, and the continuous role object ratio in the cumulative game is displayed on the monitor display 44. It will be displayed in the lower two digits.

(Condition ratio of accessories, etc.)
The accessory state ratio is the value obtained by dividing the number of games in which the accessory is in operation during the most recent "175,000" games by the total number of games "175,000". That is, the "175,000" game, which is the value of the gaming value given during the actuation of the accessory during the most recent "175,000" game/the total number of games, is displayed on the monitor display 44 as follows. Specifically, identification information (for example, "5H") indicating the state ratio of the accessory, etc. is displayed in the upper "2" digit of the monitor display 44, and the state ratio of the accessory, etc. is displayed in the lower "2" digit of the monitor display 44. ” will be displayed in the digit.

(Power button 50)
The power button 50 is provided to detect a power-on operation for supplying power to the gaming machine 1. Here, when the power button 50 is turned on, the main control board 100 performs a main program start process (see FIG. 21), which will be described later, and the gaming value control board 400 performs a game value program start process (see FIG. 21), which will be described later. 59) is performed. Note that by providing the power button 50, it is possible to receive a power-on operation.

(Power switch 50sw)
The power switch 50sw is a switch for detecting operation of the power button 50. Here, when the operation of the power button 50 is detected by the power switch 50sw, a process of supplying power to the gaming machine 1 is performed. Note that by providing the power switch 50sw, the operation of the power button 50 can be detected.

(Counting switch 60sw)
The counting switch 60sw is a switch for detecting a counting operation of the counting button 60. Here, when the counting operation of the counting button 60 is detected by the counting switch 60sw, the process of counting the gaming value owned by the player and the value displayed on the gaming value display 24 toward "0" are performed. Update processing is performed. Note that by providing the counting switch 60sw, the counting operation of the counting button 60 can be detected.

(Game value clear button 61)
The game value clear button 61 is provided to detect a game value clear operation performed when clearing the game values owned by the player. Here, when the player performs an operation to clear the number of gaming values, a process is performed in which the value of the gaming value owned by the player displayed on the gaming value display 24 is set to "0". By providing the game value number clear button 61, it becomes possible to accept a game value number clear operation by a clerk at the game parlor.

(Play value number clear switch 61sw)
The number of game values clear switch 61sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the number of game values clear button 61. Here, when the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 is detected by the number of game value clear switch 61sw, the process of setting the value of the game value owned by the player displayed on the game value display 24 to "0" Also, a process is performed in which the value displayed on the gaming value display 24 before the power is turned off is set to "0". In addition, by providing the number of game value clear switch 61sw, the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 can be detected.

(Rental device connection terminal board 62)
The lending device connection terminal board 62 is provided to connect the gaming machine 1 to an external lending device 700. Here, when the operation of the counting button 60 is detected by the counting switch 60sw, information that the counting button 60 has been operated is transmitted to the lending device 700 via the lending device connection terminal board 62, and the lending switch 80sw When operation of the lending button 80 is detected, information indicating that the lending button 80 has been operated is received from the lending device 700 via the lending device connection terminal board 62. In addition, by providing the lending device connection terminal board 62, communication between the gaming machine 1 (specifically, the gaming value control board 400) and the lending device 700 becomes possible.

(Reel sensor 70s)
The reel sensor 70s includes a left reel sensor 71s, a middle reel sensor 72s, and a right reel sensor 73s, and is provided to detect that the reel 20 has rotated "1". Here, the reel sensor 70s is provided inside the reel 20 and includes a light emitting section and a light receiving section. In addition, by providing the reel sensor 70s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the reel 20 has rotated "1".

(Left reel sensor 71s)
The left reel sensor 71s is provided to detect that the left reel 21 has rotated "1". Here, the left reel sensor 71s is provided inside the left reel 21 and includes a light emitting section and a light receiving section. Note that by providing the left reel sensor 71s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the left reel 21 has rotated "1".

(Middle reel sensor 72s)
The middle reel sensor 72s is provided to detect that the middle reel 22 has rotated "1". Here, the middle reel sensor 72s is provided inside the middle reel 22, and includes a light emitting section and a light receiving section. In addition, by providing the middle reel sensor 72s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the middle reel 22 has rotated "1".

(Right reel sensor 73s)
The right reel sensor 73s is provided to detect that the right reel 23 has rotated "1". Here, the right reel sensor 73s is provided inside the right reel 23, and includes a light emitting section and a light receiving section. In addition, by providing the right reel sensor 73s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the right reel 23 has rotated "1".

(Stepping motor 75)
The stepping motor 75 includes a left stepping motor 76, a middle stepping motor 77, and a right stepping motor 78, and is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stop control of the reel 20. Note that by providing the stepping motor 75, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the reel 20.

(Left stepping motor 76)
The left stepping motor 76 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stop control of the left reel 21. Furthermore, the left stepping motor 76 is configured to be able to stop the rotating shaft at a specified angle. Thereby, the left reel 21 rotates at a constant angle every time a pulse signal is output to the left stepping motor 76. Here, the rotation angle of the left reel 21 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the left stepping motor 76 after the reel index is detected by the left reel sensor 71s. Note that by providing the left stepping motor 76, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the left reel 21.

(Medium stepping motor 77)
The middle stepping motor 77 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stop control of the middle reel 22. Further, the middle stepping motor 77 is configured to be able to stop the rotating shaft at a specified angle. Thereby, the middle reel 22 rotates at a constant angle every time a pulse signal is output to the middle stepping motor 77. Here, the rotation angle of the middle reel 22 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the middle stepping motor 77 after the reel index is detected by the middle reel sensor 72s. Note that by providing the middle stepping motor 77, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the middle reel 22.

(Right stepping motor 78)
The right stepping motor 78 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stop control of the right reel 23. Furthermore, the right stepping motor 78 is configured to be able to stop the rotating shaft at a specified angle. As a result, the right reel 23 rotates at a constant angle every time a pulse signal is output to the right stepping motor 78. Here, the rotation angle of the right reel 23 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the right stepping motor 78 after the reel index is detected by the right reel sensor 73s. Note that by providing the right stepping motor 78, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the right reel 23.

(Rent button 80)
The lending button 80 is provided to detect an operation of lending gaming value to a player. Here, when the player operates the lending button 80, a process of lending the game value is performed. Note that by providing the lending device 700 with the lending button 80, it becomes possible to accept a lending operation by a player.

(Rental switch 80sw)
The lending switch 80sw is provided to detect operation of the lending button 80. Here, when the operation of the lending button 80 is detected by the lending switch 80sw, a process of lending gaming value to the player is performed. Note that since the lending device 700 includes the lending switch 80sw, the lending operation of the lending button 80 by the player can be detected.

(Return button 81)
The return button 81 is provided to return a prepaid card (for example, a membership card, a visitor card) having electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 700 to the player. Here, when the return button 81 is operated by the player, a process of returning the prepaid card is performed. Note that by providing the lending device 700 with a return button 81, it becomes possible to accept a return operation by a player.

(Return switch 81sw)
The return switch 81sw is provided to detect operation of the return button 81. Here, when the operation of the return button 81 is detected by the return switch 81sw, a process of returning the prepaid card to the player is performed. Note that since the lending device 700 includes the return switch 81sw, the operation of the return button 81 by the player can be detected.

(Liquid crystal display 82)
The liquid crystal display 82 is provided to display electronic information and the like corresponding to the money put into the lending device 700. Further, the liquid crystal display 82 is capable of displaying information regarding the money inserted into the lending device 700, the value of the counted gaming value, and the like. Note that by providing the lending device 700 with the liquid crystal display 82, it becomes possible to display electronic information and the like corresponding to the money put into the lending device 700 to the player.

(Main control board 100)
The main control board 100 is provided for controlling games. The main control board 100 also includes a main CPU 101, a main ROM 102, a main RAM 103, and a main random number generator 104, and includes a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw, a monitor display 44, a power supply board 200, and a sub A control board 300, a gaming value control board 400, a status board 500, and a reel control board 600 are connected. In addition, by providing the main control board 100, it becomes possible to control the game.

(Main CPU101)
The main CPU 101 reads a program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game, thereby controlling the sub control board 300, the gaming value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. A predetermined signal is sent to. Furthermore, by providing the main CPU 101, it becomes possible to execute predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game.

(Main ROM102)
The main ROM 102 is provided to store control programs executed by the main CPU 101, various tables, sub control board 300, data for transmitting commands to the gaming value control board 400, and the like. Note that by providing the main ROM 102, it becomes possible to store control programs, tables, and the like.

(Main RAM103)
The main RAM 103 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of programs by the main CPU 101. Specifically, the main RAM 103 includes various counters, various timers, and various storage areas. Note that by providing the main RAM 103, it is possible to store various data determined by executing programs by the main CPU 101.

(Main random number generator 104)
The main random number generator 104 is provided to generate random numbers used for lottery. Further, the main random number generator 104 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535", and generates random numbers used when determining winning combinations. Note that by providing the main random number generator 104, it becomes possible to generate random numbers used in the lottery.

(Power board 200)
The power supply board 200 is provided to control the supply of power to the gaming machine 1. Further, a power switch 50sw, a main control board 100, a sub-control board 300, and a gaming value control board 400 are connected to the power board 200. Note that by providing the power supply board 200, it becomes possible to supply power to the gaming machine 1.

(Sub control board 300)
The sub-control board 300 is provided mainly to control the effects. Further, the sub control board 300 includes a sub CPU 301, a sub ROM 302, a sub RAM 303, and a sub random number generator 304, a production switch 25sw, a cross key switch 26sw, an image display device 27, a frame lamp 28, a speaker 29, a main A control board 100, a power supply board 200, and a gaming value control board 400 are connected. In addition, by providing the sub-control board 300, it becomes possible to execute control regarding effects.

(Sub CPU301)
The sub CPU 301 reads the program stored in the sub ROM 302 and executes the program according to command information received from the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400, and signals input from the production switch 25sw and the cross key switch 26sw. A predetermined calculation is performed, and the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29 are controlled based on the result of the calculation. In addition, by providing the sub CPU 301, it becomes possible to execute control according to commands received from the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400.

(Sub ROM302)
The sub ROM 302 is provided to store control programs executed by the sub CPU 301, data tables, and the like. Note that by providing the sub ROM 302, it becomes possible to store control programs executed by the sub CPU 301, data tables, and the like.

(Sub RAM303)
The sub RAM 303 is provided to store various data determined by execution of a program by the sub CPU 301. Note that by providing the sub-RAM 303, it is possible to store various data determined by execution of a program by the sub-CPU 301.

(Sub random number generator 304)
The sub-random number generator 304 is provided to generate random numbers used when determining effects by lottery. Here, in this embodiment, the sub random number generator 304 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535", and generates the random numbers used when determining the performance. In addition, by providing the sub-random number generator 304, it is possible to generate random numbers used in a lottery for determining effects, etc.

(Game value control board 400)
The gaming value control board 400 is provided to control the gaming value owned by the player. In addition, the gaming value control board 400 includes a gaming value CPU 401, a gaming value ROM 402, and a gaming value RAM 403, and includes a gaming value display 24, a counting switch 60sw, a gaming value number clear switch 61sw, and a lending device connection terminal board. 62, the main control board 100, the power supply board 200, and the sub-control board 300 are connected. Note that by providing the gaming value control board 400, it becomes possible to execute control regarding the gaming value owned by the player.

(Game value CPU401)
The gaming value CPU 401 reads the program stored in the gaming value ROM 402 and inputs the command information received from the main control board 100, the counting switch 60sw, the gaming value number clear switch 61sw, and the rental device connection terminal board 62. A predetermined calculation is performed in accordance with the received signal, and the game value display 24 is controlled based on the result of the calculation. Note that by providing the gaming value CPU 401, it becomes possible to execute control according to commands received from the main control board 100.

(Game value ROM402)
The gaming value ROM 402 is provided to store control programs executed by the gaming value CPU 401, data tables, and the like. Note that by providing the gaming value ROM 402, it becomes possible to store control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the gaming value CPU 401.

(Game value RAM 403)
The gaming value RAM 403 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of a program by the gaming value CPU 401. By providing the gaming value RAM 403, it becomes possible to store various data determined by the execution of a program by the gaming value CPU 401.

(Status board 500)
The status board 500 is provided to relay between various switches and various display sections and the main control board 100. The status board 500 also includes a BET switch 6sw, a MAXBET switch 7sw, a settlement switch 8sw, a start switch 9sw, a left stop switch 11sw, a middle stop switch 12sw, a right stop switch 13sw, a door opening/closing sensor 14s, an acquisition display section 16, and instruction information. A display section 17, a game period display section 18, an accessory operation display section 19, and a main control board 100 are connected. Note that by providing the status board 500, it becomes possible to execute control that relays between various switches and various display sections and the main control board 100.

(Reel control board 600)
The reel control board 600 is provided to control rotation and stop of the reel 20. Further, a left reel sensor 71s, a middle reel sensor 72s, a right reel sensor 73s, a left stepping motor 76, a middle stepping motor 77, a right stepping motor 78, and a main control board 100 are connected to the reel control board 600. Note that by providing the reel control board 600, it becomes possible to control the rotation and stop of the reel 20.

(Rental device 700)
The lending device 700 is provided for lending gaming value to players. Further, the rental device 700 is connected to a rental device connection terminal board 62, a rental switch 80sw, a return switch 81sw, a liquid crystal display 82, and a hall control output section 730. Note that the lending device 700 allows the lending of gaming value to players.

(Unit board 710)
The unit board 710 is capable of encrypting and transmitting predetermined information received from the gaming value control board 400 to a gaming machine information center 820, which will be described later. Furthermore, the unit board 710 is capable of decoding and transmitting processing for decoding specific information received from a gaming machine information center 820 (described later) and transmitting the decoded information to the gaming value control board 400.

(Rental device control board 720)
The lending device control board 720 includes a lending device CPU 721, a lending device ROM 722, and a lending device RAM 723. Here, the lending device control board 720 performs a prepaid card information storage process that reads and stores information stored in the prepaid card inserted into the lending device 700 (for example, the ID of the prepaid card and information regarding money). It is executable. Furthermore, the lending device control board 720 is capable of executing prepaid card information transmission processing for transmitting prepaid card information to a management computer 802, which will be described later.

(Hall control output section 730)
Hall control output section 730 is provided to output hall control information, which will be described later, to hall computer 801. Further, the hall contact output unit 730 includes a plurality of pulse output signal terminals that supply pulses.

(Storage area of main control board 100 and storage area of gaming value control board 400)
Next, the storage area of the main control board 100 and the storage area of the gaming value control board 400 will be explained using FIG. 5.

(Storage area of main control board 100)
As shown in FIG. 5A, the storage area of the main control board 100 includes a main ROM 102 and a main RAM 103.

As shown in FIG. 5(A), the main ROM 102 has continuous storage areas from "0000(H)" to "EFFF(H)". Further, the main ROM 102 has an inside main ROM used area 102a, an outside main ROM used area 102b, and a main ROM unused area 102c.

The main ROM usage area 102a is a storage area in which programs related to the progress of the game are stored, and has a control area and a data area. Specifically, in the main ROM usage area 102a, programs related to the progress of the game (for example, a main loop process (see FIG. 23) to be described later and a main interrupt process (see FIG. 57) to be described later) are stored. . In this embodiment, the main ROM usage area 102a is a storage area of "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)".

The control area in the main ROM used area 102a is a storage area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)", and is a storage area other than the data area in the main ROM used area 102a, and is This is an area where various programs executed by the control board 100 are stored.

The data area of the main ROM usage area 102a is a storage area from "2000(H)" to "2FFF(H)", and is a storage area where only information other than programs is stored. This is an area where data used when executing is stored.

The outside main ROM usage area 102b is a storage area in which information not related to the progress of the game is stored, such as a program used in a test firing test of the gaming machine 1 or a program used to prevent fraud on the gaming machine 1. This is a storage area where programs and the like are stored. Further, the outside main ROM usage area 102b has a control area and a data area, similar to the inside main ROM usage area 102a. In this embodiment, the outside main ROM usage area 102b is a storage area of "4000(H)" to "5FFF(H)".

The control area of the main ROM outside area 102b is a storage area from "4000 (H)" to "4FFF (H)", and is a storage area other than the data area of the main ROM outside area 102b. This is an area where various programs executed by the control board 100 are stored.

The data area outside the main ROM used area 102b is a storage area from "5000 (H)" to "5FFF (H)", and is a storage area where only information other than programs is stored, and is used for program execution. This is an area where data that is used at different times is stored.

Furthermore, a program management area is provided outside the main ROM usage area 102b. Here, the "program management area" stores manufacturer codes, product codes, and the like.

The main ROM unused area 102c is between the main ROM used area 102a and the outside main ROM used area 102b (specifically, the storage area from "3000(H)" to "3FFF(H)") , and after the main ROM used area 102b (specifically, the storage areas "6000(H)" to "EFFF(H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(A), the main RAM 103 has continuous storage areas from "F000(H)" to "FFFF(H)". Further, the main RAM 103 has an inside main RAM used area 103a, an outside main RAM used area 103b, and a main RAM unused area 103c. Note that the gaming machine 1 has a backup function and is capable of retaining information stored in the main RAM 103.

The main RAM usage area 103a is a storage area for "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)". Here, among the used area 103a of the main RAM 103, the storage areas "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" are working areas, and the storage areas "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" are The storage area is a stack area.

The outside of the main RAM used area 103b is a storage area for "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)". Here, of the main RAM outside area 103b, the storage areas "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" are working areas, and the storage areas "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" are The storage area is a stack area.

Note that the main RAM unused area 103c is between the inside of the main RAM used area 103a and the outside of the main RAM used area 103b (specifically, the storage area of "F400(H)" to "F4FF(H)") , and after the main RAM outside area 103b (specifically, the storage areas "F900(H)" to "FFFF(H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the storage area of the gaming value control board 400 is composed of a gaming value ROM 402 and a gaming value RAM 403.

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the gaming value ROM 402 has continuous storage areas from "0000(H)" to "EFFF(H)". Furthermore, the gaming value ROM 402 has a gaming value ROM used area 402a, an outside gaming value ROM used area 402b, and a gaming value ROM unused area 402c.

The gaming value ROM usage area 402a is a storage area of "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)". Here, in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a, the storage area from "0000(H)" to "1FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "2000(H)" to "2FFF(H)" The storage area is a data area.

The gaming value ROM outside area 402b is a storage area for "4000(H)" to "5FFF(H)". Here, out of the gaming value ROM use area 402b, the storage area from "4000(H)" to "4FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "5000(H)" to "5FFF(H)" The storage area is a data area.

Note that the gaming value ROM unused area 402c is between the gaming value ROM used area 402a and the outside gaming value ROM used area 402b (specifically, between "3000(H)" and "3FFF(H)"). storage area), and after the gaming value ROM outside area 402b (specifically, the storage area from "6000(H)" to "EFFF(H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the gaming value RAM 403 has continuous storage areas from "F000(H)" to "FFFF(H)". Furthermore, the gaming value RAM 403 has an inside gaming value RAM used area 403a, an outside gaming value RAM used area 403b, and an unused gaming value RAM area 403c. Note that the gaming machine 1 has a backup function and is capable of retaining information stored in the gaming value RAM 403.

The gaming value RAM usage area 403a is a storage area for "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)". Here, of the gaming value RAM usage area 403a, the storage areas "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" are work areas, and the storage areas "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" The storage area is a stack area.

Furthermore, the outside gaming value RAM usage area 403b is a storage area for "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)". Here, the storage areas "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" of the outside gaming value RAM usage area 403b are work areas, and the storage areas "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" The storage area is a stack area.

Note that the gaming value RAM unused area 403c is between the gaming value RAM used area 403a and the outside gaming value RAM used area 403b (specifically, between "F400(H)" to "F4FF(H)"). storage area), and after the gaming value RAM outside area 403b (specifically, the storage area of "F900(H)" to "FFFF(H)").

(Symbol arrangement on reel 20)
Next, the symbol arrangement on the reels 20 will be explained using FIG. 6.

Each reel 20 has "20" symbols arranged on it, including a red seven symbol FIGa, a BAR symbol FIGb, a cherry symbol FIGc, a first bell symbol FIGd, a second bell symbol FIGe, and a third bell symbol FIGe. A bell pattern FIGf, a fourth bell pattern FIGg, a first plum pattern FIGh, a second plum pattern FIGi, and a replay pattern FIGj are arranged.

In addition, below, the first bell pattern FIGd, the second bell pattern FIGe, the third bell pattern FIGf, and the fourth bell pattern FIGg are collectively referred to as the "bell pattern", and the first plum pattern FIGh, The second plum pattern FIGi is collectively referred to as the "plum pattern."

Here, in this embodiment, the stop switch 10sw can be stopped within the range of "5" symbols from the symbol in which the operation of the stop button 10 is detected. For example, if the left stop button 11 is operated just before the replay symbol FIGj numbered "10" passes the active line, the replay symbol FIGj numbered "10", the second plum symbol FIGi numbered "09", It is possible to stop within the range of the BAR symbol FIGb numbered "08", the cherry symbol FIGc numbered "07", and the fourth bell symbol FIGg numbered "06". In addition, the stop position of the symbol will be determined according to the winning combination.

(effective line)
Here, in this embodiment, the "active line" is the "active line" that connects the symbols displayed in the middle row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the middle row of the right reel 23. 1" line (middle line). Note that another line may be used as the effective line. For example, it may be a lower line, an upper line, a line rising to the right, a line falling to the right, a hill-shaped line, etc., which will be described below.

(lower line)
The lower line is a line that connects the symbols displayed on the lower row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the lower row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the lower row of the right reel 23.

(upper line)
The upper line is a line that connects the symbols displayed on the upper row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the upper row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the upper row of the right reel 23.

(line rising to the right)
The rising right line is a line that connects the symbols displayed in the lower row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the upper row of the right reel 23.

(lower right line)
The descending right line is a line that connects the symbols displayed in the upper row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the lower row of the right reel 23.

(Koyama type line)
The hill-shaped line is a line that connects the symbols displayed in the lower row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the lower row of the right reel 23.

Note that although the number of effective lines is "1" line, it may be multiple lines.

Here, in this embodiment, if "4" specific symbols are arranged at "5" symbol intervals, the specific symbol will be stopped on the active line no matter when the stop button 10 is operated. It becomes displayable. For example, on the middle reel 22, replay symbols FIGj are arranged at numbers "04", "09", "14", and "19", so it is valid no matter when the middle stop button 12 is operated. The replay symbol FIGj can be stopped and displayed on the line. Note that this arrangement of symbols is referred to as "PB=1".

Note that information regarding the symbols arranged on the reels 20 shown in FIG. 6 is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

(Combination of symbols and assigned value of gaming value)
Next, symbol combinations and game value awards will be explained using FIG. 7.

As shown in FIG. 7, in this embodiment, the combinations of symbols related to winning include "first bonus", "second bonus", "replay", "plum", "cherry", and " "bell" is specified. When this combination of symbols is displayed on the active line, a winning is established and a profit is awarded to the player. Here, the benefits given to the player include transition to a bonus activation state, provision of gaming value, activation of replay, etc.

(1st bonus)
With the "first bonus", a winning is established when the red seven symbols FIGa are displayed aligned on the active line. Here, if the winning of the "first bonus" is established, the state shifts to the bonus activation state.

(Second bonus)
With the "second bonus", a winning is established when the BAR symbols FIGb are aligned and displayed on the active line. Here, if the winning of the "second bonus" is established, the state shifts to the bonus activation state.

Note that the "first bonus" and the "second bonus" are collectively referred to as the "bonus."

(Replay)
In the "re-game", a winning is established when the replay symbols FIGj are displayed aligned on the active line. Here, if a winning is achieved in the "re-game", the re-game is activated and it becomes possible to play one game without placing a bet on the game value.

Here, in this embodiment, the replay will also be activated when the replay symbols FIGj are displayed aligned on any of the upper line, lower line, upward right line, and downward right line. For example, the red seven symbol FIGa numbered "03" stops in the middle row of the left reel 21, the BAR symbol FIGb numbered "03" stops in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the red seven symbol FIGa numbered "05" stops in the middle row of the right reel 23. When the second plum symbol FIGi stops and the replay symbol FIGj is displayed aligned on the lower line, the regame will be activated. In addition, in the display determination process of step S8000, which will be described later, when it is determined that the red seven symbol FIGa, the BAR symbol FIGb, and the replay symbol FIGj are all displayed, it is determined that the winning of the replay has been achieved. .

(plum)
For "Plum", winning is achieved when the "Plum symbols" are displayed aligned on the active line. For example, if the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the left reel 21, the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the middle reel 22, and the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the right reel 23, " Plum” will be awarded. Here, if the winning of "Plum" is established, a gaming value of "6" is given to the player.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the winning of "Plum" can also be achieved when "Plum symbols" are displayed in line with other lines. Specifically, if the "Plum" pattern is displayed on any of the lower line, upper line, rising right line, falling right line, or mountain-shaped line, the winning of "Plum" is established and the gaming value is is given "13". That is, the value of the game value given to the player differs depending on the line in which the "plum symbols" are aligned.

(bell)
With "Bell", winning is achieved when the "Bell symbols" are displayed on the active line. For example, if the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle of the left reel 21, the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle of the middle reel 22, and the fourth plum symbol FIGg is displayed in the middle of the right reel 23, " Bell” is awarded a prize. Here, if a winning of "Bell" is established, a gaming value of "1" is awarded to the player.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a gaming value is awarded to the player even when the "bell symbols" are displayed in line with another line. Specifically, when the "bell symbols" are displayed together on either the lower line, the upper line, the upward-right line, or the downward-right line, the winning of the "bell" is established. In this case, the value of the game value awarded due to the winning of "Bell" is "1". In other words, no matter which line the "bell symbols" line up on, the game value given to the player is the same.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment, a combination of symbols related to blanks (not shown) is defined, and when a winning of "blank" is achieved, a gaming value of "1" is given to the player. Ru. Note that information regarding the combination of symbols and the value of the gaming value to be awarded is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a of the main ROM 102.

(Transition of gaming state)
Next, the transition of the gaming state will be explained using FIG. 8.

As shown in FIG. 8, in this embodiment, a total of "3" gaming states are provided: a general gaming state, a bonus carryover state, and a bonus operating state.

(General gaming state)
The general gaming state is a gaming state in which the winning probability of "replay" is drawn at a first probability. Further, the normal gaming state is a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player. Here, in the normal gaming state, if the "first BB" or "second BB" is won, the normal gaming state shifts to the bonus carryover state. Further, in the normal gaming state, if a "bonus" is won, the normal gaming state shifts to the bonus operating state.

(Bonus carryover status)
The bonus carryover state is a gaming state in which the winning probability of "replay" is drawn at a second probability that is higher than the first probability. Here, in the bonus carryover state, if a "bonus" is won, the bonus carryover state shifts to the bonus activation state.

(Bonus activated)
The bonus operating state is a gaming state in which a "bonus" is operating. Here, in the bonus operating state, if a gaming value exceeding a predetermined threshold value is awarded, the bonus operating state shifts to the normal gaming state. Note that in this embodiment, "91" is adopted as the predetermined threshold value, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other values may be adopted as the predetermined threshold value.

(Transition of ball release state)
Next, the transition of the ball output state will be explained using FIG. 9.

As shown in FIG. 9, in the "specific period", there are a plurality of ball release states managed by the main control board 100. Specifically, there are a total of 8 ball dispensing states: normal state, CZ state, bonus preparation state, bonus state, AT state, bonus preparation state during AT, bonus state during AT, and additional state.

Here, although the details will be described later, if a replay is determined as a winning combination during the "non-specific period", the period will shift to the "specific period". Here, other conditions may be adopted as the transition conditions for transitioning from the "non-specific period" to the "specific period". For example, the condition for transitioning to the "specific period" may be that you have won a lottery to move to the "specific period" during the "non-specific period," or the condition may be that you have played a predetermined number of games during the "non-specific period." It may also be a transition condition for a "specific period".

(Normal state)
The normal state is a state that is disadvantageous for the player, and is a state in which it is possible to execute a lottery to change to the CZ state or the AT state. Furthermore, in the normal state, the player stays in the normal gaming state. Here, in the normal state, if "BB" is won, the normal state will shift to the bonus preparation state. Furthermore, if a "bonus" is won in the normal state, the normal state will transition to the bonus state. In addition, in the normal state, if the lottery to shift to the CZ state is won, the normal state will shift to the CZ state. Further, in the normal state, if a lottery for transition to the AT state is won, or if the number of games up to the ceiling, which will be described later, becomes "0", the normal state will transition to the AT state.

Note that in the normal state, if a lottery for transition to the CZ state is won, the transition to the CZ precursor state may be performed. In this case, when the number of precursor games is played in the CZ precursor state, the CZ precursor state will transition to the CZ state.

Furthermore, in the CZ precursor state, a performance that can make the player expect a transition to the CZ state or a performance that notifies the player of the transition to the CZ state is performed. This makes it possible for the player to expect the transition to the CZ state.

Further, in the normal state, when the execution conditions for the CZ fake precursor performance are satisfied, the state may be shifted to the CZ fake precursor state. In this case, when the number of fake precursor games is played in the CZ fake precursor state, the CZ fake precursor state transitions to the normal state.

Note that the execution condition for the CZ fake omen performance can be, for example, that a specific winning combination (for example, "Strong Cherry", which will be described later) has been determined and has not been won in the lottery for transition to the CZ state. .

Furthermore, in the CZ fake precursor state, a performance that can make the player expect a transition to the CZ state or a performance that notifies the player that the game will not transition to the CZ state but will transition to the normal state is performed. . Thereby, even if the player has not won the transition to the CZ state, it is possible to make the player expect the transition to the CZ state.

Further, in the normal state, if a lottery for transition to the AT state is won, the transition to the AT precursor state may be performed. In this case, when the number of precursor games is played in the AT precursor state, the AT precursor state will transition to the AT state.

Furthermore, in the AT precursor state, a performance that can make the player expect a transition to the AT state or a performance that notifies the player of the transition to the AT state is performed. This makes it possible for the player to expect the transition to the AT state.

Further, in the normal state, if the execution conditions for the AT fake precursor performance are satisfied, the AT fake precursor state may be entered. In this case, when the number of fake precursor games is played in the AT fake precursor state, the AT fake precursor state transitions to the normal state.

Note that the execution condition for the AT fake precursor performance can be, for example, that a specific winning combination (for example, "Strong Cherry", which will be described later) has been determined and has not been won in the lottery for transition to the AT state. .

In addition, in the AT fake precursor state, a performance that can make the player expect a transition to the AT state or a performance that notifies the player that the player will not transition to the AT state but will transition to the normal state is performed. . As a result, even if the player has not won the transition to the AT state, it is possible to make the player expect the transition to the AT state.

(CZ state)
The CZ state is a state in which it is easier to transition to the AT state compared to the normal state, and it is a state in which a lottery for transition to the AT state can be executed. Furthermore, in the CZ state, the player stays in the normal gaming state. Here, in the CZ state, if "BB" is won, the CZ state will shift to the bonus preparation state. Furthermore, if a "bonus" is won in the CZ state, the CZ state will shift to the bonus state. Furthermore, in the CZ state, if a lottery for transition to the AT state is won, the CZ state will transition to the AT state. Furthermore, in the CZ state, if the CZ state termination condition is satisfied, the CZ state will transition to the normal state.

(Bonus ready state)
The bonus preparation state is a state that is entered when a "BB" is won in the normal state or the CZ state, and is a state in which a "bonus" can be won. In addition, in the bonus preparation state, the bonus carryover state remains. Here, if a "bonus" is won in the bonus preparation state, the state shifts from the bonus preparation state to the bonus state.

(Bonus state)
The bonus state is an advantageous state for the player in that it is easier to provide gaming value to the player compared to the normal state. More specifically, as will be described later, in the bonus state, the probability of winning the "push order plum" described later is higher than in the normal state, and the order of operation of the stop buttons 10 required to win the "plum" is higher. This is the state where the notification is made. Furthermore, in the bonus state, the bonus operation state remains. Note that in the bonus state, a lottery for transition to the AT state can be executed.

Here, in the bonus state, when the value of the game value given to the player exceeds "91" and the player wins the lottery to shift to the AT state, the player will shift from the bonus state to the AT state. I will do it. On the other hand, when the value of the game value given to the player exceeds "91" and the player has not won the lottery to transition to the AT state, the player will transition from the bonus state to the normal state. .

(AT state)
The AT state is an advantageous state for the player in that it is easier to provide gaming value to the player compared to the normal state. Although specifically described later, the AT state is a state in which the order of operation of the stop buttons 10 necessary to win "Plum" is notified. Furthermore, in the AT state, the player stays in the normal gaming state.

Here, in the AT state, if "BB" is won, the AT state will transition to the AT bonus preparation state. Furthermore, if a "bonus" is won in the AT state, the AT state will transition to the AT bonus state. In addition, in the AT state, if a lottery to shift to the additional state is won, the AT state will be shifted to the additional state. Further, in the AT state, if the AT state termination condition is satisfied, the AT state will transition to a non-specific period.

(Bonus preparation state during AT)
The AT bonus preparation state is a state that is entered when a "BB" is won in the AT state, and is a state in which a "bonus" can be won. Furthermore, in the bonus preparation state during AT, the player remains in the bonus carryover state. Here, if a "bonus" is won in the AT bonus preparation state, the AT bonus preparation state shifts to the AT bonus state.

(Bonus state during AT)
The AT bonus state is an advantageous state for the player in that it is easier for the player to receive gaming value compared to the normal state. More specifically, as will be described later, in the AT bonus state, the probability of winning the "push order plum" is higher than in the normal state, and the order of operation of the stop buttons 10 required to win the "plum" is higher. This is the state where the notification is made. Furthermore, in the bonus state during AT, the bonus operation state remains. In addition, in the bonus state during AT, it is possible to perform a lottery to shift to the add-on state.

Here, in the AT bonus state, if the value of the gaming value given to the player exceeds "91" and the player wins the lottery to move to the additional state, the AT bonus state will be changed to the AT bonus state. It will move to an additional state. On the other hand, when the value of the gaming value given to the player exceeds "91" and the player has not won the lottery to transition to the additional state, the player can transition from the AT bonus state to the AT state. becomes. Furthermore, in the AT bonus state, if the conditions for ending the "specific period" are satisfied, the AT bonus state will transition to the "non-specific period".

(additional state)
The additional state is a state in which the number of games that can be played in the AT state is added. Although specifically described later, the added state is a state in which the order of operation of the stop buttons 10 necessary to win a plum is notified. Furthermore, in the add-on state, the player stays in the normal gaming state.

Here, in the add-on state, if "BB" is won, the add-on state will transition to the AT bonus preparation state. Further, in the case where a "bonus" is won in the add-on state, the state shifts from the add-on state to the AT bonus state. Further, in the add-on state, if the end condition of the add-on state is satisfied, the add-on state will transition to the AT state. Further, in the add-on state, if the end condition of the "specific period" is satisfied, the add-on state will transition to the "non-specific period".

(flow of goods and information)
Next, the flow of objects and information will be explained using FIG. 10.

In FIG. 10, a gaming machine 1, a lending device 700, a gaming parlor 800, a card company data center 810, a gaming machine information center 820, an association 830, an addiction countermeasure organization 840, a card company organization 850, A rental device manufacturing company 860, a unit board manufacturing company 870, a gaming machine manufacturing company 880, and a gaming machine management control chip supplying company 890 are illustrated.

(Game store 800)
The gaming parlor 800 is equipped with a gaming machine 1, a rental device 700, a hall computer 801, and a management computer 802. Here, in this embodiment, the game can be played by connecting the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700. In other words, if the gaming machine 1 and lending device 700 are not connected, it is impossible to play the game.

Here, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 have a configuration that allows them to communicate. Specifically, the gaming machine 1 has a configuration capable of transmitting gaming value counting information, gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and hall con information to the lending device 700. Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 has a configuration in which a gaming value lending signal can be input from the lending device 700.

The lending device 700 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine 1, the hall computer 801, and the management computer 802. Specifically, the lending device 700 has a configuration capable of outputting a gaming value lending signal to the gaming machine 1, and has a configuration capable of transmitting hall con information to the hall computer 801. . Furthermore, the lending device 700 is configured to be able to receive a password and verification security result notification from the management computer 802.

(Hall computer 801)
The hall computer 801 has a configuration capable of communicating with the lending device 700. Specifically, the hall computer 801 is configured to be able to receive hall computer information from the lending device 700.

(Management computer 802)
The management computer 802 has a configuration capable of communicating with the lending device 700, the card company data center 810, and the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the management computer 802 is configured to be able to receive gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, prepaid card information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the lending device 700. The management computer 802 is also configured to be able to receive a password and verification security result information from the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Furthermore, the management computer 802 has a configuration that can notify the lending device 700 of the encryption key and the verification security result. Furthermore, the management computer 802 is configured to be able to transmit prepaid card information to a card company data center 810. The management computer 802 also has a configuration that allows it to transmit gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810. have.

(Card company data center 810)
The card company data center 810 has a configuration capable of communicating with a management computer 802 and a gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the card company data center 810 is configured to be able to transmit the password and verification security result information received from the gaming machine information center 820 to the management computer 802. The card company data center 810 also has a configuration that allows it to transmit the gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures received from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820. have. On the other hand, the card company data center 810 has a configuration capable of receiving prepaid card information transmitted from the management computer 802.

(Game machine information center 820)
A machine history server 821, a fraud monitoring server 822, a performance information server 823, and a player information server 824 are installed in the gaming machine information center 820. As a result, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of collecting information received from the management computer 802 installed in the gaming parlor 800, the unit board manufacturing company 870, and the gaming machine manufacturing company 880.

(Machine history server 821)
The machine history server 821 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information regarding the gaming machine 1 and the like. Specifically, the machine history server 821 has a configuration capable of storing shipping information of the gaming machine 1, gaming machine installation information, used movement information of the gaming machine 1, disposal information of the gaming machine 1, and the like. This makes it possible to manage the gaming machine 1 from the time the gaming machine 1 is installed at the gaming parlor 800 until the gaming machine 1 is disposed of.

(Illegal monitoring server 822)
The fraud monitoring server 822 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information regarding fraud in the gaming machine 1, information regarding errors, and the like. Specifically, the fraud monitoring server 822 has a configuration capable of storing information on fraud errors occurring in the gaming machine 1, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, security result information, and the like. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the unit board 710 from being illegally replaced.

Further, the fraud monitoring server 822 has a configuration capable of generating an encryption key and a communication key. This makes it possible to prevent tampering when transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information from the gaming machine information center 820 to the management computer 802.

(Performance information server 823)
The performance information server 823 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing gaming machine performance information.

(Player information server 824)
The player information server 824 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information regarding players. Specifically, the player information server 824 stores information regarding the membership number of the player who has registered as a member, information regarding the playing time during which the player played the game, information regarding the amount of money spent by the player, and information regarding the amount of money spent by the player. It has a configuration that can store information such as the number of games played by a player.

Here, the gaming machine information center 820 is configured to be able to communicate with a card company data center 810, an association 830, an addiction countermeasure organization 840, a card company organization 850, a unit board manufacturing company 870, and a gaming machine manufacturing company 880. have. Specifically, the gaming machine information center 820 is configured to be able to transmit the password and verification security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810.

Furthermore, the gaming machine information center 820 can transmit information stored in the machine history server 821, information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822, and information stored in the performance information server 823 to the association 830. It has a structure. Furthermore, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration that can transmit information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 to the card company organization 850. Furthermore, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of transmitting information stored in the player information server 824 to the addiction countermeasure agency 840.

On the other hand, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of receiving gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. are doing. Furthermore, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of receiving unit board manufacturing information from a unit board manufacturing company 870. Furthermore, the game machine information center 820 is configured to be able to receive shipping information from the game machine manufacturing company 880.

(Union 830)
The association 830 is an association to which a plurality of manufacturers related to the gaming machine 1 belong. Here, the association 830 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the association 830 communicates with the gaming machine information center 820 to obtain the shipping information of the gaming machine 1, the gaming machine installation information, the used movement information of the gaming machine 1, and the gaming machine 1 stored in the machine history server 821. The configuration is such that it is possible to obtain the disposal information of the machine 1.

Additionally, the association 830 has a configuration that allows it to obtain fraud error information, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. are doing.

Furthermore, the association 830 has a configuration that allows it to acquire gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 823 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

(Addiction countermeasure agency 840)
The addiction countermeasure organization 840 is an organization that takes measures against becoming dependent on the games of the gaming machine 1. Here, the addiction countermeasure agency 840 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820, the addiction countermeasure organization 840 obtains information about the membership number of the player who has registered as a member, information about the playing time, etc. stored in the player information server 824. It has a configuration that allows it to acquire information regarding the amount spent and information regarding the number of games played.

(Card company group 850)
The card company organization 850 has a configuration that allows communication with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the card company organization 850 obtains fraud error information, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. It has a possible configuration.

(Rental equipment manufacturing company 860)
The rental device manufacturing company 860 is a company that manufactures the rental device 700 using the unit board 710 shipped from the unit board manufacturing company 870. Then, the manufactured rental device 700 will be shipped to a gaming parlor 800 or the like.

(Unit board manufacturing company 870)
The unit board manufacturing company 870 is a company that manufactures the unit board 710 and ships the manufactured unit board 710 to the rental device manufacturing company 860. Here, the unit board manufacturing company 870 is able to communicate with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the unit board manufacturing company 870 has a configuration that can transmit manufacturing information of the unit board 710 to the gaming machine information center 820.

(Game machine manufacturing company 880)
The gaming machine manufacturing company 880 is a company that manufactures the gaming machine 1 using the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400 shipped from the gaming machine management control chip supply company 890. It is. Here, the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 can communicate with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 has a configuration capable of transmitting shipping information of the gaming machine 1 to the gaming machine information center 820.

(Game machine management control chip supply company 890)
The gaming machine management control chip supply company 890 is a company that ships the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400 to the gaming machine manufacturing company 880.

(Details of information and signals communicated)
The details of the information and signals that are communicated (transmitted) will be explained below.

(Game value counting information)
The gaming value counting information is information regarding the value of gaming value owned by the player. Here, the gaming value counting information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 when the counting button 60 of the gaming machine 1 is operated. Thereby, the lending device 700 can perform a process of storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, which is included in the received gaming value counting information, in the prepaid card.

(Game machine installation information)
The gaming machine installation information includes the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, gaming value chip maker code, gaming value chip product code, and gaming value chip of the gaming value control board 400. This is information related to ID numbers. Here, the gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200. Next, the gaming machine installation information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, upon receiving the encrypted gaming machine installation information, the gaming machine information center 820 performs processing to decrypt the encrypted gaming machine installation information, and sends the decrypted gaming machine installation information to the machine history server 821. Remember. In this way, by performing the process of encrypting the gaming machine installation information and the process of decoding the gaming machine installation information, it becomes possible to prevent the gaming machine installation information from being illegally acquired.

(Game machine performance information)
The gaming machine performance information is mainly information regarding the balls put out of the gaming machine 1, information regarding the ratio of accessory objects, information regarding the ratio of consecutive accessory objects, information regarding the state ratio of accessory objects, etc. Here, the gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200. Next, the gaming machine performance information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, upon receiving the encrypted gaming machine performance information, the gaming machine information center 820 performs processing to decrypt the encrypted gaming machine performance information, and sends the decrypted gaming machine performance information to the performance information server 823. Remember. In this way, by performing the process of encrypting the gaming machine performance information and the process of decoding the gaming machine performance information, it becomes possible to prevent the gaming machine performance information from being obtained illegally.

(Invalid error information)
The fraud error information is information indicating the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically, information regarding an error occurring in the gaming machine 1 or information regarding fraud detected by the gaming machine 1. Here, the fraud error information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 when an error or fraud is detected in the gaming machine 1. Next, the unauthorized error information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted fraud error information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted fraudulent error information, it performs processing to decrypt the encrypted fraudulent error information, and stores the decrypted fraudulent error information in the fraud monitoring server 822. In this way, by performing the process of encrypting the fraudulent error information and the process of decoding the fraudulent error information, it is possible to prevent the fraudulent error information from being illegally acquired.

(Hole con information)
The hole control information is information that mainly indicates the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically includes information such as bonus activation information that indicates that a "bonus" has been activated, and AT transition information that indicates that it has transitioned to an AT state. be. Here, the hole control information is determined when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200, the main program start process (see FIG. 21) described later is completed, and the main loop process (see FIG. 23) described later is performed. When it becomes available, it will be transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700. The hall computer information is then encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the hall computer 801.

Thereby, the hall computer 801 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted hole-con information and a process of storing the decrypted hall-con information. In this way, by performing the process of encrypting the hole-con information and the process of decoding the hole-con information, it becomes possible to prevent the hole-con information from being illegally acquired.

(Game value lending signal)
The gaming value lending signal is a signal related to lending gaming value. Here, the gaming value lending signal is transmitted from the lending device 700 to the gaming machine 1 when the lending button 80 is operated. This makes it possible to lend gaming value to players.

(Prepaid card information)
Prepaid card information is information recorded on a prepaid card. Here, the prepaid card information is transmitted from the lending device 700 to the management computer 802 when the prepaid card is inserted into the lending device 700. The prepaid card information is then transmitted from management computer 802 to card company data center 810. This allows the card company data center 810 to collect prepaid card information.

(Player information related to addiction measures)
Player information related to addiction countermeasures includes information regarding the membership number of the player who has registered as a member, information regarding the playing time played by the player, information regarding the amount of money used by the player, and information regarding the amount of money spent by the player. This is information regarding the number of games played.

Here, when a game is played on the gaming machine 1 or when gaming value is lent by the lending device 700, the player information related to the addiction countermeasure is encrypted by the lending device 700 and sent to the management computer 800. sent to. Next, the encrypted player information related to the dependency countermeasure is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted player information related to the dependency countermeasure, it performs processing to decrypt the encrypted player information related to the dependency countermeasure, and Player information is stored in player information server 824. In this way, due to the process of encrypting the player information related to the addiction measures and the process of decoding the player information related to the addiction measures, the player information related to the addiction measures can be fraudulently obtained. This can be prevented.

Note that the "player information related to addiction countermeasures" may be information regarding the number of times a player visited the game parlor 800, information regarding the value of gaming value used in a game, or the like.

(Encryption key and verification security result information)
The encryption key and verification security result information are information sent from the gaming machine information center 820 to the lending device 700. Specifically, upon receiving the encrypted gaming machine installation information, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of decoding the encrypted gaming machine installation information and decrypting the gaming machine information stored in the machine history server 821. A process of comparing the installation information with the installation information and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted gaming machine installation information in the machine history server 821 are performed. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 transmits the encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the lending device 700.

Furthermore, upon receiving the encrypted gaming machine performance information, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of decoding the encrypted gaming machine performance information and decoding the gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 823. A process of collating and a process of accumulating and storing the decoded gaming machine performance information in the performance information server 823 are performed. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the lending device 700.

Furthermore, upon receiving the encrypted fraud error information, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of decoding the encrypted fraud error information and a process of comparing it with the fraud error information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822. , performs a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted fraud error information in the fraud monitoring server 822. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the lending device 700.

In addition, upon receiving the encrypted player information related to the dependency countermeasure, the gaming machine information center 820 performs processing to decrypt the encrypted player information related to the dependency countermeasure and stores the encrypted player information in the player information server 824. The player information server 824 performs a process of collating the player information related to the dependence countermeasures, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted player information related to the dependence countermeasures in the player information server 824. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and verification security result information to the lending device 700.

(Shipping information)
The shipping information is information regarding shipping of the gaming machine 1 and is transmitted from the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 to the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, when the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 is supplied with the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400 from the gaming machine management control chip supplying company 890, the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 installs the gaming machine. 1 is manufactured. Then, when the manufactured gaming machine 1 becomes ready to be shipped to the gaming parlor 800, the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 transmits shipping information to the gaming machine information center 820.

Here, upon receiving the shipping information from the gaming machine manufacturing company 880, the gaming machine information center 820 receives the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, main control chip ID number, and gaming value control board 400 of the main control board 100. Information regarding the gaming value chip manufacturer code, gaming value chip product code, gaming value chip ID number, and shipping date and time of the gaming machine 1 are linked and registered in the machine history server 821. The gaming machine manufacturing company 880 then ships the gaming machine 1 to the gaming parlor 800 after registering each piece of information in the machine history server 821.

As a result, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the gaming machine installation information after the gaming machine 1 is installed at the gaming parlor 800, the gaming machine information center 820 compares it with the shipping information registered in the machine history server 821. It becomes possible to determine whether or not the main control chip and gaming value control chip of the gaming machine 1 installed at 800 are the same as when shipped.

(Unit board manufacturing information)
The unit board manufacturing information is information sent from the unit board manufacturing company 870 to the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the unit board manufacturing company 870 manufactures the unit board 710 and transmits unit board manufacturing information to the gaming machine information center 820 when the unit board 710 is ready to be shipped to the rental device manufacturing company 860.

Here, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the unit board manufacturing information from the unit board manufacturing company 870, it links the product code of the unit board 710, the ID number of the unit board 710, and the manufacturing date and time of the unit board 710. It is registered in the fraud monitoring server 822. The unit board manufacturing company 870 then ships the unit board 710 to the rental device manufacturing company 860 after each piece of information is registered in the fraud monitoring server 822. The rental device manufacturing company 860 then manufactures the rental device 700 using the unit board 710 shipped from the unit board manufacturing company 870.

In addition, when transmitting and receiving each of the above-mentioned information and signals, the side that transmits each information and signal can execute processing to record information regarding the transmission date and time, and the side that receives each information and signal It is possible to execute processing to record information regarding the date and time of reception.

(Details of sending and receiving each information)
Next, details of transmission and reception of each information will be explained using FIG. 11.

In FIG. 11, the phases are divided into a collation phase and a status communication phase. Therefore, each of the verification phase and status communication phase will be explained.

(verification phase)
First, the verification phase will be explained.

In the verification phase, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 from the power supply board 200, the main control chip ID number is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits the main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number to the unit board 710.

Here, the main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number are encrypted by the unit board 710 and then sent to the gaming machine information center via the lending device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810. 820.

Then, upon receiving the encrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number, the gaming machine information center 820 decrypts the encrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number. Perform processing to convert Next, the gaming machine information center 820 checks the decrypted main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number against the gaming machine installation information stored in the machine history server 821. A process is performed to determine whether the control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number are normal.

The gaming machine information center 820 also performs processing to generate verification security result information, and performs processing to encrypt the generated verification security result information. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting the encrypted verification security result information to the unit board 710 via the card company data center 810, the management computer 802, and the lending device control board 720.

Then, upon receiving the encrypted verification security result information, the unit board 710 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted verification security result information. Next, the unit board 710 performs processing to determine whether the decrypted verification security result information is normal. Here, if it is determined that the decrypted verification security result information is normal, the verification phase is ended and the process moves to the status communication phase. Note that if it is determined that the decrypted verification security result information is not normal, the game becomes impossible to play.

(Status communication phase)
Next, the status communication phase will be explained.

(1) Lending Information The lending device control board 720 controls the lending device control board 720 when the lending button 80 is operated with a prepaid card having electronic information corresponding to money inserted into the lending device 700, or when money is inserted into the lending device 700. When the lending button 80 is operated in a state where the game value is lent out, information regarding the number of lent gaming values (for example, "47") is transmitted to the unit board 710. Next, the unit board 710 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value lending signal including information regarding the number of lending gaming values to the gaming value control board 400. When the gaming value control board 400 receives the gaming value lending signal from the unit board 710, it performs processing such as adding the number of gaming values lent to the value displayed on the gaming value display 24 and displaying the result.

(2) Count information When the counting button 60 is operated when the gaming value owned by the player is displayed on the gaming value display 24, the gaming value control board 400 calculates the counted value for the unit board 710. Send information regarding gaming value. For example, when the game value owned by the player is "50", if the count button 60 is operated, the information regarding the counted game value becomes "50". Next, the unit board 710 transmits information regarding the counted gaming value to the lending device control board 720. Furthermore, the lending device control board 720 performs a process of storing information regarding the gaming value counted in the prepaid card.

Then, when the return button 81 is operated after the process of storing information regarding the counted gaming value in the prepaid card is completed, the lending device control board 720 performs a process of returning the prepaid card. In other words, the prepaid card will not be returned even if the return button 81 is operated before the process of storing information regarding the counted gaming value on the prepaid card is completed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the player from leaving his/her seat while the counting of gaming values is not completed.

In addition, if the return button 81 is operated before the process of storing information regarding the counted gaming value in the prepaid card is completed, the liquid crystal display 82 will notify the player to wait until the counting of the gaming value is finished. will be held. For example, by displaying a character image "Counting in progress" on the liquid crystal display 82, a notification is made to make the player wait until the counting of gaming values is completed.

Note that the notification to make the player wait until the counting of the game value is completed may be performed by outputting a sound from a rental speaker (not shown) included in the rental device 700, or the notification may be made by outputting a sound from a rental speaker (not shown) included in the rental device 700. The notification may be made by lighting or blinking a rental lamp (not shown) included in the device 700, or may be made by combining these methods.

Further, the notification to make the player wait until the counting of the gaming value is completed may be performed by the gaming machine 1, or may be performed by the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700. Here, when the gaming machine 1 notifies the player to wait until the counting of the gaming value is completed, the notification may be made by the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29.

(3) Number of gaming values Information regarding the number of gaming values is transmitted from the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710 at predetermined intervals (for example, "300" ms). Furthermore, the unit board 710 transmits information regarding the gaming value owned by the player to the lending device control board 720. Here, the number of game values is the game value that is not counted, and is the value of the game value displayed on the game value display 24. This allows the lending device 700 to recognize the number of gaming values owned by the player.

(4) Number of BETs Information regarding the number of BETs placed on the gaming machine 1 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 at predetermined intervals (eg, "300" ms). Next, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710. Then, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the unit board 710 to the lending device control board 720. This allows lending device 700 to recognize the number of BETs.

(5) Number of gaming values due to winnings In the gaming machine 1, the number of gaming values due to winnings is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 at predetermined intervals (for example, "1.564" ms). . Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits data to the unit board 710 at predetermined intervals (eg, "300" ms). Thereby, the lending device 700 can recognize the gaming value given by winning a prize.

(6) Hall con information Hall con information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the lending device control board 720 via the gaming value control board 400 and the unit board 710. The rental device control board 720 then transmits the hall computer information to the hall computer 801. This allows the hall computer 801 to recognize the hall computer information.

(7) Gaming machine performance information Gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Then, the gaming value control board 400 transmits gaming machine performance information to the unit board 710. Here, the unit board 710 encrypts the received gaming machine performance information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 820 via the lending device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(8) Gaming machine installation information Gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Then, the gaming value control board 400 transmits gaming machine installation information to the unit board 710. Here, the unit board 710 encrypts the received gaming machine installation information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 820 via the lending device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(9) Error Information Main control board error information regarding errors detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits the main control board error information received from the main control board 100 and/or the gaming value control board error information detected by the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710. . Next, the unit board 710 transmits main control board error information and/or gaming value control board error information to the lending device control board 720. The lending device control board 720 then transmits the error information received from the unit board 710 to the management computer 802.

Further, the unit board 710 performs a process of encrypting the error information received from the gaming value control board 400. Then, the unit board 710 transmits the encrypted error information to the gaming machine information center 820 via the lending device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(10) Fraud Information Fraud information regarding fraud detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits fraud information received from the main control board 100 and/or fraud information regarding fraud detected by the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710. Then, the unit board 710 transmits the fraud information received from the gaming value control board 400 to the lending device control board 720. The rental device control board 720 then transmits the fraudulent information received from the unit board 710 to the management computer 802.

Furthermore, the unit board 710 performs a process of encrypting fraudulent information received from the gaming value control board 400. Then, the unit board 710 transmits the encrypted fraudulent information to the gaming machine information center 820 via the lending device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(Winning role determination table)
Next, the winning combination determination table will be explained using FIG. 12.

The winning combination determination table is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a, and is used when determining the winning combination by internal lottery processing in step S4000, which will be described later. Further, in the winning combination determination table, winning combinations and lottery values corresponding to the winning combinations are defined for each gaming state.

Here, in this embodiment, the winning combination determination table exemplifies a lottery value when the setting value is "1", a lottery value when the setting value is "6", and a lottery value when the setting value is "0". Illustrations of the lottery value when the setting value is "3", the lottery value when the setting value is "4", and the lottery value when the setting value is "5" are omitted. Note that in the winning combination determination table in this embodiment, the lottery values are defined such that the higher the setting value, the more advantageous it is to the player.

As shown in FIG. 12, when the gaming state managed by the main control board 100 is the normal gaming state, "1st BB", "2nd BB", "Replay", "Left push order plum PLa", "Left "Push order plum PLb", "Left push order plum PLc", "Middle push order plum PCa", "Middle push order plum PCb", "Right push order plum PRa", "Right push order plum PRb", "Weak cherry", " Lottery values are specified for "Strong Cherry" and "Bell".

In addition, when the gaming state managed by the main control board 100 is a "bonus carryover state", "replay", "left push order plum PLa", "left push order plum PLb", "left push order plum PLc" ”, “Medium press order Plum PCa”, “Middle press order Plum PCb”, “Right press order Plum PRa”, “Right push order Plum PRb”, “Weak cherry”, “Strong cherry”, and “Bell” have lottery values. has been done.

In addition, when the gaming state managed by the main control board 100 is the "bonus operation state", "left push order plum PLa", "left push order plum PLb", "left push order plum PLc", "middle push Lottery values are defined for "Press order plum PCa," "Middle press order plum PCb," "Right push order plum PRa," and "Right push order plum PRb."

In addition, "left push order plum PLa" to "left push order plum PLc" are collectively referred to as "left push order plum", and "middle push order plum PCa" to "middle push order plum PCb" are collectively referred to as " "Middle push order plum" and "right push order plum PRa" to "right push order plum PRb" are collectively referred to as "right push order plum." Note that "left push order plum", "middle push order plum", and "right push order plum" are collectively referred to as "push order plum".

(Relationship between winning combination, operation order of stop button 10, winning, etc.)
Next, with reference to FIG. 13, the relationship between winning combinations, the order of operation of the stop button 10, winnings, etc. will be explained.

FIG. 13 shows the relationship between winning combinations and combinations of symbols that can be displayed on the active line depending on the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated.

In this embodiment, the combination of symbols that are allowed to win differs depending on the winning combination. For example, if the winning combination is "replay", winning of "replay" is allowed.

Further, in this embodiment, winning combinations are provided in which combinations of symbols that are allowed to win are different depending on the stop button 10 that is operated to stop first. For example, in a case where the winning combination is "Plum PLa in left push order", if the left stop button 11 is operated first, "Plum" wins. On the other hand, when the winning combination is "Plum PLa in left push order", if the middle stop button 12 is operated first, or if the right stop button 13 is operated first, the stop button 10 is operated. Depending on the timing, a "blank" will be awarded. In other words, depending on the timing of the operation of the stop button 10, a "blank" win may not be established and a non-win may result.

Further, in this embodiment, a winning combination is provided in which the winning combination differs depending on the operation timing of the stop button 10. For example, when the winning combination is "Bell" and the stop button 10 is operated at an appropriate timing, "Bell" wins. On the other hand, if the stop button 10 is operated at an inappropriate timing, the winning of "Bell" will not be established and the winning will be non-winning.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, "BB" and other winning combinations can be won at the same time. Specifically, when another winning combination is determined while "BB" is carried over, "BB" and the other winning combination will be won at the same time.

Here, in this embodiment, if "BB" and "Replay" are won, "Replay" will be displayed on the active line with priority over "Bonus", and replay will be You will win a prize.

Furthermore, if "BB" and "Plum" have been won, "Plum" will be displayed on the active line with priority over "Bonus", and "Plum" will be the winning prize. In addition, if "BB" and "Cherry" are won, or if "BB" and "Bell" are won, "Cherry" and "Bell" will be given priority over "Bonus". and will be displayed on the active line.

(Characteristics of the winning role)
Next, using FIG. 14, the characteristics of the winning combination will be explained.

In the present embodiment, among the operation orders of the stop buttons 10, an operation order that is unilaterally advantageous to the player (hereinafter referred to as "first stop operation order") and an operation order that is unilaterally disadvantageous to the player (hereinafter referred to as "first stop operation order") are described. , "second stop operation order").

(First stop operation order)
The first stop operation order is an operation order in which the expected value of acquisition of game value is lower than the second stop operation order. Further, the first stop operation order is an operation order in which a lottery result of the ball output state, which will be described later, is reflected. Here, in this embodiment, the first stop operation order corresponds to the operation order in which the left stop button 11 is operated first. Specifically, the first stop operation order is the operation order of first operating the left stop button 11, then operating the middle stop button 12, and finally operating the right stop button 13 (hereinafter referred to as "left center"). This corresponds to the operation order of first operating the left stop button 11, then operating the right stop button 13, and finally operating the middle stop button 12 (hereinafter referred to as "left and right middle"). do.

(Second stop operation order)
The second stop operation order is an operation order with a higher expected value of game value acquisition compared to the first stop operation order. Further, the second stop operation order is an operation order in which the lottery result of the ball release state, which will be described later, is not reflected. Examples of the fact that the lottery result in the ball-out state is not reflected include not performing a process to reflect the lottery result in the ball-out state, or performing a process to clear the lottery result in the ball-out state.

Here, the second stop operation order corresponds to an operation order in which the middle stop button 12 is operated first and an operation order in which the right stop button 13 is operated first. Specifically, the second stop operation order is the operation order of first operating the middle stop button 12, then operating the left stop button 11, and finally operating the right stop button 13 (hereinafter referred to as "center left/right"). '') and the operation order of first operating the middle stop button 12, then operating the right stop button 13, and finally operating the left stop button 11 (hereinafter referred to as "middle right left"), and first The operation order is to operate the right stop button 13, then to operate the left stop button 11, and finally to operate the middle stop button 12 (hereinafter referred to as "right left middle"), and to operate the right stop button 13 first. , then the middle stop button 12, and finally the left stop button 11 (hereinafter referred to as "right center left").

In addition, in this embodiment, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, the lottery result regarding the ball release state, which will be described later, is not reflected. In the case of the second stop operation order, compared to the case where the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, the lottery for the ball-out state may be given a less favorable treatment.

First, when the winning combination is "Plum PLb in left press order" and the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/2". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "6". Further, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left/right middle", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, if the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PLc in left press order" and the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/2". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left/right middle", "Plum" is won. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "6". Further, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, if the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PCa in middle press order" and the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle left/right", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "13". Further, when the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "middle right left", "right left middle", and "right middle left", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Blank" wins a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PCb in middle press order" and the order of operation of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle right left", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "13". Further, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle left/right", "right left middle", and "right middle left", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Blank" wins a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PRa" in the right-pressing order, and the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "right, left, middle", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "13". Furthermore, when the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "middle left/right", "middle right left", and "right middle left", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Blank" wins a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PRb in right push order" and the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "right middle left", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "13". Further, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle left/right", "middle right left", and "right left middle", "blank" will win a prize with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order, "Blank" wins a prize with a probability of "1/4". Note that when "Blank" wins, the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1".

Here, in the first stop operation order, if the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left center right", the probability that a gaming value of "6" will be given to the player is "(4,596+4 ,982)/65,536 (setting "1") ~ (5,800+4,380)/65,536 (setting "6")", so "9,578/65,536 (setting "1") ~10,180/65,536 (setting "6")".

Similarly, when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left/right middle", the probability that a player will be given a gaming value of "6" is "(4,596+4,982)/65,536 (setting "1") ~ (5,800 + 4,380) / 65,536 (setting "6")", so "9,578/65,536 (setting "1") ~ 10,180/65,536 ( The setting is "6").

Specifically, the probability of winning for "Plum PLa in left push order" with setting "1" is "4,596/65,536", whereas "Plum PLa in left push order" with setting "6" The probability of winning is "5,800/65,536". For this reason, it is easier to win the "left-press order plum PLa" when the setting is "6" than when the setting is "1".

On the other hand, the total winning probability of "Plum PLb in left push order" to "Plum PLc in left push order" with setting "1" is "9,964/65536", while "left push order Plum PLc" with setting "6" is "9,964/65536". The total winning probability of "push order plum PLb" to "left push order plum PLc" is "8,760/65,536". For this reason, when the setting is "1", it is easier to win "Plum PLb in the left push order" to "Plum PLc in the left push order" than in the case of the setting "6".

In this embodiment, the sum of the winning probabilities of "Plum PLa" to "Plum PLC in left push order" with setting "1" and "Plum PLa" to "Plum Plum in left push order" with setting "6" are calculated. The probability is the same as the sum of the winning probabilities of "Press Order Plum PLc". Specifically, the sum of the winning probabilities of "Plum PLa in left push order" to "Plum PLC in left push order" with setting "1" and "Plum PLa in left push order" to "Plum Plum in left push order" with setting "6" The total value of the winning probability of "Plum PLc" is "14,560/65,536".

That is, when the ball dispensing state managed by the main control board 100 is the normal state, the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated is not notified, so the player assumes that the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated is "left middle right". It is impossible to determine whether "Plum" will win if this is the case, or whether "Plum" will win if the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "left/right middle".

On the other hand, when the ball dispensing state managed by the main control board 100 is the AT state, the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is notified, and the player operates the stop buttons 10 according to the notified operation order. By doing so, you can win a "Plum".

In addition, since the total value of winning probabilities for “left press order plum” is the same value for the setting “1” and the setting “6”, the ball output managed by the main control board 100 When the state is the AT state, it can be said that the probability of winning a "Plum" is the same when the setting is "1" and when the setting is "6".

(Expected gain value of gaming value according to the order of operation of the stop button 10)
In the following, the expected value of acquisition of gaming value according to the order of operation of the stop button 10 will be explained.

The expected value of the gaming value acquired according to the order of operation of the stop button 10 is calculated as follows: "Lottery value according to the winning combination x value of the gaming value to be awarded x prize winning rate / total value of all lottery values (the denominator in FIG. 12)" "65,536")".

Here, in the present embodiment, if the winning combinations are "Plum in the order of pushing left" to "Plum in order of pushing left" PLc, "Plum in order of middle press", and "Plum in order of right push", they will be grouped. For this reason, the expected acquisition values of these gaming values will be explained. Note that hereinafter, "left-pressing order plums PLb" to "left-pressing order plums PLc," "middle-pressing order plums," and "right-pressing order plums" are referred to as a "specific group."

For example, when the setting is "1", the winning combination is "Plum PLb" is determined as the winning combination, and the operating order of the stop button 10 is "left center right", the expected value of the game value to be acquired is " 4,982×6×1/65,536=0.45 (For convenience of explanation, the value is rounded to the third decimal place.)

In addition, when the winning combination is "Plum PLc in left press order" and the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", the expected value of the game value to be acquired is "4,982 x 1 x 0.25 /65,536=0.02''.

In addition, when "Plum PCa" is determined as the winning combination and the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", the expected value of the game value obtained is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25/ 65,536=0.03''.

Similarly, when the winning combination is "Plum PCb in middle press order" and the operating order of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", the expected value of the game value obtained is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25 /65,536=0.03''.

Similarly, when the winning combination is "Right Press Plum PRa" and the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "Left Center Right", the expected value of the game value obtained is "9,000 x 1 x 0. 25/65,536=0.03''.

Similarly, when the winning combination is "Plum PRb" and the operating order of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", the expected value of the game value is "9,000 x 1 x 0. 25/65,536=0.03''.

Therefore, when the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "left middle right", the expected value of the game value obtained is "0.61".

Here, the expected value of acquisition of gaming value when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left, middle," is the same as the expected value of acquisition of gaming value when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "left, center, right." It becomes "0.61".

On the other hand, when the expected value of the game value obtained when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle left/right" is calculated, it is "1.93". Similarly, the expected value of acquiring gaming value when the operation order of the stop button 10 is "middle right left", the expected value acquiring gaming value when the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "middle right left", and the expected value acquiring gaming value when the order of operation of the stop button 10 is "middle right left" The expected value of value acquisition is also "1.93".

From these facts, the expected gain of gaming value is higher when the stop button 10 is operated in the second stop operation order than when the stop button 10 is operated in the first stop operation order. I can say that.

Furthermore, the expected value of gaming value acquired when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order and the expected value of the game value acquired when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation order are both the BET number "3". It can be said that the value is less than

In addition, in the present embodiment, the expected value of the game value obtained when the operation order of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation order and the transition lottery of the ball output state managed by the main control board 100 are explained. The sum of the expected value of the game value obtained is larger than the expected value of the game value obtained when the stop button 10 is operated in the second stop operation order.

In this way, when a winning combination of a "specific group" is won, the expectation of acquiring gaming value is determined depending on whether the order of operation of the stop button 10 is the first order of stop operation or the order of second stop operation. The structure is such that the superiority and inferiority are offset in terms of both the value and the transition probability of the ball state.

In this case, even when the main control board 100 transmits information (grouping command to be described later) indicating that the winning combination of the "specific group" has been won to the sub control board 300, the instruction information display section The display mode of 17 is hidden.

In addition, in the normal state, the value of the game value acquired by winning the winning combination of the "specific group" is not added to the calculation of the instruction-included accessory ratio.

(AT state transition lottery table)
Next, the AT state transition lottery table will be explained using FIG. 15.

The AT state transition lottery table is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the AT state transition lottery table includes the AT state transition lottery table for the normal state (see FIG. 15(A)) and the AT state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state (see FIG. 15(B)). , an AT state transition lottery table for the CZ state (see FIG. 15(C)), and an AT state transition lottery table for the bonus state (see FIG. 15(D)).

(AT state transition lottery table for normal state)
The AT state transition lottery table for normal state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is the normal state. Here, in the normal state AT state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery will be "655/65,536".

(AT state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state)
The AT state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to transition to the AT state when the ball dispensing state is the bonus preparation state. Here, in the bonus preparation state AT state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery will be "655/65,536".

(AT state transition lottery table for CZ state)
The AT state transition lottery table for the CZ state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to transition to the AT state when the ball dispensing state is the CZ state. Here, in the AT state transition lottery table for the CZ state, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the setting value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, there is a probability of "16,384/65,536" to win the AT state transition lottery. Become.

(AT state transition lottery table for bonus state)
The AT state transition lottery table for bonus state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is the bonus state. Here, in the bonus state AT state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the setting value is "1" and "push order plum" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery will be "655/65,536". .

Here, as shown in FIG. 15, the AT state transition lottery table exemplifies the lottery value when the setting value is "1" and the lottery value when the setting value is "6", and the lottery value when the setting value is "6". Illustrations of the lottery value when the set value is "0", the lottery value when the set value is "3", the lottery value when the set value is "4", and the lottery value when the set value is "5" are omitted. Further, in the AT state transition lottery table, lottery values are defined such that the higher the setting value is, the more advantageous it is to the player.

Note that the lottery values specified in the AT state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values illustrated in FIG. 15, and can be set as appropriate.

(CZ state transition lottery table)
Next, the CZ state transition lottery table will be explained using FIG. 16.

The CZ state transition lottery table is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the CZ state when the ball output state is the normal state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a. .

In the CZ state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the CZ state transition lottery will be "655/65,536".

Here, as shown in FIG. 16, the CZ state transition lottery table exemplifies the lottery value when the setting value is "1" and the lottery value when the setting value is "6", and the lottery value when the setting value is "6". Illustrations of the lottery value when the setting value is ``0'', the lottery value when the setting value is ``3'', the lottery value when the setting value is ``4'', and the lottery value when the setting value is ``5'' are omitted. . Further, in the CZ state transition lottery table, lottery values are defined such that the higher the set value is, the more advantageous it is to the player.

Note that the lottery values specified in the CZ state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values illustrated in FIG. 16, and can be set as appropriate.

(Additional game number lottery table)
Next, the add-on game number lottery table will be explained using FIG. 17.

The additional game number lottery table is used when performing an additional lottery for the number of playable games in the AT state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the top-up game number lottery table is the top-up game number lottery table for the AT state (see FIG. 17(A)) and the top-up game number lottery table for the top-up state (see FIG. 17(B)). is provided.

(Additional game number lottery table for AT state)
The AT state add-on game number lottery table is a table used when performing an add-on lottery for the number of games that can be played in the AT state when the ball output state is the AT state. Here, in the AT state additional game number lottery table, a lottery value corresponding to the number of additional games is defined for each winning combination. For example, if "Bell" is determined as the winning combination, "50" games will be added with a probability of "2,048/65,536", and "100" will be added with a probability of "1,024/65,536". The game will be added, and the probability of "300" games will be added with a probability of "512/65,536".

(Additional game number lottery table for addition state)
The add-on game number lottery table for add-on state is a table used when performing an add-on lottery for the number of games that can be played in the AT state when the ball output state is the add-on state. Here, in the add-on game number lottery table for the add-on state, a lottery value corresponding to the number of games to be added is defined for each winning combination. For example, if "Bell" is determined as the winning combination, "50" games will be added with a probability of "65,000/65,536", and "100" games will be added with a probability of "500/65,536". Therefore, 300 games will be added with a probability of 36/65,536.

Here, in this embodiment, the number of additional games is determined when winning a lottery using the number of additional games lottery table, but the number of additional games is determined, but this is not limited to this. For example, a predetermined number of games (for example, "30" games) may be set as "1" set, and the number of sets may be added, or the amount of gaming value given to the player may be added. Alternatively, the number of times the order of operation of the stop button 10 is notified may be added.

Note that the lottery values specified in the additional game number lottery table are not limited to the lottery values illustrated in FIG. 17, and can be set as appropriate.

(Additional status transition lottery table)
Next, the additional state transition lottery table will be explained using FIG. 18.

The additional state transition lottery table is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the additional state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the additional state transition lottery table includes the additional state transition lottery table for AT state (see FIG. 18(A)) and the additional state transition lottery table for AT bonus preparation state (see FIG. 18(B)). (see FIG. 18C) and an AT bonus state transition lottery table (see FIG. 18(C)).

(Additional state transition lottery table for AT state)
The AT state add-on state transition lottery table is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to shift to the add-on state when the ball dispensing state is the AT state. Here, in the AT state additional state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the transition lottery with additional status will be "328/65,536".

(Additional state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state during AT)
The AT bonus state transition lottery table for the AT bonus preparation state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to transition to the AT bonus state when the ball dispensing state is the AT bonus preparation state. Here, in the bonus state transition lottery table for the AT bonus preparation state, a lottery value corresponding to a winning combination is defined for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning combination, the probability of winning the transition lottery with additional status will be "328/65,536".

(Additional status transition lottery table for bonus status during AT)
The extra state transition lottery table for the AT bonus state is a table used when performing a lottery to determine whether to shift to the extra state when the ball payout state is the AT bonus state. Here, in the AT bonus state transition lottery table, lottery values corresponding to winning combinations are defined for each set value. For example, if the setting value is "1" and "push order plum" is determined as the winning combination, there is a probability of "163/65,536" that you will win the transition lottery with additional status. .

Here, as shown in FIG. 18, the additional state transition lottery table exemplifies the lottery value when the setting value is "1" and the lottery value when the setting value is "6", and the lottery value when the setting value is "6". Illustrations of the lottery value when the set value is "0", the lottery value when the set value is "3", the lottery value when the set value is "4", and the lottery value when the set value is "5" are omitted. Further, in the add-on status transition lottery table, lottery values are defined such that the higher the setting value, the more advantageous it is to the player.

Note that the lottery values specified in the additional state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values illustrated in FIG. 18, and can be set as appropriate.

(Storage area of main RAM 103)
Next, the storage area of the main RAM 103 will be explained using FIG. 19.

(Storage area 103a in main RAM usage area)
First, the storage area in the main RAM usage area 103a will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 19, the main RAM usage area 103a is provided with a plurality of storage areas including a setting value storage area 103aa to a gaming value error storage area 103zd. Each storage area will be explained below.

(Setting value storage area 103aa)
The setting value storage area 103aa is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a setting value indicating the degree of advantage for the player. Here, for example, when the setting value is "1", "00000001B" is stored in the setting value storage area 103aa, and when the setting value is "6", "00000110B" is stored in the setting value storage area 103aa. ' is memorized.

(Bonus storage area 103ab)
The bonus storage area 103ab is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can carry over and store the information that "BB" won when "BB" wins until the bonus is won. Here, for example, if the "first BB" is carried over, the value of the bonus storage area 103ab becomes "00000001B", and if the "second BB" is carried over, the value of the bonus storage area 103ab becomes "00000001B". If the value becomes "00000010B" and "BB" is not carried over, the value of the bonus storage area 103ab becomes "00000000B".

(Winning role storage area 103ac)
The winning combination storage area 103ac is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the winning combination. Here, for example, if "Replay" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the upper byte of the winning combination storage area 103ac becomes "00000000B" and the value of the lower byte becomes "00000001B".

(BET counter 103ad)
The BET counter 103ad is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the betted gaming value. Here, for example, when the value of the betted gaming value is "3", the value of the BET counter 103ad becomes "00000011B".

(Wait timer 103ae)
The wait timer 103ae is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store information for counting the minimum gaming time. In this embodiment, the value set in the wait timer 103ae is subtracted by "1" each time the main interrupt process (see FIG. 57), which will be described later, is executed. Note that the minimum playing time in this embodiment is approximately "4.1" seconds.

(Replay active flag storage area 103af)
The replay operation flag storage area 103af is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a replay operation flag that is turned ON when the replay game wins. Here, when the replay active flag is ON, the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af is "00000001B", and when the replay active flag is OFF, the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af is "00000001B". The value becomes "00000000B".

(Granted value storage area 103ag)
The awarded value storage area 103ag is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the gaming value given to the player. For example, when the value of the gaming value awarded to the player is "13", the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag becomes "00001101B".

(Bonus end value counter 103ah)
The bonus end value counter 103ah is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the gaming value that can be given in the bonus operation state. For example, if the value of the game value that can be given in the bonus operation state is "13", the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah becomes "00001101B".

(RB winning number counter 103ai)
The RB winning number counter 103ai is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the possible number of winnings of "RB (first type special prize)". For example, when the possible number of winnings for "RB" is "1", the value of the RB winning number counter 103ai becomes "00000001B".

(RB game number counter 103aj)
The RB game number counter 103aj is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the number of games that can be played with "RB". For example, when the number of games that can be played with "RB" is "1", the value of the RB game number counter 103aj is "00000001B".

(Game state storage area 103ak)
The gaming state storage area 103ak is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the gaming state in the current game. Here, if the current gaming state is the normal gaming state, the value of the gaming state storage area 103ak is "00000000B", and if the current gaming state is the bonus carryover state, the value of the gaming state storage area 103ak is "00000001B". When the bonus is activated, the value of the gaming state storage area 103ak becomes "00000010B".

(Ball output state storage area 103al)
The ball-out state storage area 103al is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the ball-out state in the current game. Here, for example, when the current ball dispensing state is the normal state, the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al becomes "00000001B".

(Next ball release status storage area 103am)
The next ball release state storage area 103am is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the ball release state in the next game (next game). Here, for example, when the ball dispensing state in the next game is the normal state, the value of the next ball dispensing state storage area 103am becomes "00000001B".

(Ceiling game number counter 103an)
The ceiling game number counter 103an is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the number of ceiling games. Here, for example, if the number of games up to the ceiling is "1" game, the value of the upper byte of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "00000000B" and the value of the lower byte is "00000001B".

(CZ game number counter 103ao)
The CZ game number counter 103ao is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store the number of games that can be played in the CZ state. Here, for example, when the number of games that can be played in the CZ state is "1" game, the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao becomes "00000001B".

(AT game number counter 103ap)
The AT game number counter 103ap is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the number of games that can be played in the AT state. Here, for example, if the number of games that can be played in the AT state is "1" game, the value of the upper byte of the AT game number counter 103ap will be "00000000B" and the value of the lower byte will be "00000001B". .

(Additional state game number counter 103aq)
The add-on state game number counter 103aq is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store the number of games that can be played in the add-on state. Here, for example, if the number of games that can be played in the add-on state is "1" game, the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq becomes "00000001B".

(CZ winning flag storage area 103ar)
The CZ winning flag storage area 103ar is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a CZ winning flag indicating that the CZ state transition lottery has been won. Here, when the CZ winning flag is ON, the value of the CZ winning flag storage area 103ar is "00000001B", and when the CZ winning flag is OFF, the value of the CZ winning flag storage area 103ar is "00000000B". ”.

(AT winning flag storage area 103as)
The AT winning flag storage area 103as is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store an AT winning flag indicating that the AT state transition lottery has been won. Here, when the AT winning flag is ON, the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as is "00000001B", and when the AT winning flag is OFF, the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as is "00000000B". ”.

(Additional state winning flag storage area 103at)
The additional state winning flag storage area 103at is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store an additional state winning flag indicating that the additional state winning lottery has been won. Here, when the additional state winning flag is ON, the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at is "00000001B", and when the additional state winning flag is OFF, the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at is "00000001B". The value becomes "00000000B".

(First stop storage area 103au)
The first stop storage area 103au is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the stop button 10 operated first in a state where all the reels 20 are rotating. Here, if the value of the first stop storage area 103au is "00000001B", it means that the first stop button 10 operated is the left stop button 11, and the first stop is the left reel 21. .

(Push reference position storage area 103av)
The press reference position storage area 103av is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the symbol position when the stop button 10 corresponding to the rotating reel 20 is operated. Specifically, the "1" byte of the press reference position storage area 103av is a storage area that can store the symbol position when the left stop button 11 is operated, and the "2" of the press reference position storage area 103av is a storage area that can store the symbol position when the left stop button 11 is operated. The byte is a storage area that can store the symbol position when the middle stop button 12 is operated, and the "3rd" byte of the press reference position storage area 103av is the symbol position when the right stop button 13 is operated. This is a storage area that can store locations. For example, when the press reference position of the left reel 21 is "01", the value of the "1st" byte of the press reference position storage area 103av is "00000001B".

(Number of sliding frames storage area 103aw)
The number of sliding frames storage area 103aw is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the number of sliding frames. Specifically, the "1" byte of the sliding piece number storage area 103aw is a storage area that can store the number of sliding pieces of the left reel 21, and the "2" byte of the sliding piece number storage area 103aw is a storage area that can store the number of sliding pieces of the left reel 21. This is a storage area that can store the number of sliding pieces of the reel 22, and the "3rd" byte of the sliding piece number storage area 103aw is a storage area that can store the number of sliding pieces of the right reel 23. For example, when the number of sliding frames on the left reel 21 is "1", the value of the "1st" byte of the sliding frame number storage area 103aw is "00000001B".

(difference counter 103ax)
The difference counter 103ax is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the number of differences in gaming value in a "specific period". Further, the difference counter 103ax can store positive values and negative values. Specifically, if the number of differences in gaming value during the "specific period" is "200", the value of the upper byte of the difference counter 103ax will be "11001000B" and the value of the lower byte will be "00000000B". . On the other hand, if the difference in gaming value during the "specific period" is "-200", the value of the upper byte of the difference counter 103ax becomes "00000000B" and the value of the lower byte becomes "11001000B". Note that when the difference number of gaming values in the "specific period" is "0", the value of the upper byte and the value of the lower byte of the difference counter 103ax are both "00000000B".

(Specific period start flag storage area 103ay)
The specific period start flag storage area 103ay is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a specific period start flag that is turned ON at the start of the "specific period". Here, when the specific period start flag is ON, the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay is "00000001B", and when the specific period start flag is OFF, the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay is "00000001B". The value becomes "00000000B".

(Specific period flag storage area 103az)
The specific period flag storage area 103az is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a specific period flag that is turned ON when staying in the "specific period". Here, when the specific period flag is ON, the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az is "00000001B", and when the specific period flag is OFF, the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az is "00000000B". ”.

(Specific period end flag storage area 103za)
The specific period end flag storage area 103za is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a specific period end flag that is turned ON at the end of the "specific period". Here, if the specific period end flag is ON, the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za is "00000001B", and if the specific period end flag is OFF, the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za is "00000001B". The value becomes "00000000B".

(Main error information storage area 103zb)
The main error information storage area 103zb is a “2” byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store error information detected by the main control board 100. Specifically, the main error information storage area 103zb stores information regarding a setting change device operation abnormality error, which will be described later.

(Stop position storage area 103zc)
The stop position storage area 103zc is a “3” byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store the stop position of the reel 20. Specifically, the “1” byte of the stop position storage area 103zc is a storage area that can store the stop position of the left reel 21, and the “2” byte of the stop position storage area 103zc is a storage area that can store the stop position of the left reel 21. This is a storage area where the stop position can be stored, and the "3rd" byte of the stop position storage area 103zc is a storage area where the stop position of the right reel 23 can be stored. For example, when the number of sliding frames on the left reel 21 is "1", the value of the "1" byte of the stop position storage area 103zc is "00000001B".

(Game value error storage area 103zd)
The gaming value error storage area 103zd is a “2” byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store error information detected by the gaming value control board 400 in response to a command received from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value error storage area 103zd stores information regarding a rental device disconnection error (main stop), which will be described later, and information regarding a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring), which will be described later.

Here, in this embodiment, "main stop" is an error that is monitored during the game. Specifically, as will be explained later, there is an error in communication within the gaming machine (main stop), number of game value reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), and door error. This includes an open error (main stop).

On the other hand, "constant monitoring" refers to errors that are monitored during non-game play. Specifically, as will be explained later, there is a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring), a game value reaching error (constant monitoring), a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring), a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring), and a door error. This applies to open errors (constant monitoring).

(Storage area outside the main RAM used area 103b)
Next, the storage area outside the main RAM used area 103b will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 19, a plurality of storage areas are provided outside the main RAM usage area 103b, including a MY counter for stopping 103ba to a game number counter for ratio calculation 103yw. Each storage area will be explained below.

(MY counter 103ba for stopping)
The stopping MY counter 103ba is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the maximum number of increases (also referred to as "maximum MY") from the time when power was supplied to the gaming machine 1 to the present. For example, if the value of the gaming value that has been given since power was supplied to the gaming machine 1 is "200", the value of the upper byte of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is "00000000B", and the value of the lower byte is "00000000B". The value becomes "11001000B". Note that the stop MY counter 103ba is not supposed to store a negative value.

Here, when the gaming parlor is opened (when the gaming machine 1 is powered on), the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba is "0", and the value of the maximum increase number is also "0". Then, when the MAXBET button 7 is operated and a game is played and a winning is established, the value obtained by subtracting the value of the betted gaming value from the value of the gaming value given by the winning is the value of the MY counter for cancellation 103ba. It will be added to the value. On the other hand, if a winning is not achieved, the value of the betted gaming value is subtracted from the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation.

At this time, when the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba becomes a negative value, the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba becomes "0". For example, when the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba is "0", the MAXBET button 7 is operated, a game is played and a winning is achieved, and the value of the gaming value given to the player is "1". In some cases, "0 (value of MY counter 103ba for stopping before calculation)" - "3 (value of betted gaming value)" + "1 (value of gaming value awarded by winning)" = " -2'', but the value of the aborting MY counter 103ba becomes ``0''.

In addition, when the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is "0", if the MAX BET button 7 is operated and a game is played and no winning is achieved, the value of MY counter for stopping 103ba is "0" (MY counter for stopping before calculation). 103ba value)"-"3 (value of betted gaming value)"="-3", but the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba becomes "0".

Here, when the game shifts to a state advantageous to the player (for example, AT state, bonus activation state), the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba changes significantly. For example, assume that the AT state is entered when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is "0". In the AT state, if the "push order plum" is won, the operating order of the stop buttons 10 is notified, and if the stop buttons 10 are operated according to the notified operating order of the stop buttons 10, the "plum" is won. will win the prize.

At this time, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is "0 (value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba before calculation)" - "3 (value of betted gaming value)" + "13 (game value awarded by winning value)” = “10”. Here, since the AT state is held for a plurality of games since a lottery is performed to add the number of games in addition to the initial number of games, the value of the MY counter for cancellation 103ba changes greatly. For example, assume that the AT state continues for a predetermined period and the value of the termination MY counter 103ba becomes "1,500".

Here, in the aborting MY counter calculation process in step S14103, which will be described later, if the maximum increase number is less than "1,500", the maximum increase number is updated to "1,500". On the other hand, if the maximum increase number is "1,500" or more, the maximum increase number is not updated. Thereafter, before the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is decremented to "0", the value of the stop MY counter 103ba gradually increases to "19" by shifting to the AT state or the bonus activation state multiple times. ,000'' or more, the stop function will be activated.

Here, the upper limit of the value that can be stored in the stopping MY counter 103ba is "19,009", and it is possible to store it with a range up to "19,009". ” Values exceeding ” are not stored. The reason why the upper limit of the value that can be stored in the MY counter 103ba for abort is set to "19,009" is that the operating condition for the abort function is that the value of the MY counter 103ba for abort is "19,000". As described above, there are cases where the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping becomes "19,000" and the stopping function is activated due to a difference in the value of the gaming value given by winning a prize, etc. There are cases where the value of the stop MY counter 103ba exceeds "19,000" and the stop function is activated.

For example, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping is "18,999", the value of the betted gaming value is "3", and the winning of "Plum" is established, "18,999 ( Value of MY counter 103ba for stopping before calculation) - 3 (value of betted gaming value) + 13 (value of gaming value awarded by winning ≒ In the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment, one This is because "19,009" is sufficient as the upper limit value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation because "maximum value of game value awarded in the game" = "19,009".

Note that the stop MY counter 103ba can also be made memorizable with a width up to "19,013". Specifically, when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is "18,999", the value of the betted gaming value is "1", and the value of the gaming value awarded by winning is determined according to the rules of the gaming machine. If it is "15" which is the maximum value for one winning determined by "18,999 (value of MY counter 103ba for cancellation before calculation)" - "1 (value of betted gaming value)" + " 15 (value of gaming value given by winning) = "19,013", so the upper limit value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping is sufficient to be "19,013" regardless of the gaming machine 1. It's for a reason.

By doing so, it is possible to reduce the effort of changing the upper limit value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping each time the gaming machine 1 is developed. Of course, each time a gaming machine 1 is developed, the upper limit value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba may be set to the maximum value of the gaming value awarded in one game of that gaming machine 1.

Further, the upper limit value of the stop MY counter 103ba may not be set. For example, if the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is "18,999" and the transition is made to the bonus operation state, the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is "19,999" until the bonus operation state ends. 000'', the value of the stop MY counter 103ba may be updated and stored.

Here, in this embodiment, the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba is initialized by turning the power on and off.

Although the details will be explained later, the stopping MY counter 103ba performs a process of determining whether the number has exceeded "18,500" and a process of determining whether the number has exceeded "19,000". This is referred to in the process, and can be counted up to a maximum of 20,000.

(Internal stack pointer storage area 103bb)
The internal stack pointer storage area 103bb is a storage area that can store a stack pointer when executing a program stored outside the main ROM usage area 102b.

(Abort flag storage area 103bc)
The stoppage flag storage area 103bc is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a stoppage flag indicating that a stoppage function that makes it impossible to continue the game has been activated. Here, when the abort flag is ON, the value of the abort flag storage area 103bc becomes "00000001B", and when the abort flag is OFF, the value of the abort flag storage area 103bc becomes "00000000B".

(Performance information game number counter 103bd)
The performance information game count counter 103bd is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the number of games used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Total BET number counter 103be for performance information)
The performance information total BET number counter 103be is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the total number of BETs of gaming value used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information total grant number counter 103bf)
The performance information total award number counter 103bf is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the total number of gaming values awarded used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(MY counter 103bg for performance information)
The performance information MY counter 103bg is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the current MY used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Maximum MY counter for performance information 103bh)
The maximum MY counter for performance information 103bh is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area that can store the maximum value of the MY counter for performance information 103bg.

(Performance information accessory total number counter 103bi)
The performance information accessory object total award counter 103bi is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a memory capable of storing the value of the gaming value given by the operation of the accessory object used when calculating the gaming machine performance information. It is an area.

(Performance information continuous accessory total number counter 103bj)
The total number of consecutive bonuses awarded for performance information counter 103bj is a storage area of "3" bytes, and stores the value of the gaming value awarded by the operation of the first type special bonus used when calculating the gaming machine performance information. It is a storage area that can store .

(Ring pointer 103ya)
The ring pointer 103ya is a storage area of "1" byte, and specifies whether to aggregate sets such as (400 games) total award 103yb, (400 games) total award 103yc, (400 games) total award ratio 103yd, etc. This is a pointer for

((400 games) total award 103yb)
(400 games) Total award 103yb is provided with "15" (sets) of "2" byte storage area, and "400" games are considered "1" set, and the awarded value of gaming value due to winning is calculated. This is a buffer to save the value.

((400 games) total award of 103 yc)
(400 games) Total award of consecutive combinations 103yc has ``15'' (sets) of storage area of ``2'' bytes, and ``400'' games are treated as ``1'' set of the first type special bonus. This is a buffer for storing the total value of the game value given by the action.

((400 games) total award of role ratio 103 yd)
(400 games) Total win ratio award 103yd has ``15'' storage areas (sets) of ``2'' bytes, and the game value due to the operation of the bonuses with ``400'' games as ``1'' set. This is a buffer for storing the aggregated value of the given values.

((400 games) Accessories with instructions given 103ye)
(400 games) The instruction-included accessory provision 103ye has ``15'' (sets) of storage areas of ``2'' bytes, and the accessory and instruction function are set for ``400'' games as ``1'' set. This is a buffer for storing the total value of the game value given by the action.

((6,000 games) total award 103yf)
The (6,000 games) total award 103yf is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum of a total of "15" sets of the (400 games) total award 103yb.

((6,000 games) total award of consecutive combinations 103yg)
The (6,000 games) consecutive combination total award 103yg is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum total of "15" sets of the (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc.

((6,000 games) total award of role ratio 103yh)
The (6,000 games) total award of winning ratios 103yh is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum total of "15" sets of (400 games) total awarding of winning ratios 103yd.

((cumulative) total grant 103yi)
The (cumulative) total award 103yi is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of the gaming value in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((cumulative) total award of consecutive roles 103yj)
The (cumulative) consecutive combination total award 103yj is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of the gaming value due to the operation of the first type special award in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((cumulative) total award of role ratio 103yk)
The (cumulative) winning ratio total award 103yk is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the gaming value given by the operation of the accessory in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((Cumulative) Accessories including instructions 103yl)
The (cumulative) instruction-included accessory award 103yl is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of the gaming value due to the operation of the accessory and instruction function in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((6,000 games) consecutive combination ratio 103ym)
The (6,000 game) consecutive combination ratio 103ym is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the consecutive combination ratio in the "6,000" game displayed on the monitor display 44.

((6,000 games) Accessory ratio 103yn)
The (6,000 game) accessory ratio 103yn is a storage area of “1” byte, and is a buffer for storing the accessory ratio in the “6,000” game displayed on the monitor display 44.

((cumulative) instructional accessory ratio 103yo)
The (cumulative) designated accessory ratio 103yo is a storage area of “1” byte, and is a buffer for storing the designated accessory ratio in the cumulative total displayed on the monitor display 44.

((Cumulative) consecutive role ratio 103yp)
The (cumulative) consecutive combination ratio 103yp is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the continuous combination ratio in the cumulative total displayed on the monitor display 44.

((cumulative) accessory ratio 103yq)
The (cumulative) accessory ratio 103yq is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the cumulative accessory ratio displayed on the monitor display 44.

((cumulative) condition ratio of accessories, etc. 103yr)
The (cumulative) accessory state ratio 103yr is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the cumulative accessory state ratio displayed on the monitor display 44.

(Total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys)
The total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys is a storage area of "1" byte, and stores the total number of games upper limit flag used when determining whether the value of the total number of games counter 103yu has reached the upper limit. It is a storage area.

(Total grant number upper limit flag storage area 103 yt)
The total grant number upper limit flag storage area 103yt is a storage area of "1" byte, and stores the total grant number upper limit flag used when determining whether the (cumulative) total grant number 103yi has reached the upper limit. This is the storage area for

(Total number of games counter 103yu)
The total number of games counter 103yu is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a storage area for storing the total number of games used when calculating the ratio.

(Accessory status game number counter 103yv)
The accessory state game counter 103yv is a storage area of "4" bytes, and is a storage area for storing the number of accessory state games.

(Ratio calculation game number counter 103yw)
The ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area for managing the number of games played every "400" times.

(Storage area of gaming value RAM 403)
Next, the storage area of the gaming value RAM 403 will be explained using FIG. 20.

(Storage area of 403a in gaming value RAM usage area)
First, the storage area in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 20, the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is provided with a plurality of storage areas including a gaming value storage area 403aa to a loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj. Each storage area will be explained below.

(Game value storage area 403aa)
The gaming value storage area 403aa is a "2" byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store the value of the gaming value owned by the player. For example, when the value of the gaming value owned by the player is "200", the value of the upper byte of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "00000000B", and the value of the lower byte is "11001000B".

(Game value error information storage area 403ab)
The gaming value error information storage area 403ab is a "2" byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store error information that occurs in the main control board 100 and error information that occurs in the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value error information storage area 403ab stores information regarding a rental device communication no response error (main stop), information regarding a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring), etc., which will be described later.

(BET number storage area 403ac)
The BET number storage area 403ac is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store information regarding the betted gaming value. Here, for example, when the value of the betted gaming value is "3", the value of the bet number storage area 403ac becomes "00000011B".

Here, in this embodiment, the BET value is stored in the BET counter 103ad and the BET number storage area 403ac. Therefore, the BET counter 103ad and the BET number storage area 403ac have the same value.

(Game machine installation information storage area 403ad)
The gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad is a storage area that can store the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100.

(Timer 403ae for receiving main periodic commands)
The main regular command reception timer 403ae is a storage area that can store information for measuring the time from receiving the main regular command from the main control board 100 until receiving the next main regular command.

(Rental device communication timer 403af)
The lending device communication timer 403af is a “1” byte storage area that can store information for measuring the communication time between the gaming value control board 400 and the lending device 700.

(Reception buffer 403ag)
The reception buffer 403ag is a storage area for storing serial reception data received from the lending device 700.

(Reception counter 403ah)
The reception counter 403ah is a storage area for storing a reception counter used when determining the process to be executed when a lending notification is received from the lending device 700.

(Lending serial number buffer 403ai)
The lending serial number buffer 403ai is a storage area in which received data is set when the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2".

(Rental game value number buffer 403aj)
The loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj is a storage area in which gaming values lent to players are set.

A description of the outside gaming value RAM usage area 403b will be omitted. Note that the MY counter for stopping 103ba to the game number counter for ratio calculation 103yw stored in the outside of the main RAM usage area 103b may be stored by providing a storage area in the outside of the gaming value RAM usage area 403b.

(Main program start processing)
Next, the main program start process performed by the main control board 100 will be explained using FIG. 21.

(Step S1)
In step S1, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the power is being cut off. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is in a power-off state by inspecting the power-off signal terminal. If it is determined that the power is being cut off (step S1=YES), the process of step S1 is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the power is not being interrupted (step S1=NO), the process moves to step S2.

(Step S2)
In step S2, the main CPU 101 performs startup command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a startup command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S2 is completed, the process moves to step S3.

Here, the "startup command" is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. Note that the startup command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S3)
In step S3, the main CPU 101 performs checksum calculation processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an address for starting calculation of the checksum of the main RAM 103 in a register, calculating a checksum of the main RAM 103, and setting the calculated checksum in the register. When the process of step S3 is completed, the process moves to step S4.

(Step S4)
In step S4, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key signal is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 43sw is turned on and a setting key signal is input. Here, if the setting key signal is ON (step S4=YES), the process of step S5 is performed. On the other hand, if the setting key signal is OFF (step S4=NO), the process moves to step S7.

(Step S5)
In step S5, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 14s is turned on and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. If it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S5=YES), the process moves to step S11. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S5=NO), the process moves to step S6.

(Step S6)
In step S6, the main CPU 101 performs a setting change device operation abnormality error process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the setting change device operation abnormality error in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, since it is not possible to turn on the power or change settings unless the front door 3 is opened, when the power is turned on (step S1=NO), if the setting key switch 43sw is ON (step S4 It is normal that the front door 3 is open (step S5=YES). Therefore, when the power is turned on (step S1=NO), if the setting key switch 43sw is ON (step S4=YES) and the front door 3 is not open (step S5=NO), the setting A change device operation error occurs. When the process of step S6 is completed, the process moves to step S7.

(Step S7)
In step S7, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset switch 41sw is turned on and a reset switch signal is input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S7=YES), the process moves to step S8. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S7=NO), the process moves to step S9.

(Step S8)
In step S8, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 14s is turned on and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. If it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S8=YES), the process moves to step S11. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S8=NO), the process moves to step S9.

(Step S9)
In step S9, the main CPU 101 performs ratio monitor test display request processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program from the main ROM outside the used area 102b, and performs a process of displaying ratio monitor test information on the monitor display 44 when there is a ratio monitor test display request. When the process of step S9 is completed, the process moves to step S10.

Here, the display mode of the ratio monitor test information in this embodiment is a display mode in which the display blinks by repeating lighting for about "5" seconds, about "0.3" seconds, and turning off for about "0.3" seconds. It becomes. Note that any display mode can be adopted as the display mode of the ratio monitor test information.

Further, the ratio monitor test information is also displayed on the monitor display 44 when the setting value changing process in step S100 is finished or when the setting value confirmation is finished. After the ratio monitor test information is displayed on the monitor display 44, the ratio information is switched and displayed on the monitor display 44.

Note that in this embodiment, the ratio monitor test information is not displayed on the monitor display 44 when the set value is being changed or the set value is being confirmed. At this time, the monitor display 44 is completely turned off. Of course, the ratio monitor test information may be displayed on the monitor display 44 even when the set values are being changed or confirmed. In this case as well, the ratio monitor test information is displayed on the monitor display 44, and then the ratio information is displayed on the monitor display 44.

(Step S10)
In step S10, the main CPU 101 performs a power failure recovery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of restoring the values of registers saved before the power outage and the values saved in the stack pointer. When the process of step S10 is completed, the gaming machine 1 returns to the state it was in when the power was turned off.

(Step S11)
In step S11, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum value is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum value set in the register by the checksum calculation processing in step S3 is normal. If it is determined that the checksum is a normal value (step S11=YES), the process moves to step S13. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not a normal value (step S11=NO), the process moves to step S12.

(Step S12)
In step S12, the main CPU 101 performs monitor RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program from the main ROM outside area 102b, and performs processing to initialize a predetermined area inside the main RAM outside area 103b. When the process of step S12 is completed, the process moves to step S13.

(Step S13)
In step S13, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, when the power is turned on, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the reset switch 41sw is turned on and a reset switch signal is input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S13=YES), the process moves to step S14. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S13=NO), the process moves to step S16.

(Step S14)
In step S14, the main CPU 101 performs reset start command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reset start command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S14 is completed, the process moves to step S15.

Here, the "reset start command" is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 when the operation of the reset button 41 is detected by the reset switch 41sw when the gaming machine 1 is powered on. This is the command sent to. Note that the reset command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S15)
In step S15, the main CPU 101 performs main RAM clear processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear a predetermined area within the main RAM usage area 103a. When the process of step S15 is completed, the process moves to step S16.

(Step S16)
In step S16, the main CPU 101 performs ratio monitor test display request processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program from the main ROM outside the used area 102b, and performs a process of displaying ratio monitor test information on the monitor display 44 when there is a ratio monitor test display request. When the process of step S16 is completed, the process moves to step S17.

(Step S17)
In step S17, the main CPU 101 performs main gaming machine installation information command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b, extracts the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, and uses the main RAM. It is stored in a predetermined storage area outside the area 103b. Then, according to the program in the main ROM used area 102a, a gaming machine installation information command is generated with reference to a predetermined storage area outside the main RAM used area 103b, and transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S17 is completed, the process moves to step S18.

Here, the "main gaming machine installation information command" is a command having information on the main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100, information on the main control chip product code, and information on the main control chip ID number. This is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400.

(Step S18)
In step S18, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting the main gaming machine installation information command through the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. . If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S18=YES), the process moves to step S20. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S18=NO), the process moves to step S19.

(Step S19)
In step S19, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, in the case of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the termination (cancellation) condition for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) is satisfied. That is, if there is no response to the main gaming machine installation information command, the processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed, and therefore the setting value cannot be changed.

(Step S20)
In step S20, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is time to change settings. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON. If it is determined that it is time to change the settings (step S20=YES), the process moves to step S21. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not time to change the settings (step S20=NO), the process moves to step S22.

(Step S21)
In step S21, the main CPU 101 performs a setting change start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting change start command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S21 is completed, the process moves to step S100.

Here, the "setting change start command" is a command that is sent when it becomes possible to start changing the setting value, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is the command sent to. Note that the setting change start command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S100)
In step S100, the main CPU 101 performs setting value changing processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S100 is completed, the process moves to step S22.

(Step S22)
In step S22, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value confirmation command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a set value confirmation command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S22 is completed, the process shifts to the main loop process of step S1000.

Here, the "setting value confirmation command" is a command sent when changing the setting value is completed, and is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is the command to be executed. Further, the setting value confirmation command is a command having information stored in the setting value storage area 103aa. Note that the setting value confirmation command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Setting value change processing)
Next, the setting value changing process performed in step S100 of the main program start process will be explained using FIG. 22.

(Step S101)
In step S101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the set value is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether the setting values stored in the setting value storage area 103aa are normal values (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting "3", setting "4", setting "5"). ” or setting “6”). If it is determined that the set value is a normal value (step S101=YES), the process moves to step S103. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value is not a normal value (step S101=NO), the process moves to step S102.

(Step S102)
In step S102, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an initial setting value in a register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the setting "0", which is the initial value of the setting value, in the register. Note that the initial value of the setting value is a normal value (for example, one of the settings "0", "1", "3", "4", "5", and "6"). , can be any value. When the process of step S102 is completed, the process moves to step S104.

(Step S103)
In step S103, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the current set value in a register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the setting value stored in the setting value storage area 103aa in a register. When the process of step S103 is completed, the process moves to step S104.

(Step S104)
In step S104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset switch 41sw is turned on and a reset switch signal is input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S104=YES), the process moves to step S105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S104=NO), the process moves to step S109.

(Step S105)
In step S105, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value change command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting value change command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S105 is completed, the process moves to step S106.

Here, the "setting value change command" is a command that is sent when the reset button 41 is operated after changing the setting value has started, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300. This is a command sent to the gaming value control board 400. Note that the setting value change command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S106)
In step S106, the main CPU 101 performs setting value update processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding a predetermined value to a setting value set in a register. More specifically, if the current setting value is other than "1", "1" is added to the setting value set in the register, and if the current setting value is "1", then "1" is added to the setting value set in the register. In this case, a process of adding "2" to the setting value set in the register is performed. When the process of step S106 is completed, the process moves to step S107.

(Step S107)
In step S107, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the set value is greater than "6". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the setting value set in the register becomes a value larger than "6" as a result of performing the setting value update process in step S106. If it is determined that the set value is greater than "6" (step S107=YES), the process moves to step S108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value is not greater than "6" (step S107=NO), the process moves to step S109.

(Step S108)
In step S108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the set value to "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the setting value set in the register to "0". When the process of step S108 is completed, the process moves to step S109.

(Step S109)
In step S109, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the start lever 9 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the start lever 9 is detected by the start switch 9sw. If it is determined that the start lever 9 has been operated (step S109=YES), the process moves to step S110. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start lever 9 is not operated (step S109=NO), the process moves to step S104.

(Step S110)
In step S110, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key signal is turned off. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether the inserted setting key (not shown) is turned by a predetermined angle, the setting key switch 43sw is turned OFF, and the setting key signal is turned OFF. Perform the processing to do. If it is determined that the setting key signal is turned off (step S110=YES), the process moves to step S111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting key signal is not OFF (step S110=NO), the process of step S110 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S111)
In step S111, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value saving process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the setting value set in the register in the setting value storage area 103aa. It also performs processing to clear a predetermined area of the main RAM 103. When the process of step S111 is completed, the subroutine of the setting value change process is ended.

(main loop processing)
Next, the main loop processing performed in step S1000 of the program start processing will be explained using FIG. 23.

(Step S1001)
In step S1001, the main CPU 101 performs RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the initialization start address and the initialization end address of the main RAM 103, and then initializes the area from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area of the main RAM 103. I do. As a result, the winning combination storage area 103ac, the press reference position storage area 103av, the number of sliding pieces storage area 103aw, etc. are initialized. When the process of step S1001 is completed, the process moves to step S2000.

(Step S2000)
In step S2000, the main CPU 101 performs an error check process at the start of the game, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S2000 is completed, the process moves to step S3000.

(Step S3000)
In step S3000, the main CPU 101 performs gaming value management processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 25. When the process of step S3000 is completed, the process moves to step S1002.

(Step S1002)
In step S1002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the number of bets is "3". Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the BET counter 103ad and performs a process of determining whether the number of BETs is "3" or not. If it is determined that the number of bets is "3" (step S1002=YES), the process moves to step S1003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of bets is not "3" (step S1002=NO), the process moves to step S2000.

(Step S1003)
In step S1003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the start lever 9 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the start lever 9 is detected by the start switch 9sw. If it is determined that the start lever 9 has been operated (step S1003=YES), the process moves to step S4000. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start lever 9 is not operated (step S1003=NO), the process moves to step S2000.

(Step S4000)
In step S4000, the main CPU 101 performs an internal lottery process that will be described in detail later using FIG. 26. When the process of step S4000 is completed, the process moves to step S5000.

(Step S5000)
In step S5000, the main CPU 101 performs a ball release state management process when the lever is operated, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 27. When the process of step S5000 is completed, the process moves to step S6000.

(Step S6000)
In step S6000, the main CPU 101 performs reel rotation start preparation processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 37. When the process of step S6000 is completed, the process moves to step S7000.

(Step S7000)
In step S7000, the main CPU 101 performs reel rotation processing, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 38. When the process of step S7000 is completed, the process moves to step S8000.

(Step S8000)
In step S8000, the main CPU 101 performs display determination processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 39. When the process of step S8000 is completed, the process moves to step S9000.

(Step S9000)
In step S9000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value granting process which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S9000 is completed, the process moves to step S10000.

(Step S10000)
In step S10000, the main CPU 101 performs a call process after full stop, which will be described later in detail with reference to FIG. When the process of step S10000 is completed, the process moves to step S11000.

(Step S11000)
In step S11000, the main CPU 101 performs a ball dispensing state management process after full stop, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 44. When the process of step S11000 is completed, the process moves to step S12000.

(Step S12000)
In step S12000, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming state transition process which will be described in detail later using FIG. 53. When the process of step S12000 is completed, the process moves to step S13000.

(Step S13000)
In step S13000, the main CPU 101 performs specific period related processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 54. When the process of step S13000 is completed, the process moves to step S13000.

(Step S14000)
In step S14000, the main CPU 101 performs a termination-related process, which will be detailed later using FIG. 55. When the process of step S14000 is completed, the process moves to step S1001.

(Error check process at game start)
Next, with reference to FIG. 24, the error check process at the start of the game performed in step S2000 of the main loop process will be explained.

(Step S2001)
In step S2001, the main CPU 101 performs a game start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a game start command to the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S2001 is completed, the process moves to step S2002.

Here, the "game start command" is a command sent at the start of a game, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400.

(Step S2002)
In step S2002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting a game start command to the gaming value control board 400, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S2002=YES), the process moves to step S2004. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S2002=NO), the process moves to step S2003.

(Step S2003)
In step S2003, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process in step S2003 ends, the process moves to step S2004.

(Step S2004)
In step S2004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) is stored in the main error information storage area 103zb. If it is determined that there is an abnormal communication error within the technical equipment (main stop) (step S2004=YES), the process moves to step S2013. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) (step S2004=NO), the process moves to step S2005.

(Step S2005)
In step S2005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not there is an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a gaming value error command, which will be described later, received from the gaming value control board 400 includes information regarding an error in reaching the number of gaming values (main stop). If it is determined that there is an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop) (step S2005=YES), the process moves to step S2006. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not a game value reaching error (main stop) (step S2005=NO), the process moves to step S2007.

(Step S2006)
In step S2006, the main CPU 101 performs a game value number reaching error (main stop) process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the gaming value number reaching error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S2006 is completed, the process moves to step S2013.

(Step S2007)
In step S2007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a rental device communication no response error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a gaming value error command, which will be described later, received from the gaming value control board 400 includes information regarding a lending device communication non-response error (main stop). . If it is determined that there is a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) (step S2007=YES), the process moves to step S2008. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no rental device communication no-response error (main stop) (step S2007=NO), the process moves to step S2009.

(Step S2008)
In step S2008, the main CPU 101 performs rental device communication no response error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the lending device communication no response error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process in step S2008 ends, the process moves to step S2013.

(Step S2009)
In step S2009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a rental device disconnection error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the gaming value error command received from the gaming value control board 400 includes information regarding the rental device disconnection error (main stop). If it is determined that there is a rental device disconnection error (main stop) (step S2009=YES), the process moves to step S2010. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no rental device disconnection error (main stop) (step S2009=NO), the process moves to step S2011.

(Step S2010)
In step S2010, the main CPU 101 performs rental device disconnection error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the rental device disconnection error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S2010 is completed, the process moves to step S2013.

(Step S2011)
In step S2011, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 14s is turned on and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. If it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S2011=YES), the process moves to step S2012. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S2011=NO), the subroutine of the error check process at the start of the game is ended.

(Step S2012)
In step S2012, the main CPU 101 performs door open error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the door opening error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S2012 is completed, the process moves to step S2013.

(Step S2013)
In step S2013, the main CPU 101 performs main error command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main error command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process in step S2013 ends, the process moves to step S2014.

Here, the "main error command" is a command having information regarding an error in the main control board 100, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is. Note that the main error command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S2014)
In step S2014, the main CPU 101 performs main stop processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 stores in the main error information storage area 103zb an abnormal communication error within the game machine (main stop), a number of game value reached error (main stop), a rental device communication non-response error (main stop), and a rental device unresponsive error. Since information on connection errors (main stop) or door open errors (main stop) is stored, processing by the main control board 100 is prevented from proceeding until the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied. become. Then, when the process in step S2014 ends, the process moves to step S2015.

(Step S2015)
In step S2015, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error has been resolved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the above-described error termination (cancellation) conditions stored in the main error information storage area 103zb are satisfied. If it is determined that the error has been cleared (step S2015=YES), the subroutine of the error check process at the start of the game is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error has not been cleared (step S2015=NO), the process moves to step S2014.

(Game value management processing)
Next, the gaming value management process performed in step S3000 of the main loop process will be explained using FIG. 25.

(Step S3001)
In step S3001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af and performs processing to determine whether the replay active flag is ON. If it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S3001=YES), the process moves to step S3002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S3001=NO), the process moves to step S3006.

(Step S3002)
In step S3002, the main CPU 101 performs automatic input number command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an automatic input number command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process in step S3002 is completed, the process moves to step S3003.

Here, the "automatic input number command" is a command that has information regarding automatic input of gaming value, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is a command sent by Note that the automatic input number command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S3003)
In step S3003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting the automatic input number command to the gaming value control board 400 through the automatic input number command transmission process in step S3002, the main CPU 101 determines whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Perform the processing to do. If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3003=YES), the process moves to step S3005. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3003=NO), the process moves to step S3004.

(Step S3004)
In step S3004, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process in step S3004 ends, the process moves to step S3005.

(Step S3005)
In step S3005, the main CPU 101 performs replay operation processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the gaming value bet in the previous game in the BET counter 103ad. When the process of step S3005 is finished, the subroutine of the gaming value management process is finished.

(Step S3006)
In step S3006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the payment button 8 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the payment button 8 is detected by the payment switch 8sw. If it is determined that the payment button 8 has been operated (step S3006=YES), the process moves to step S3007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the payment button 8 has not been operated (step S3006=NO), the process moves to step S3012.

(Step S3007)
In step S3007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the BET counter 103ad and performs a process of determining whether the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more. If it is determined that the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more (step S3007=YES), the process moves to step S3008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the BET counter 103ad is not greater than "1" (step S3007=NO), the process moves to step S3012.

(Step S3008)
In step S3008, the main CPU 101 performs payment command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a settlement command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process in step S3008 ends, the process moves to step S3009.

Here, the "settlement command" is a command having information regarding the settlement of the betted gaming value, and is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is a command. Note that the settlement command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S3009)
In step S3009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 transmits a settlement command to the gaming value control board 400 through the settlement command sending process in step S3008, and then performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. . If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3009=YES), the process moves to step S3011. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3009=NO), the process moves to step S3010.

(Step S3010)
In step S3010, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S3010 is completed, the process moves to step S3011.

(Step S3011)
In step S3011, the main CPU 101 performs payment processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the BET counter 103ad. When the process of step S3011 is completed, the process moves to step S3022.

(Step S3012)
In step S3012, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET button 6 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the BET button 6 is detected by the BET switch 6sw. If it is determined that the BET button 6 has been operated (step S3012=YES), the process moves to step S3013. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET button 6 has not been operated (step S3012=NO), the process moves to step S3017.

(Step S3013)
In step S3013, the main CPU 101 performs a BET command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a BET command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S3013 is completed, the process moves to step S3014.

Here, the "BET command" is a command having information regarding the operation of the BET button 6, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is a command. Note that the BET command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S3014)
In step S3014, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting the BET command to the gaming value control board 400 through the BET command transmission process in step S3013, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. . If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3014=YES), the process moves to step S3016. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3014=NO), the process moves to step S3015.

(Step S3015)
In step S3015, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S3015 is completed, the process moves to step S3016.

(Step S3016)
In step S3016, the main CPU 101 performs a BET process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to update the value of the BET counter 103ad. Here, if the value of the BET counter 103ad is less than or equal to "2", a process of adding "1" to the value of the BET counter 103ad is performed. Further, when the value of the BET counter 103ad is "3", processing is performed to update the value of the BET counter 103ad to "1". When the process of step S3016 is completed, the process moves to step S3022.

(Step S3017)
In step S3017, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the MAXBET button 7 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the MAXBET switch 7sw detects the operation of the MAXBET button 7. If it is determined that the MAXBET button 7 has been operated (step S3017=YES), the process moves to step S3018. On the other hand, if it is determined that the MAXBET button 7 has not been operated (step S3017=NO), the subroutine of the gaming value management process is ended.

(Step S3018)
In step S3018, the main CPU 101 performs MAXBET command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a MAXBET command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S3018 is completed, the process moves to step S3019.

Here, the "MAXBET command" is a command having information regarding the operation of the MAXBET button 7, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is a command. Note that the MAXBET command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S3019)
In step S3019, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting the MAXBET command to the gaming value control board 400 through the MAXBET command transmission process in step S3018, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. . If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3019=YES), the process moves to step S3021. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3019=NO), the process moves to step S3020.

(Step S3020)
In step S3020, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process in step S3020 ends, the process moves to step S3021.

(Step S3021)
In step S3021, the main CPU 101 performs MAXBET processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the BET counter 103ad to "3" when the value of the gaming value owned by the player is "3" or more. Furthermore, if the value of the gaming value owned by the player is less than "2", processing is performed to set the value of the BET counter 103ad to the value of the gaming value owned by the player. Specifically, when the value of the gaming value owned by the player is "2", the value of the BET counter 103ad is set to "2", and the value of the gaming value owned by the player is set to "2". If it is "1", processing is performed to set the value of the BET counter 103ad to "1". When the process of step S3021 is completed, the process moves to step S3022.

(Step S3022)
In step S3022, the main CPU 101 performs hole-con fraud monitoring information (specified number (IN)) setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the prescribed number (IN) of hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. 150, according to the value of the betted gaming value. When the process of step S3022 is finished, the subroutine of the gaming value management process is finished.

(Internal lottery processing)
Next, the internal lottery process performed in step S4000 of the main loop process will be explained using FIG. 26.

(Step S4001)
In step S4001, the main CPU 101 performs winning combination determination processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts the random number generated by the main random number generator 104, and determines the winning combination according to the extracted random number and the winning combination determination table (see FIG. 12). I do. Here, information regarding the determined winning combination will be stored in the winning combination storage area 103ac. When the process of step S4001 is completed, the process moves to step S4002.

(Step S4002)
In step S4002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current gaming state is a bonus operating state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the gaming state storage area 103ak and performs processing to determine whether the current gaming state is a bonus operating state. If it is determined that the current gaming state is a bonus operating state (step S4002=YES), the process moves to step S4006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is not a bonus operating state (step S4002=NO), the process moves to step S4003.

(Step S4003)
In step S4003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether "BB" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac and performs processing to determine whether "BB" has been won. If it is determined that "BB" has been won (step S4003=YES), the process moves to step S4004. On the other hand, if it is determined that "BB" has not been won (step S4003=NO), the process moves to step S4005.

(Step S4004)
In step S4004, the main CPU 101 performs BB winning processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the winning "BB" in the bonus storage area 103ab. Then, when the process in step S4004 ends, the process moves to step S4006.

(Step S4005)
In step S4005, the main CPU 101 performs BB setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the bonus storage area 103ab to the winning combination storage area 103ac. When the process of step S4005 is completed, the process moves to step S4006.

(Step S4006)
In step S4006, the main CPU 101 performs ball release state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the information stored in the next ball release state storage area 103am in the ball release state storage area 103al. When the process of step S4006 is finished, the subroutine of the internal lottery process is finished.

(Ballet release status management process when lever is operated)
Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a description will be given of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated, which is performed in step S5000 of the main loop process.

(Step S5001)
In step S5001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is a "non-specific period". Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az and performs a process of determining whether the current "gaming period" is a "non-specific period". If it is determined that the current "gaming period" is a "non-specific period" (step S5001=YES), the process moves to step S5100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current "gaming period" is not a "non-specific period" (step S5001=NO), the process moves to step S5002.

(Step S5100)
In step S5100, the main CPU 101 performs non-specific period processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 28. When the process of step S5100 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5002)
In step S5002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball output state is the normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is the normal state. If it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is the normal state (step S5002=YES), the process moves to step S5200. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not the normal state (step S5002=NO), the process moves to step S5003.

(Step S5200)
In step S5200, the main CPU 101 performs normal state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 29. Then, when the process in step S5200 ends, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5003)
In step S5003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball dispensing state is a bonus preparation state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is a bonus preparation state (step S5003=YES), the process moves to step S5300. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not the bonus preparation state (step S5003=NO), the process moves to step S5004.

(Step S5300)
In step S5300, the main CPU 101 performs bonus preparation state processing, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S5300 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5004)
In step S5004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is the CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is the CZ state. If it is determined that the current ball release state is the CZ state (step S5004=YES), the process moves to step S5400. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball release state is not the CZ state (step S5004=NO), the process moves to step S5005.

(Step S5400)
In step S5400, the main CPU 101 performs CZ state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 31. When the process of step S5400 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5005)
In step S5005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball put-out state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball put-out state is a bonus state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is a bonus state (step S5005=YES), the process moves to step S5500. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not a bonus state (step S5005=NO), the process moves to step S5006.

(Step S5500)
In step S5500, the main CPU 101 performs bonus state processing, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S5500 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5006)
In step S5006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is an AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball put-out state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball put-out state is the AT state. If it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is the AT state (step S5006=YES), the process moves to step S5600. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not the AT state (step S5006=NO), the process moves to step S5007.

(Step S5600)
In step S5600, the main CPU 101 performs AT state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 33. When the process of step S5600 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5007)
In step S5007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is an AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is in the AT bonus preparation state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is an AT bonus preparation state (step S5007=YES), the process moves to step S5700. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not the AT bonus preparation state (step S5007=NO), the process moves to step S5008.

(Step S5700)
In step S5700, the main CPU 101 performs AT bonus preparation state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 34. When the process of step S5700 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5008)
In step S5008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is an AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball-dispensing state is an AT bonus state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is an AT bonus state (step S5008=YES), the process moves to step S5800. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not an AT bonus state (step S5008=NO), the process moves to step S5900.

(Step S5800)
In step S5800, the main CPU 101 performs AT bonus state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 35. When the process of step S5800 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5900)
In step S5900, the main CPU 101 performs additional state processing, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S5900 is completed, the process moves to step S5009.

(Step S5009)
In step S5009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is a specific ball release state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a specific ball-dispensing state. Here, the "specific ball release state" is a state in which the operating order of the stop button 10 is notified, and specifically refers to a bonus state, an AT state, a bonus state during AT, and an add-on state. Then, when it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is a specific ball dispensing state (step S5009=YES), the process moves to step S5010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not a specific ball dispensing state (step S5009=NO), the process moves to step S5011.

(Step S5010)
In step S5010, the main CPU 101 performs grouping command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a grouping command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S5010 is completed, the process moves to step S5011.

Here, the "grouping command" is a command having information regarding winning combinations, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Note that the grouping command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

Furthermore, the same grouping command will be sent if the winning combination is one of the "specific groups". For example, the same command will be generated and sent regardless of whether the winning combination is "Plum PCa in order to press left" or "Plum PRa in order to press right". Become. As a result, even if the grouping command is obtained illegally, it is not possible to know the operating order of the stop buttons 10 necessary for winning a prize, so it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts of obtaining the grouping command illegally. can.

(Step S5011)
In step S5011, the main CPU 101 performs push order command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a push order command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S5011 is completed, the process moves to step S5012.

Here, the "push order command" is a command having information of a value displayed on the instruction information display section 17, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is the command being sent. In other words, the press order command is a command having information regarding the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated. Note that the push order command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S5012)
In step S5012, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 transmits a push order command to the gaming value control board 400 through the push order command sending process in step S5011, and then performs a process of determining whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. I do. If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S5012 = YES), the subroutine of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S5012=NO), the process moves to step S5013.

(Step S5013)
In step S5013, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S5013 is completed, the subroutine of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated is ended.

(Processing for non-specific period)
Next, with reference to FIG. 28, the non-specific period process performed in step S5100 of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated will be described.

(Step S5101)
In step S5101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the winning combination is "replay" or "BB". Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac and performs processing to determine whether the winning combination is either "replay" or "BB". If it is determined that the winning combination is either "replay" or "BB" (step S5101=YES), the process moves to step S5102. On the other hand, if it is determined that the winning combination is not "Replay" or "BB" (step S5101=NO), the subroutine of the non-specific period processing is ended.

(Step S5102)
In step S5102, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period start flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period start flag by updating the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay. When the process of step S5102 is completed, the process moves to step S5103.

(Step S5103)
In step S5103, the main CPU 101 performs difference counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the difference counter 103ax to "0". When the process of step S5103 is completed, the process moves to step S5104.

(Step S5104)
In step S5104, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the normal state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the normal state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S5104 is completed, the process moves to step S5105.

(Step S5105)
In step S5105, the main CPU 101 performs ceiling game number setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the ceiling game number counter 103an to "800". Note that the value set in the ceiling game number counter 103an by the ceiling game number setting process can be set as appropriate. For example, it may be another predetermined value, or it may be a value determined by lottery. When the process in step S5105 is completed, the process shifts to normal state process in step S5200.

(Processing for normal state)
Next, with reference to FIG. 29, the normal state process performed in step S5200 of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated will be described.

(Step S5201)
In step S5201, the main CPU 101 performs normal state AT lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 A process of extracting a random number value generated by the method and drawing a lottery to determine whether or not to shift to the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the AT state shift lottery table for normal state (see FIG. 15(A)). I do. When the process of step S5201 is completed, the process moves to step S5202.

(Step S5202)
In step S5202, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been determined to shift to the AT state as a result of performing the AT lottery process for the normal state in step S5201. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5202=YES), the process moves to step S5203. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5202=NO), the process moves to step S5204.

(Step S5203)
In step S5203, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the processing in step S5203 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing is ended.

(Step S5204)
In step S5204, the main CPU 101 performs CZ lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 A random number generated by the above is extracted, and a lottery is performed to determine whether or not to shift to the CZ state according to the extracted random number and the CZ state transition lottery table (see FIG. 16). Then, when the process in step S5204 ends, the process moves to step S5205.

(Step S5205)
In step S5205, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the CZ lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it has been determined to shift to the CZ state as a result of performing the CZ lottery processing in step S5204. If it is determined that the CZ lottery has been won (step S5205=YES), the process moves to step S5206. On the other hand, if it is determined that the CZ lottery has not been won (step S5205=NO), the subroutine for normal state processing is ended.

(Step S5206)
In step S5206, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the CZ winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the CZ winning flag by updating the value of the CZ winning flag storage area 103ar. When the processing in step S5206 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing is ended.

(Processing for bonus preparation state)
Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the bonus preparation state process performed in step S5300 of the lever operation ball release state management process will be described.

(Step S5301)
In step S5301, the main CPU 101 performs bonus preparation state AT lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 A random value generated by is extracted, and a lottery is performed to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state according to the extracted random value and the AT state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state (see FIG. 15(B)). Perform processing. Then, when the process in step S5301 ends, the process moves to step S5302.

(Step S5302)
In step S5302, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it has been determined to shift to the AT state as a result of performing the bonus preparation state AT lottery processing in step S5301. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5302=YES), the process moves to step S5303. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5302=NO), the subroutine of the bonus preparation state processing is ended.

(Step S5303)
In step S5303, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. When the processing in step S5303 is completed, the subroutine for bonus preparation state processing is ended.

(Processing for CZ state)
Next, with reference to FIG. 31, the CZ state process performed in step S5400 of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated will be described.

(Step S5401)
In step S5401, the main CPU 101 performs CZ game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao. When the process of step S5401 is completed, the process moves to step S5402.

(Step S5402)
In step S5402, the main CPU 101 performs AT lottery processing for the CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 A process of extracting a random number value generated by the process and randomly determining whether or not to shift to the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the AT state shift lottery table for CZ state (see FIG. 15(C)). I do. When the process of step S5402 is completed, the process moves to step S5403.

(Step S5403)
In step S5403, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been determined to shift to the AT state as a result of performing the AT lottery process for the CZ state in step S5402. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5403=YES), the process moves to step S5404. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5403=NO), the subroutine for CZ state processing is ended.

(Step S5404)
In step S5404, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the processing in step S5404 is completed, the subroutine for CZ state processing is ended.

(Processing for bonus status)
Next, with reference to FIG. 32, a description will be given of the bonus state process performed in step S5500 of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated.

(Step S5501)
In step S5501, the main CPU 101 performs bonus state AT lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts the random number generated by the main random number generator 104, and selects the random number according to the extracted random number and the bonus state AT state transition lottery table (see FIG. 15(D)). Then, a lottery process is performed to determine whether or not to shift to the AT state. When the process in step S5501 is completed, the process moves to step S5502.

(Step S5502)
In step S5502, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been determined to shift to the AT state as a result of performing the bonus state AT lottery process in step S5501. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5502=YES), the process moves to step S5503. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5502=NO), the subroutine for bonus state processing is ended.

(Step S5503)
In step S5503, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. When the processing in step S5503 is completed, the subroutine for bonus state processing is ended.

(Processing for AT state)
Next, with reference to FIG. 33, the AT state process performed in step S5600 of the ball release state management process when the lever is operated will be described.

(Step S5601)
In step S5601, the main CPU 101 performs AT game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the AT game number counter 103ap. When the process of step S5601 is completed, the process moves to step S5602.

(Step S5602)
In step S5602, the main CPU 101 performs an additional lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 The random number generated by A process of randomly selecting the number of games is performed, and a process of adding the result of the lottery to the AT game number counter 103ap is performed. When the process of step S5602 is completed, the process moves to step S5603.

(Step S5603)
In step S5603, the main CPU 101 performs AT state additional state transition lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 A process of extracting a random number value generated by the method, and drawing a lottery to determine whether or not to shift to an additional state according to the extracted random number and an additional state transition lottery table for AT state (see FIG. 18(A)). I do. Then, when the process in step S5603 ends, the process moves to step S5604.

(Step S5604)
In step S5604, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the lottery for moving to an additional state has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it has been determined to shift to the additional state as a result of performing the additional state transition lottery process for the AT state in step S5603. If it is determined that the lottery for shifting to the additional state has been won (step S5604=YES), the process moves to step S5605. On the other hand, if it is determined that the lottery for moving to the additional state has not been won (step S5604=NO), the subroutine for AT state processing is ended.

(Step S5605)
In step S5605, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag by updating the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, when the processing in step S5605 is completed, the subroutine for AT state processing is ended.

(Processing for bonus preparation state during AT)
Next, with reference to FIG. 34, a description will be given of the AT bonus preparation state process performed in step S5700 of the lever operation ball release state management process.

(Step S5701)
In step S5701, the main CPU 101 performs an AT bonus preparation state transition lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the winning combination storage area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the main random number generator 104 The random number generated by is extracted, and it is determined whether or not to move to the add-on state according to the extracted random number and the add-on state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state during AT (see FIG. 18(B)). Perform lottery processing. When the process of step S5701 is completed, the process moves to step S5702.

(Step S5702)
In step S5702, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the lottery for transitioning to the additional state has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been determined to shift to the add-on state as a result of performing the add-on state transition lottery process for the bonus preparation state during AT in step S5701. If it is determined that the lottery for transitioning to the additional state has been won (step S5702=YES), the process moves to step S5703. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus state transition lottery has not been won (step S5702=NO), the subroutine of the AT bonus preparation state processing is ended.

(Step S5703)
In step S5703, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag by updating the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at. When the process of step S5703 is completed, the subroutine of the AT bonus preparation state process is ended.

(Processing for bonus state during AT)
Next, with reference to FIG. 35, the AT bonus state process performed in step S5800 of the lever operation ball release state management process will be described.

(Step S5801)
In step S5801, the main CPU 101 performs an AT bonus state transition lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts the random number generated by the main random number generator 104, and combines the extracted random number with the AT bonus state transition lottery table (see FIG. 18(C)). In response to this, a process is performed to determine whether or not to move to the additional state. When the process in step S5801 is completed, the process moves to step S5802.

(Step S5802)
In step S5802, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the lottery for transitioning to an additional state has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been determined to transition to the bonus state as a result of performing the AT bonus state transition lottery process in step S5801. Then, if it is determined that the lottery for shifting to the additional state has been won (step S5802=YES), the process moves to step S5803. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus state transfer lottery has not been won (step S5802=NO), the subroutine of the AT bonus state process is ended.

(Step S5803)
In step S5803, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the additional state winning flag by updating the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, when the processing in step S5803 is completed, the subroutine for processing for bonus state during AT is completed.

(Processing for additional status)
Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the processing for the added state performed in step S5900 of the ball release state management processing when the lever is operated will be explained.

(Step S5901)
In step S5901, the main CPU 101 performs add-on state game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq. When the process of step S5901 is completed, the process moves to step S5902.

(Step S5902)
In step S5902, the main CPU 101 performs an additional lottery process for an additional state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts the random number generated by the main random number generator 104, and according to the extracted random number and the add-on game number lottery table for the add-on state (see FIG. 17(B)). Then, a process is performed to randomly select the number of games to be added to the number of games that can be played in the AT state. When the processing in step S5902 is completed, the subroutine for additional state processing is ended.

(Reel rotation start preparation process)
Next, the reel rotation start preparation process performed in step S6000 of the main loop process will be explained using FIG. 37.

(Step S6001)
In step S6001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the minimum gaming time has elapsed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the wait timer 103ae has become "0". If it is determined that the minimum gaming time has elapsed (step S6001=YES), the process moves to step S6002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the minimum gaming time has not elapsed (step S6001=NO), the process of step S6001 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S6002)
In step S6002, the main CPU 101 performs minimum gaming time setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the wait timer 103ae. Here, in this embodiment, the value set in the wait timer 103ae by the minimum gaming time setting process is "2,622". When the process of step S6002 is completed, the process moves to step S6003.

(Step S6003)
In step S6003, the main CPU 101 performs reel rotation start command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reel rotation start command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S6003 is completed, the subroutine of the reel rotation start preparation process is ended.

Here, the "reel rotation start command" is a command having information for starting the rotation of the reels 20, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is a command. Note that the reel rotation start command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(processing during reel rotation)
Next, with reference to FIG. 38, the reel rotation process performed in step S7000 of the main loop process will be described.

(Step S7001)
In step S7001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the stop button 10 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the stop button 10 is detected by the stop switch 10sw. If it is determined that the stop button 10 has been operated (step S7001=YES), the process moves to step S7002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop button 10 has not been operated (step S7001=NO), the process of step S7001 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S7002)
In step S7002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is the first stop time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the first stop storage area 103au and performs processing to determine whether or not it is the first stop time. Here, the main CPU 101 determines that the first stop is occurring when the value of the first stop storage area 103au is "0". If it is determined that it is the first stop (step S7002=YES), the process moves to step S7003. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the first stop (step S7002=NO), the process moves to step S7004.

(Step S7003)
In step S7003, the main CPU 101 performs a first stop storage process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the first operated stop button 10 in the first stop storage area 103au. When the process of step S7003 is completed, the process moves to step S7004.

(Step S7004)
In step S7004, the main CPU 101 performs a press reference position setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires a press reference position according to the information of the operated stop button 10 and the position of the symbol passing through the active line, and stores the information regarding the obtained press reference position in the press reference position memory. Processing to store in area 103av is performed. Then, when the process in step S7004 ends, the process moves to step S7005.

(Step S7005)
In step S7005, the main CPU 101 performs sliding frame number determination processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines the number of sliding pieces according to the information regarding the pressed reference position stored in the pressed reference position storage area 103av and the value of the winning combination storage area 103ac, and sets the determined number of sliding pieces. A process is performed to store information regarding the number of sliding frames in the sliding frame number storage area 103aw. When the process of step S7005 is completed, the process moves to step S7006.

(Step S7006)
In step S7006, the main CPU 101 performs stop position storage processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines the stop position according to information regarding the pressed reference position stored in the pressed reference position storage area 103av and information regarding the number of sliding frames stored in the sliding frame number storage area 103aw. A process is performed in which information regarding the determined stop position is stored in the stop position storage area 103zc. When the process of step S7006 is completed, the process moves to step S7007.

(Step S7007)
In step S7007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is a "specific ball release state." Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a "specific ball-dispensing state." If it is determined that the current ball release state is a "specific ball release state" (step S7007=YES), the process moves to step S7010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball release state is not a "specific ball release state" (step S7007=NO), the process moves to step S7008.

(Step S7008)
In step S7008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the first stop is the left reel 21 or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop storage area 103au. If it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S7008=YES), the process moves to step S7009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S7008=NO), the process moves to step S7010.

(Step S7009)
In step S7009, the main CPU 101 performs grouping command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a grouping command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process in step S7009 ends, the process moves to step S7010.

(Step S7010)
In step S7010, the main CPU 101 performs reel stop command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reel stop command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S7010 is completed, the process moves to step S7011.

Here, the "reel stop command" is a command having information regarding the stopped reels 20, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Note that the reel stop command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S7011)
In step S7011, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether all the reels 20 have stopped. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the stop position storage area 103zc and performs a process of determining whether all the reels 20 have been stopped. If it is determined that all the reels 20 have stopped (step S7011=YES), the subroutine of the reel rotation process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that all the reels 20 have not stopped (step S7011=NO), the process moves to step S7001.

(Display judgment processing)
Next, the display determination process performed in step S8000 of the main loop process will be explained using FIG. 39.

(Step S8001)
In step S8001, the main CPU 101 performs an all reel stop command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an all reel stop command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S8001 is completed, the process moves to step S8002.

Here, the "all reel stop command" is a command sent when all the reels 20 are stopped, and is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. It is a command. Note that the all reel stop command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S8002)
In step S8002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay has won a prize according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the replay has won (step S8002=YES), the process moves to step S8003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay has not won a prize (step S8002=NO), the process moves to step S8004.

(Step S8003)
In step S8003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the replay operation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the replay active flag by updating the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af. Then, when the processing in step S8003 is completed, the subroutine for display determination processing is ended.

(Step S8004)
In step S8004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning has been achieved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning has been achieved according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that a winning has been achieved (step S8004=YES), the process moves to step S8005. On the other hand, if it is determined that a winning has not been achieved (step S8004=NO), the subroutine of the display determination process is ended.

(Step S8005)
In step S8005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a value given to the gaming value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the award value to be given to the player in the award value storage area 103ag. When the process of step S8005 is completed, the process moves to step S8006.

(Step S8006)
In step S8006, the main CPU 101 performs hall con fraud monitoring information (specified number (OUT)) setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the prescribed number (OUT) of hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. . Then, when the processing in step S8006 is completed, the subroutine for display determination processing is ended.

(Game value granting process)
Next, with reference to FIG. 40, the game value granting process performed in step S9000 of the main loop process will be explained.

(Step S9001)
In step S9001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the awarded value of the game value is "1" or more. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the awarded value storage area 103ag and performs a process of determining whether the awarded value of the gaming value is "1" or more. If it is determined that the gaming value given value is "1" or more (step S9001=YES), the process moves to step S9002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value grant value is not greater than "1" (step S9001=NO), the subroutine of the game value grant process is ended.

(Step S9002)
In step S9002, the main CPU 101 performs a game value imparting command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value grant command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S9002 is completed, the process moves to step S9003.

Here, the "gaming value granting command" is a command having information regarding the gaming value to be given to the player, and is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is the command to be executed. Note that the gaming value grant command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S9003)
In step S9003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 after transmitting the gaming value giving command to the gaming value control board 400 through the gaming value giving command sending process in step S9002. Perform the processing to do. If it is determined that there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S9003=YES), the process moves to step S9005. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S9003=NO), the process moves to step S9004.

(Step S9004)
In step S9004, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (main stop) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S9004 is completed, the process moves to step S9005.

(Step S9005)
In step S9005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a gaming value provision completion command has been received. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a gaming value grant completion command, which will be described later, has been received from the gaming value control board 400. If it is determined that the game value granting completion command has been received (step S9005=YES), the subroutine of the game value granting process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming value provision completion command has not been received (step S9005=NO), the process of step S9005 is repeatedly executed.

Note that the value of the gaming value actually given to the player may be stored separately from the given value given to the player. In this case, an actual payout storage area may be provided in the main RAM usage area 103a. In this case, upon receiving the gaming value grant completion command (step S9005=YES), the main CPU 101 stores the value of the gaming value actually awarded to the player in the actual payout storage area.

Specifically, if information regarding the value of the gaming value actually awarded to the player is included in the gaming value assignment completion command (for example, if the value of the gaming value actually assigned to the player is 13), the actual payout storage area will be updated and stored in accordance with this gaming value provision completion command. On the other hand, if the information regarding the value of the gaming value actually granted to the player is not included in the gaming value granting completion command (for example, if the command contains information indicating that the granting of the gaming value has been successfully completed) , when information regarding the value of the gaming value actually awarded to the player is not included), the actual payout storage area is updated and stored in accordance with the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag.

When an actual payout storage area is provided in the main RAM usage area 103a, the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is updated and stored using the value stored in the actual payout storage area.

(Call process after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 41, a description will be given of the post-stop calling process performed in step S10000 of the main loop process.

(Step S10001)
In step S10001, the main CPU 101 performs internal stack pointer saving processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the current internal stack pointer value in the internal stack pointer storage area 103bb. When the process of step S10001 is completed, the process moves to step S10002.

(Step S10002)
In step S10002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the out-of-use area stack pointer. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the out-of-use area stack pointer in a register. When the process of step S10002 is completed, the process moves to step S10003.

(Step S10003)
In step S10003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to save the register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of saving the value of the register currently in use in step S10003. When the process in step S10003 is completed, the process moves to step S10004.

(Step S10004)
In step S10004, the main CPU 101 performs test signal output processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program from the main ROM outside the used area 102b, and performs a process of outputting a test signal necessary for a sight test of the gaming machine 1 to the outside of the gaming machine 1. When the process of step S10004 is completed, the process moves to step S10100.

(Step S10100)
In step S10100, the main CPU 101 performs ratio calculation processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 42. Here, the ratio calculation process is performed by reading the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b. When the process of step S10100 is completed, the process moves to step S10200.

(Step S10200)
In step S10200, the main CPU 101 performs gaming machine performance information calculation processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 43. Here, the gaming machine performance information calculation process is performed by reading out the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b. When the process of step S10200 is completed, the process moves to step S10005.

(Step S10005)
In step S10005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to restore the register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of restoring the value of the register saved in the process of step S10003. When the process of step S10005 is completed, the process moves to step S10006.

(Step S10006)
In step S10006, the main CPU 101 performs internal stack pointer restoration processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to restore the internal stack pointer according to the value of the internal stack pointer stored in the internal stack pointer storage area 103bb. Then, when the processing in step S10006 is completed, the subroutine of the call processing after full stop is completed.

(Ratio calculation process)
Next, using FIG. 42, the ratio calculation process performed in step S10100 of the post-stop call process will be explained.

(Step S10101)
In step S10101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value to the (400 games) total award 103yb. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the gaming value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value storage area 103ag) to the (400 games) total award 103yb corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya. I do. Note that the value of the above-mentioned actual payout storage area may be added instead of the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag. When the process of step S10101 is completed, the process moves to step S10102.

(Step S10102)
In step S10102, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the accessory is in operation or the instruction monitor is being displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines that the accessory is in operation when the current ball dispensing state is a bonus state or an AT bonus state, and determines that the current ball dispensing state is an AT state or an additional state. If so, a process is performed to determine that the instruction monitor is being displayed. If it is determined that the accessory is in operation or the instruction monitor is being displayed (step S10102=YES), the process moves to step S10103. On the other hand, if it is determined that the accessory is not in operation or the instruction monitor is being displayed (step S10102=NO), the process moves to step S10104.

(Step S10103)
In step S10103, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 games) instruction-included accessory award 103ye. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the game value given in the game (specifically, the award value storage area 103ag) to the (400 game) instruction-included accessory award 103ye. Note that the value of the above-mentioned actual payout storage area may be added instead of the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag. Then, when the process in step S10103 ends, the process moves to step S10104.

(Step S10104)
In step S10104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the first type special accessory is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the game state storage area 103ak and performs a process of determining whether or not the first type special accessory is in operation. Here, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine that the first type special accessory is in operation when the current gaming state is in the bonus operation state. If it is determined that the first type special accessory is in operation (step S10104=YES), the process moves to step S10105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first type special accessory is not in operation (step S10104=NO), the process moves to step S10106.

(Step S10105)
In step S10105, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the gaming value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value storage area 103ag) to the (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc. Note that the value of the above-mentioned actual payout storage area may be added instead of the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag. When the process of step S10105 is completed, the process moves to step S10106.

(Step S10106)
In step S10106, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether any accessory is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 controls the first type special accessory, the accessory continuous operation device related to the first type special accessory, the second type special accessory, and the accessory continuous operation device related to the second type special accessory. Performs processing to determine whether devices, common accessories, etc. are operating. Here, since the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is not equipped with the second type special accessory, the accessory continuous operation device related to the second type special accessory, and the normal accessory, the gaming machine 1 is equipped with the first type special accessory. Also, a process is performed to determine whether or not the accessory continuous operation device related to the first type special accessory is in operation. If it is determined that any accessory is in operation (step S10106=YES), the process moves to step S10107. On the other hand, if it is determined that any accessory is not in operation (step S10106=NO), the process moves to step S10108.

(Step S10107)
In step S10107, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value to the (400 games) winning ratio total award 103yd. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the gaming value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value storage area 103ag) to the (400 games) winning ratio total award 103yd. Note that the value of the above-mentioned actual payout storage area may be added instead of the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag. When the process of step S10107 is completed, the process moves to step S10108.

(Step S10108)
In step S10108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the total number of games upper limit flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys and performs processing to determine whether the total number of games upper limit flag is ON. If it is determined that the total number of games upper limit flag is ON (step S10108=YES), the process moves to step S10109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the total number of games upper limit flag is not ON (step S10108=NO), the process moves to step S10114.

(Step S10109)
In step S10109, the main CPU 101 performs total game number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the total number of games counter 103yu. When the process of step S10109 is completed, the process moves to step S10110.

(Step S10110)
In step S1010, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535". Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the total number of games counter 103yu and performs a process of determining whether the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535". If it is determined that the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535" (step S10110=YES), the process moves to step S10111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is not less than "65,535" (step S10110=NO), the process moves to step S10112.

(Step S10111)
In step S10111, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the total number of games upper limit flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the total number of games upper limit flag by updating the value of the total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys. When the process of step S10111 is completed, the process moves to step S10114.

(Step S10112)
In step S10112, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the accessory or the accessory continuous operation device is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the game state storage area 103ak and performs a process of determining whether or not the accessory or the accessory continuous operation device is in operation. If it is determined that the accessory or the accessory continuous operation device is in operation (step S10112=YES), the process moves to step S10113. On the other hand, if it is determined that the accessory or the accessory continuous operation device is not in operation (step S10112=NO), the process moves to step S10114.

(Step S10113)
In step S10113, the main CPU 101 performs accessory state game number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the accessory state game counter 103yv. When the process of step S10113 is completed, the process moves to step S10114.

(Step S10114)
In step S10114, the main CPU 101 performs a cumulative accessory state ratio calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative state ratio of accessories, etc., and performs processing to set the (cumulative) state ratio of accessories, etc. to 103yr. When the process of step S10114 is completed, the process moves to step S10115.

(Step S10115)
In step S10115, the main CPU 101 performs a game number counter addition process for ratio calculation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw. When the process of step S10115 is completed, the process moves to step S10116.

(Step S10116)
In step S10116, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is "400". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw has become "400" as a result of performing the ratio calculation game number counter addition process in step S10115. If it is determined that the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is "400" (step S10116=YES), the process moves to step S10117. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is not "400" (step S10116=NO), the subroutine of the ratio calculation process is ended.

(Step S10117)
In step S10117, the main CPU 101 performs a game number counter initialization process for ratio calculation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw to "0". When the process of step S10117 is completed, the process moves to step S10118.

(Step S10118)
In step S10118, the main CPU 101 performs (6,000 games) total award setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value for "15" sets of (400 games) total award 103yb, and performs processing to set (6,000 games) total award 103yf. When the process of step S10118 is completed, the process moves to step S10119.

(Step S10119)
In step S10119, the main CPU 101 performs (6,000 games) consecutive combination total award setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value for "15" sets of (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc, and performs processing to set (6,000 games) consecutive combination total award 103yg. When the process of step S10119 is completed, the process moves to step S10120.

(Step S10120)
In step S10120, the main CPU 101 performs (6,000 games) winning ratio total award setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value for "15" sets of (400 games) total win ratio award 103yd, and performs processing to set (6,000 games) total win ratio award 103yh. Then, when the process in step S10120 ends, the process moves to step S10121.

(Step S10121)
In step S10121, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the total grant number upper limit flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the total grant number upper limit flag storage area 103yt and performs processing to determine whether the total grant number upper limit flag is ON. If it is determined that the total grant number upper limit flag is ON (step S10121=YES), the process moves to step S10129. On the other hand, if it is determined that the total grant number upper limit flag is not ON (step S10121=NO), the process moves to step S10122.

(Step S10122)
In step S10122, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) total grant provisional addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring a value from the (400 games) total award 103yb corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and temporarily adding it to the (cumulative) total award 103yi. When the process of step S10122 is completed, the process moves to step S10123.

(Step S10123)
In step S10123, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the temporary addition result is less than "65,535". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the provisional addition result is less than "65,535" as a result of performing the (cumulative) total grant provisional addition processing in step S10122. If it is determined that the temporary addition result is less than "65,535" (step S10123=YES), the process moves to step S10124. On the other hand, if it is determined that the temporary addition result is not less than "65,535" (step S10123=NO), the process moves to step S10125.

(Step S10124)
In step S10124, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the total grant upper limit flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the total grant number upper limit flag by updating the value of the total grant number upper limit flag storage area 103yt. When the process of step S10124 is completed, the process moves to step S10129.

(Step S10125)
In step S10125, the main CPU 101 performs (cumulative) total grant setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value provisionally added in the (cumulative) total grant provisional addition process of step S10122 to the (cumulative) total grant 103yi. When the process of step S10125 is completed, the process moves to step S10126.

(Step S10126)
In step S10126, the main CPU 101 performs (cumulative) consecutive combination total award addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring a value from the (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and adding it to the (cumulative) consecutive combination total award 103yj. When the process of step S10126 is completed, the process moves to step S10127.

(Step S10127)
In step S10127, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) winning ratio total award addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring a value from the (400 games) total winning ratio award 103yd corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and adding it to the (cumulative) total winning ratio award 103yk. When the process of step S10127 is completed, the process moves to step S10128.

(Step S10128)
In step S10128, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) instruction-included accessory total grant addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring a value from the (400 games) instruction-included accessory award 103ye corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and sets the (cumulative) instruction-included accessory award 103yl. When the process of step S10128 is completed, the process moves to step S10129.

(Step S10129)
In step S10129, the main CPU 101 performs ring pointer addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the ring pointer 103ya. When the process of step S10129 is completed, the process moves to step S10130.

(Step S10130)
In step S1010, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15" as a result of performing the ring pointer addition process of step S10129. If it is determined that the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15" (step S10130=YES), the process moves to step S10131. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ring pointer 103ya is not "15" (step S10130=NO), the process moves to step S10132.

(Step S10131)
In step S10131, the main CPU 101 performs ring pointer initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the ring pointer 103ya to "0". When the process of step S10131 is completed, the process moves to step S10132.

(Step S10132)
In step S10132, the main CPU 101 performs (400 games) total award initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the total award 103yb (400 games) to "0". When the process of step S10132 is completed, the process moves to step S10133.

(Step S10133)
In step S10133, the main CPU 101 performs (400 games) consecutive combination total award initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the (400 games) consecutive combination total award 103yc to "0". When the process of step S10133 is completed, the process moves to step S10134.

(Step S10134)
In step S10134, the main CPU 101 performs (400 games) total winning ratio initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the (400 games) winning ratio total award 103yd to "0". When the process of step S10134 is completed, the process moves to step S10135.

(Step S10135)
In step S10135, the main CPU 101 performs (400 games) instruction-included accessory provision initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the (400 games) instruction-included accessory award 103ye to "0". When the process of step S10135 is completed, the process moves to step S10136.

(Step S10136)
In step S10136, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) designated accessory ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative instruction-inclusive accessory ratio, and performs processing to set the (cumulative) instruction-inclusive accessory ratio 103yo. When the process of step S10136 is completed, the process moves to step S10137.

(Step S10137)
In step S10137, the main CPU 101 performs (6,000 games) consecutive combination ratio setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the continuous role object ratio for the "6,000" game, and performs processing to set the (6,000 game) successive role ratio to 103ym. When the process of step S10137 is completed, the process moves to step S10138.

(Step S10138)
In step S10138, the main CPU 101 performs (6,000 games) accessory ratio setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the accessory ratio for the "6,000" game, and performs processing to set the accessory ratio for the (6,000 game) to 103yn. When the process of step S10138 is completed, the process moves to step S10139.

(Step S10139)
In step S10139, the main CPU 101 performs (cumulative) consecutive combination ratio setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of calculating the cumulative consecutive winning combination ratio and setting the (cumulative) consecutive winning combination ratio to 103yp. When the process of step S10139 is completed, the process moves to step S10140.

(Step S10140)
In step S10140, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) accessory ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative accessory ratio, and performs processing to set the (cumulative) accessory ratio 103yq. When the process of step S10140 is completed, the subroutine of the ratio calculation process is ended.

(Game machine performance information calculation process)
Next, using FIG. 43, a description will be given of the gaming machine performance information calculation process performed in step S10200 of the call process after full stop.

(Step S10201)
In step S10201, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the performance information game number counter 103bd is "65,535". Specifically, with reference to the value of the performance information game count counter 103bd, a process is performed to determine whether the value of the performance information game count counter 103bd is "65,535". If it is determined that the value of the performance information game count counter 103bd is "65,535" (step S10201=YES), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the performance information game count counter 103bd is not "65,535" (step S10201=NO), the process moves to step S10202.

(Step S10202)
In step S10202, the main CPU 101 performs performance information game number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the performance information game count counter 103bd. When the process of step S10202 is completed, the process moves to step S10203.

(Step S10203)
In step S10203, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay has won a prize according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the replay has won (step S10203=YES), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay has not won a prize (step S10203=NO), the process moves to step S10204.

(Step S10204)
In step S10204, the main CPU 101 performs performance information total BET number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the BET counter 103ad to the value of the total BET number counter 103be for performance information. Then, when the process in step S10204 ends, the process moves to step S10205.

(Step S10205)
In step S10205, the main CPU 101 performs performance information total grant number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the grant value storage area 103ag to the value of the performance information total grant number counter 103bf. When the process of step S10205 is completed, the process moves to step S10206.

(Step S10206)
In step S10206, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether any accessory is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the first type special accessory or the accessory continuous operation device related to the first type special accessory is in operation. If it is determined that any accessory is in operation (step S10206=YES), the process moves to step S10207. On the other hand, if it is determined that any accessory is not in operation (step S10206=NO), the process moves to step S10210.

(Step S10207)
In step S10207, the main CPU 101 performs an addition process for the total number of performance information accessories provided. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the granted value storage area 103ag to the value of the performance information accessory total granted number counter 103bi. When the process of step S10207 is completed, the process moves to step S10208.

(Step S10208)
In step S10208, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the first type special accessory is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the game state storage area 103ak and performs a process of determining whether or not the first type special accessory is in operation. If it is determined that the first type special accessory is in operation (step S10208=YES), the process moves to step S10209. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first type special accessory is not in operation (step S10208=NO), the process moves to step S10210.

(Step S10209)
In step S10209, the main CPU 101 performs performance information continuous accessory object total grant number counter addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag to the value of the performance information continuous accessory total awarded number counter 103bj. Then, when the process in step S10209 ends, the process moves to step S10210.

(Step S10210)
In step S10210, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the calculation result of the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg - number of bets + number of awards is a negative value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 subtracts the value of the BET counter 103ad from the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg, and determines whether the result of adding the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag becomes a negative value. Perform processing. If it is determined that the calculation result of the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg - number of bets + number of awards is a negative value (step S10210=YES), the process moves to step S10211. On the other hand, if it is determined that the calculation result of the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg - number of bets + number of awards is not a negative value (step S10210=NO), the process moves to step S10212.

(Step S10211)
In step S10211, the main CPU 101 performs performance information MY counter initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg to "0". When the process of step S10211 is completed, the process moves to step S10212.

(Step S10212)
In step S10212, the main CPU 101 performs performance information MY counter update processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg - the number of bets + the number of awards in the performance information MY counter 103bg. When the process of step S10212 is completed, the process moves to step S10213.

(Step S10213)
In step S10213, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg has become larger than the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is equal to the performance information maximum MY counter by comparing the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg and the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh. A process is performed to determine whether the value has become larger than 103bh. If it is determined that the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg has become larger than the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh (step S10213=YES), the process moves to step S10214. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is not larger than the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh (step S10213=NO), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is ended. do.

(Step S10214)
In step S10214, the main CPU 101 performs maximum MY counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh to the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg. When the process of step S10214 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is ended.

(Ball dispensing state management process after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 44, the ball release state management process after full stop performed in step S11000 of the main loop process will be described.

(Step S11001)
In step S11001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball output state is the normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the ball is in the normal state by referring to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al. If it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is the normal state (step S11001=YES), the process moves to step S11100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not the normal state (step S11001=NO), the process moves to step S11002.

(Step S11100)
In step S11100, the main CPU 101 performs a normal state process after full stop, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S11100 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11002)
In step S11002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball dispensing state is a bonus preparation state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is a bonus preparation state (step S11002=YES), the process moves to step S11200. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not the bonus preparation state (step S11002=NO), the process moves to step S11003.

(Step S11200)
In step S11200, the main CPU 101 performs post-stop bonus preparation state processing, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. 46. When the process of step S11200 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11003)
In step S11003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is the CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is the CZ state. If it is determined that the current ball release state is the CZ state (step S11003=YES), the process moves to step S11300. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball release state is not the CZ state (step S11003=NO), the process moves to step S11004.

(Step S11300)
In step S11300, the main CPU 101 performs post-stop CZ state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 47. When the process of step S11300 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11004)
In step S11004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball put-out state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball put-out state is a bonus state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is a bonus state (step S11004=YES), the process moves to step S11400. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not a bonus state (step S11004=NO), the process moves to step S11005.

(Step S11400)
In step S11400, the main CPU 101 performs post-stop bonus state processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 48. When the process of step S11400 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11005)
In step S11005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball release state is an AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball put-out state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball put-out state is the AT state. If it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is the AT state (step S11005=YES), the process moves to step S11500. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball release state is not the AT state (step S11005=NO), the process moves to step S11006.

(Step S11500)
In step S11500, the main CPU 101 performs post-stop AT state processing, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 49. When the process of step S11500 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11006)
In step S11006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is an AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is in the AT bonus preparation state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is an AT bonus preparation state (step S11006=YES), the process moves to step S11600. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not the AT bonus preparation state (step S11006=NO), the process moves to step S11007.

(Step S11600)
In step S11600, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the bonus preparation state during AT after full stop, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 50. When the process of step S11600 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11007)
In step S11007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the current ball payout state is an AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al and performs a process of determining whether or not the current ball-dispensing state is an AT bonus state. If it is determined that the current ball payout state is an AT bonus state (step S11007=YES), the process moves to step S11700. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball payout state is not an AT bonus state (step S11007=NO), the process moves to step S11800.

(Step S11700)
In step S11700, the main CPU 101 performs post-stop AT bonus state processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 51. When the process of step S11700 is completed, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11800)
In step S11800, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the additional state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. Then, when the process in step S11800 ends, the process moves to step S11008.

(Step S11008)
In step S11008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the difference counter 103ax is greater than or equal to a threshold value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the difference counter 103ax and performs a process of determining whether the value of the difference counter 103ax is equal to or greater than a threshold value. Here, in this embodiment, the threshold value of the difference counter 103ax is "2,400", but it can be set as appropriate. If it is determined that the value of the difference counter 103ax is greater than or equal to the threshold (step S11008=YES), the process moves to step S11009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the difference counter 103ax is not equal to or greater than the threshold value (step S11008=NO), the subroutine of the ball release state management process after full stop is ended.

(Step S11009)
In step S11009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period end flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period end flag by updating the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za. When the process of step S11009 is completed, the subroutine of the ball release state management process after full stop is completed.

(Processing for normal state after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 45, the process for the normal state after full stop performed in step S11100 of the post full stop ball dispensing state management process will be described.

(Step S11101)
In step S11101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the first stop is the left reel 21 or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop storage area 103au. If it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S11101=YES), the process moves to step S11102. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S11101=NO), the process moves to step S11111.

(Step S11102)
In step S11102, the main CPU 101 performs ceiling game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an. When the process of step S11102 is completed, the process moves to step S11103.

(Step S11103)
In step S11103, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an becomes "0" as a result of performing the ceiling game number counter subtraction process in step S11102. If it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0" (step S11103=YES), the process moves to step S11105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is not "0" (step S11103=NO), the process moves to step S11104.

(Step S11104)
In step S11104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as and performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11104=YES), the process moves to step S11105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11104=NO), the process moves to step S11108.

(Step S11105)
In step S11105, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the AT state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11105 is completed, the process moves to step S11106.

(Step S11106)
In step S11106, the main CPU 101 performs AT game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set as appropriate. When the process of step S11106 is completed, the process moves to step S11107.

(Step S11107)
In step S11107, the main CPU 101 performs AT transition control state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn ON bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, since the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall con fraud monitoring information to be described later, it is transmitted to the lending device 700 after being transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. When the processing in step S11107 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11108)
In step S11108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the CZ winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the CZ winning flag storage area 103ar and performs processing to determine whether the CZ winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the CZ winning flag is ON (step S11108=YES), the process moves to step S11109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the CZ winning flag is not ON (step S11108=NO), the process moves to step S11111.

(Step S11109)
In step S11109, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the CZ state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the CZ state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11109 is completed, the process moves to step S11110.

(Step S11110)
In step S11110, the main CPU 101 performs CZ game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the CZ game number counter 103ao. Here, in this embodiment, "10" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the CZ state, but it can be set as appropriate. When the processing in step S11110 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11111)
In step S11111, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11111=YES), the process moves to step S11112. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11111=NO), the process moves to step S11113.

(Step S11112)
In step S11112, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11112 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11113)
In step S11113, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the values in the bonus storage area 103ab and the winning combination storage area 103ac to perform processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11113=YES), the process moves to step S11114. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11113=NO), the subroutine of normal state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11114)
In step S11114, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus preparation state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the processing in step S11114 is completed, the subroutine for normal state processing after full stop is ended.

(Processing for bonus preparation state after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 46, the post-stop bonus preparation state process performed in step S11200 of the post-stop ball release state management process will be described.

(Step S11201)
In step S11201, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11201=YES), the process moves to step S11202. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11201=NO), the subroutine of the post-stop bonus preparation state process is ended.

(Step S11202)
In step S11202, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11202 is completed, the subroutine of the post-stop bonus preparation state process is completed.

(Processing for CZ state after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 47, the process for the CZ state after full stop performed in step S11300 of the post full stop ball dispensing state management process will be described.

(Step S11301)
In step S11301, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the first stop is the left reel 21 or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop storage area 103au. If it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S11301=YES), the process moves to step S11302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S11301=NO), the process moves to step S11308.

(Step S11302)
In step S11302, the main CPU 101 performs ceiling game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an. When the process of step S11302 is completed, the process moves to step S11303.

(Step S11303)
In step S11303, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an becomes "0" as a result of performing the ceiling game number counter subtraction process in step S11302. If it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0" (step S11303=YES), the process moves to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is not "0" (step S11303=NO), the process moves to step S11304.

(Step S11304)
In step S11304, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as and performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11304=YES), the process moves to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11304=NO), the process moves to step S11308.

(Step S11305)
In step S11305, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the AT state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11305 is completed, the process moves to step S11306.

(Step S11306)
In step S11306, the main CPU 101 performs AT game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set as appropriate. When the process of step S11306 is completed, the process moves to step S11307.

(Step S11307)
In step S11307, the main CPU 101 performs AT transition control state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn ON bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, since the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall con fraud monitoring information to be described later, it is transmitted to the lending device 700 after being transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. When the processing in step S11307 is completed, the subroutine for the CZ state processing after full stop is completed.

(Step S11308)
In step S11308, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11308=YES), the process moves to step S11309. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11308=NO), the process moves to step S11310.

(Step S11309)
In step S11309, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11309 is completed, the subroutine for the CZ state processing after full stop is completed.

(Step S11310)
In step S11310, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the values in the bonus storage area 103ab and the winning combination storage area 103ac to perform processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11310=YES), the process moves to step S11311. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11310=NO), the process moves to step S11312.

(Step S11311)
In step S11311, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus preparation state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the processing in step S11311 is completed, the subroutine for the CZ state processing after full stop is completed.

(Step S11312)
In step S11312, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao becomes "0" as a result of performing the CZ game number counter subtraction process in step S5401. If it is determined that the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is "0" (step S11312=YES), the process moves to step S11313. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is not "0" (step S11312=NO), the subroutine of the CZ state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11313)
In step S11313, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the normal state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the normal state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. Then, when the processing in step S11313 is completed, the subroutine for the CZ state processing after full stop is completed.

(Processing for bonus status after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 48, the post-stop bonus state process performed in step S11400 of the post-stop ball release state management process will be described.

(Step S11401)
In step S11401, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is time for the bonus to end. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag and the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah, and performs processing to determine whether or not it is time for the bonus to end. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S11401=YES), the process moves to step S11402. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time for the bonus to end (step S11401=NO), the subroutine for the post-stop bonus state processing is ended.

(Step S11402)
In step S11402, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as and performs processing to determine whether the AT winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11402=YES), the process moves to step S11403. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11402=NO), the process moves to step S11406.

(Step S11403)
In step S11403, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the AT state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process in step S11403 is completed, the process moves to step S11404.

(Step S11404)
In step S11404, the main CPU 101 performs AT game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set as appropriate. When the process of step S11404 is completed, the process moves to step S11405.

(Step S11405)
In step S11405, the main CPU 101 performs AT transition control state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn ON bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, since the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall con fraud monitoring information to be described later, it is transmitted to the lending device 700 after being transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. When the processing in step S11405 is completed, the subroutine for the post-stop bonus state processing is completed.

(Step S11406)
In step S11406, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the normal state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the normal state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11406 is completed, the subroutine for the post-stop bonus state processing is completed.

(Processing for AT state after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 49, the process for the AT state after full stop, which is performed in step S11500 of the post full stop ball dispensing state management process, will be described.

(Step S11501)
In step S11501, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the add-on state winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at and performs processing to determine whether the additional state winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the additional state winning flag is ON (step S11501=YES), the process moves to step S11502. On the other hand, if it is determined that the additional state winning flag is not ON (step S11501=NO), the process moves to step S11504.

(Step S11502)
In step S11502, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an additional state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the add-on state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11502 is completed, the process moves to step S11503.

(Step S11503)
In step S11503, the main CPU 101 performs additional state game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the add-on state game number counter 103aq. Here, in this embodiment, "5" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the add-on state, but it can be set as appropriate. When the processing in step S11503 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11504)
In step S11504, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11504=YES), the process moves to step S11505. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11504=NO), the process moves to step S11506.

(Step S11505)
In step S11505, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT bonus state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11505 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11506)
In step S11506, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the values in the bonus storage area 103ab and the winning combination storage area 103ac to perform processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11506=YES), the process moves to step S11507. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11506=NO), the process moves to step S11508.

(Step S11507)
In step S11507, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT bonus preparation state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11507 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11508)
In step S11508, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the AT game number counter 103ap has become "0" as a result of performing the AT game number counter subtraction processing in step S5601. If it is determined that the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is "0" (step S11508=YES), the process moves to step S11509. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is not "0" (step S11508=NO), the subroutine for the AT state processing after full stop is ended.

(Step S11509)
In step S11509, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period end flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period end flag by updating the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za. When the process in step S11509 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state process after full stop is completed.

(Processing for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 50, the processing for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop, which is performed in step S11600 of the post full stop ball dispensing state management process, will be explained.

(Step S11601)
In step S11601, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11601=YES), the process moves to step S11602. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11601=NO), the subroutine of the process for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop is ended.

(Step S11602)
In step S11602, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT bonus state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11602 is completed, the subroutine of the process for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop is completed.

(Processing for bonus state during AT after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 51, the processing for the bonus state during AT after full stop, which is performed in step S11700 of the post full stop ball dispensing state management process, will be explained.

(Step S11701)
In step S11701, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is time for the bonus to end. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag and the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah, and performs processing to determine whether or not it is time for the bonus to end. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S11701=YES), the process moves to step S11702. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time for the bonus to end (step S11701=NO), the subroutine for the process for the bonus state during AT after a complete stop is ended.

(Step S11702)
In step S11702, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the add-on state winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the additional state winning flag storage area 103at and performs processing to determine whether the additional state winning flag is ON. If it is determined that the additional state winning flag is ON (step S11702=YES), the process moves to step S11703. On the other hand, if it is determined that the additional state winning flag is not ON (step S11702=NO), the process moves to step S11705.

(Step S11703)
In step S11703, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an additional state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the add-on state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. Then, when the process in step S11703 ends, the process moves to step S11704.

(Step S11704)
In step S11704, the main CPU 101 performs additional state game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the add-on state game number counter 103aq. Here, in this embodiment, "5" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the add-on state, but it can be set as appropriate. When the process of step S11704 is completed, the subroutine of the process for bonus state during AT after full stop is completed.

(Step S11705)
In step S11705, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the AT state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the process of step S11705 is completed, the subroutine of the process for bonus state during AT after full stop is completed.

(Processing for additional state after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 52, the process for the add-on state after full stop, which is performed in step S11800 of the post-full stop ball release state management process, will be described.

(Step S11801)
In step S11801, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S11801=YES), the process moves to step S11802. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S11801=NO), the process moves to step S11803.

(Step S11802)
In step S11802, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT bonus state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11802 is completed, the subroutine for the additional state processing after full stop is completed.

(Step S11803)
In step S11803, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the values in the bonus storage area 103ab and the winning combination storage area 103ac to perform processing to determine whether or not it is a bonus winning game. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11803=YES), the process moves to step S11804. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11803=NO), the process moves to step S11805.

(Step S11804)
In step S11804, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the next ball payout state to an AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT bonus preparation state in the next ball payout state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11804 is completed, the subroutine for the additional state processing after full stop is completed.

(Step S11805)
In step S11805, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq has become "0" as a result of performing the add-on state game number counter subtraction process in step S5901. If it is determined that the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq is "0" (step S11805=YES), the process moves to step S11806. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the add-on state game number counter 103aq is not "0" (step S11805=NO), the subroutine of the add-on state processing is terminated after all stops.

(Step S11806)
In step S11806, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the ball output state to the AT state next time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the AT state in the next ball release state storage area 103am. When the processing in step S11806 is completed, the subroutine for the additional state processing after full stop is completed.

(Game state transition processing)
Next, the gaming state transition process performed in step S12000 of the main loop process will be explained using FIG. 53.

(Step S12001)
In step S12001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that the "bonus" has been won (step S12001=YES), the process moves to step S12002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the "bonus" has not been won (step S12001=NO), the process moves to step S12007.

(Step S12002)
In step S12002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the bonus end value counter 103ah. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the bonus end value counter 103ah to "91". When the process of step S12002 is completed, the process moves to step S12003.

(Step S12003)
In step S12003, the main CPU 101 performs RB various counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the RB winning number counter 103ai to "1" and also performs processing to set the RB game number counter 103aj to "1". When the process of step S12003 is completed, the process moves to step S12004.

(Step S12004)
In step S12004, the main CPU 101 performs BB transition control state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on bit "1" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, since the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall con fraud monitoring information to be described later, it is transmitted to the lending device 700 after being transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S12004 is completed, the process moves to step S12005.

(Step S12005)
In step S12005, the main CPU 101 performs gaming state setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the bonus operating state in the gaming state storage area 103ak. When the process of step S12005 is completed, the process moves to step S12006.

(Step S12006)
In step S12006, the main CPU 101 performs bonus storage area clearing processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the bonus storage area 103ab. When the process of step S12006 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming state transition process is ended.

(Step S12007)
In step S12007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the bonus is activated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the gaming state storage area 103ak and performs processing to determine whether or not the bonus is in the operating state. If it is determined that the bonus is activated (step S12007=YES), the process moves to step S12008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus is not activated (step S12007=NO), the subroutine of the gaming state transition process is ended.

(Step S12008)
In step S12008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning has been achieved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning has been achieved according to the value of the stop position storage area 103zc. If it is determined that a winning has been achieved (step S12008=YES), the process moves to step S12009. On the other hand, if it is determined that a winning has not been achieved (step S12008=NO), the process moves to step S12011.

(Step S12009)
In step S12009, the main CPU 101 performs bonus end value counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting and storing the awarded value of the gaming value given to the player from the bonus end value counter 103ah. When the process of step S12009 is completed, the process moves to step S12010.

(Step S12010)
In step S12010, the main CPU 101 performs RB winning number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the RB winnings counter 103ai. When the process of step S12010 is completed, the process moves to step S12011.

(Step S12011)
In step S12011, the main CPU 101 performs RB game number counter subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the RB game number counter 103aj. When the process of step S12011 is completed, the process moves to step S12012.

(Step S12012)
In step S12012, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the RB winnings counter 103ai was "0" before the subtraction. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the RB winnings counter 103ai was "0" before the value of the RB winnings counter 103ai was updated by the RB winnings counter subtraction process in step S12010. Perform processing. If it is determined that the value of the RB winning number counter 103ai was "0" before subtraction (step S12012=YES), the process moves to step S12014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the RB winning number counter 103ai is not "0" before subtraction (step S12012=NO), the process moves to step S12013.

(Step S12013)
In step S12013, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the subtraction. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines whether the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was subtracted by the RB game number counter subtraction process in step S12011. Perform processing. If it is determined that the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the update (step S12013=YES), the process moves to step S12014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the RB game number counter 103aj is not "0" before update (step S12013=NO), the process moves to step S12016.

(Step S12014)
In step S12014, the main CPU 101 performs RB winning number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the RB winning number counter 103ai to "1". When the process of step S12014 is completed, the process moves to step S12015.

(Step S12015)
In step S12015, the main CPU 101 performs RB game number counter setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the RB game number counter 103aj to "1". When the process of step S12015 is completed, the process moves to step S12016.

(Step S12016)
In step S12016, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether it is time for the bonus to end. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah and performs processing to determine whether or not it is time for the bonus to end. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S12016=YES), the process moves to step S12017. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time for the bonus to end (step S12016=NO), the subroutine of the game state transition process is ended.

(Step S12017)
In step S12017, the main CPU 101 performs bonus end RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to initialize the bonus end value counter 103ah, the RB winnings counter 103ai, the RB game number counter 103aj, and the like. When the process of step S12017 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming state transition process is ended.

(Specific period related processing)
Next, specific period related processing performed in step S13000 of the main loop processing will be explained using FIG.

(Step S13001)
In step S13001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the specific period start flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay and performs processing to determine whether the specific period start flag is ON. If it is determined that the specific period start flag is ON (step S13001=YES), the process moves to step S13002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period start flag is not ON (step S13001=NO), the process moves to step S13004.

(Step S13002)
In step S13002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period flag by updating the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az. When the process of step S13002 is completed, the process moves to step S13003.

(Step S13003)
In step S13003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the specific period start flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the specific period start flag by updating the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay. When the process of step S13003 is completed, the process moves to step S13005.

(Step S13004)
In step S13004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the specific period flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az and performs processing to determine whether the specific period flag is ON. If it is determined that the specific period flag is ON (step S13004=YES), the process moves to step S13005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period flag is not ON (step S13004=NO), the subroutine of the specific period related process is ended.

(Step S13005)
In step S13005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the specific period end flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za and performs processing to determine whether the specific period end flag is ON. If it is determined that the specific period end flag is ON (step S13005=YES), the process moves to step S13009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period end flag is not ON (step S13005=NO), the process moves to step S13006.

(Step S13006)
In step S13006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af and performs processing to determine whether the replay active flag is ON. If it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S13006=YES), the subroutine of the specific period related process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S13006=NO), the process moves to step S13007.

(Step S13007)
In step S13007, the main CPU 101 performs added value addition processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the assigned value storage area 103ag to the value of the difference counter 103ax. When the process of step S13007 is completed, the process moves to step S13008.

(Step S13008)
In step S13008, the main CPU 101 performs BET subtraction processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting the value of the BET counter 103ad from the value of the difference counter 103ax. When the processing in step S13008 is completed, the subroutine of the specific period related processing is ended.

(Step S13009)
In step S13009, the main CPU 101 performs RAM initialization processing at the end of the specific period. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to initialize the ball output state storage area 103al and the like. Then, when the processing in step S13009 is completed, the subroutine of the specific period related processing is ended.

(Cancellation related processing)
Next, using FIG. 55, a description will be given of the termination-related processing performed in step S14000 of the main loop processing.

(Step S14100)
In step S14100, the main CPU 101 performs a termination calculation process, which will be detailed later using FIG. 56. When the process of step S14100 is completed, the process moves to step S14001.

(Step S14001)
In step S14001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the bonus is activated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the gaming state storage area 103ak and performs processing to determine whether or not the bonus is in the operating state. If it is determined that the bonus is activated (step S14001=YES), the process moves to step S14008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus is not activated (step S14001=NO), the process moves to step S14002.

(Step S14002)
In step S14002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the abort flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the abort flag storage area 103bc and performs processing to determine whether the abort flag is ON. If it is determined that the termination flag is ON (step S14002=YES), the process moves to step S14003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the termination flag is not ON (step S14002=NO), the process moves to step S14006.

(Step S14003)
In step S14003, the main CPU 101 performs a termination command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a termination command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S14003 is completed, the process moves to step S14004.

Here, the "stop command" is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 when the stop function is activated. Note that the cancellation command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S14004)
In step S14004, the main CPU 101 performs a termination notification process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of displaying "E0" on the acquisition display section 16. When the process of step S14004 is completed, the process moves to step S14005.

(Step S14005)
In step S14005, the main CPU 101 performs a termination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the operation of the abort function in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, when the termination function is activated, the processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the operation of the termination function are satisfied. Then, when the processing in step S14005 is completed, the subroutine of the abort-related processing is ended.

(Step S14006)
In step S14006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the abort MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500" or more as a result of performing the abort calculation process in step S14100. If it is determined that the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500" (step S14006=YES), the process moves to step S14007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is not greater than "18,500" (step S14006=NO), the subroutine of the abort-related process is ended.

(Step S14007)
In step S14007, the main CPU 101 performs cancellation advance notification command transmission processing. Specifically, a process of transmitting a cancellation advance notification command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 is performed. Then, when the processing in step S14007 is completed, the subroutine of the abort-related processing is ended.

Here, the "cancellation advance notification command" is a command from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 when the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is "18,500" or more. This is a command sent by Note that the cancellation advance notification command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S14008)
In step S14008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the abort MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more as a result of performing the abort calculation process in step S14100. If it is determined that the value of the termination MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14008=YES), the process moves to step S14009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is not greater than "19,000" (step S14008=NO), the subroutine of the abort-related process is ended.

(Step S14009)
In step S14009, the main CPU 101 performs a termination standby notification command transmission process. Specifically, processing is performed to transmit a termination standby notification command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the processing in step S14009 is completed, the subroutine of the abort-related processing is ended.

Here, the "cancellation standby notification command" means that when the value of the suspension MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more in the bonus operation state, the command is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, This is a command sent to the gaming value control board 400. Note that the cancellation standby notification command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Cancellation calculation process)
Next, the termination calculation process performed in step S14100 of the termination related process will be explained using FIG. 56.

(Step S14101)
In step S14101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the abort flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value in the abort flag storage area 103bc and performs processing to determine whether the abort flag is ON. If it is determined that the abort flag is ON (step S14101=YES), the subroutine of the abort calculation process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the termination flag is not ON (step S14101=NO), the process moves to step S14102.

(Step S14102)
In step S14102, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af and performs processing to determine whether the replay active flag is ON. If it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S14102=YES), the subroutine of the abort calculation process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S14102=NO), the process moves to step S14103.

(Step S14103)
In step S14103, the main CPU 101 performs MY counter calculation processing for stopping. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag to the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba, and subtracting the value of the BET counter 103ad. When the process of step S14103 is completed, the process moves to step S14104.

(Step S14104)
In step S14104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the calculation result is a negative value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the arithmetic result is a negative value as a result of performing the abort MY counter arithmetic process in step S14103. If it is determined that the calculation result is a negative value (step S14104=YES), the process moves to step S14105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the calculation result is not a negative value (step S14104=NO), the process moves to step S14106.

(Step S14105)
In step S14105, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the stop MY counter 103ba to "0". Here, in this embodiment, the MY counter for abort 103ba is configured not to store a negative value, so the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the MY counter for abort 103ba to "0". When the process of step S14105 is completed, the process moves to step S14107.

(Step S14106)
In step S14106, the main CPU 101 performs an abort MY counter update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the result of the abort MY counter calculation process in step S14103 in the abort MY counter 103ba. When the process of step S14106 is completed, the process moves to step S14107.

(Step S14107)
In step S14107, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is greater than or equal to "19,000". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the abort MY counter 103ba has become "19,000" or more as a result of the abort MY counter update process in step S14106. If it is determined that the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14107=YES), the process moves to step S14108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the abort MY counter 103ba is not greater than "19,000" (step S14107=NO), the subroutine of the abort calculation process is ended.

(Step S14108)
In step S14108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the abort flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the abort flag by updating the value of the abort flag storage area 103bc. Then, when the processing in step S14108 is completed, the subroutine of the abort calculation processing is ended.

(Main interrupt processing)
Next, the main interrupt processing will be explained using FIG. 57. Note that the main interrupt process is a process that is performed by interrupting the main loop process at predetermined intervals (for example, "1.564" ms).

(Step S15001)
In step S15001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to save registers. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of saving the value of the register stored at the time of performing the process of step S15001. When the process of step S15001 is completed, the process moves to step S15002.

(Step S15002)
In step S15002, the main CPU 101 performs main input port reading processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of inputting signals from the power supply board 200, the gaming value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. When the process of step S15002 is completed, the process moves to step S15003.

(Step S15003)
In step S15003, the main CPU 101 performs gaming machine information data setting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 transmits data of information necessary when the gaming value control board 400 transmits gaming machine information to the rental device 700 (for example, data calculated by the gaming machine performance information calculation process in step S10201). value). When the process of step S15003 is completed, the process moves to step S15004.

(Step S15004)
In step S15004, the main CPU 101 performs main timer measurement processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the wait timer 103ae. When the process of step S15004 is completed, the process moves to step S15005.

(Step S15005)
In step S15005, the main CPU 101 performs reel drive control processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs acceleration processing, constant speed processing, deceleration processing, etc. of the reel 20 by driving the left stepping motor 76, middle stepping motor 77, and right stepping motor 78. When the process of step S15005 is completed, the process moves to step S15006.

(Step S15006)
In step S15006, the main CPU 101 performs gaming machine information transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the data set by the gaming machine information data setting process of step S15003 to the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S15006 is completed, the process moves to step S15007.

(Step S15007)
In step S15007, the main CPU 101 performs LED output data creation processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of creating LED data to be displayed on various displays 15. When the process of step S15007 is completed, the process moves to step S15008.

(Step S15008)
In step S15008, the main CPU 101 performs LED output data display processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of controlling the display of various indicators 15 according to the LED data created by the LED output data creation process of step S15007. When the process of step S15008 is completed, the process moves to step S15009.

(Step S15009)
In step S15009, the main CPU 101 performs main periodic command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main periodic command to the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S15009 is completed, the process moves to step S15010.

Here, the "main periodic command" is a command for detecting whether or not communication between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is being performed normally. This is a command that is periodically sent to the value control board 400.

(Step S15010)
In step S15010, the main CPU 101 performs port output processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of outputting signals to the sub control board 300, the gaming value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. When the process of step S15010 is completed, the process moves to step S15100.

(Step S15100)
In step S15100, the main CPU 101 performs main interrupt error check processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 58. When the process of step S15100 is completed, the process moves to step S15011.

(Step S15011)
In step S15011, the main CPU 101 performs reset switch check processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of detecting whether the reset switch 41sw is turned on. When the process of step S15011 is completed, the process moves to step S15012.

(Step S15012)
In step S15012, the main CPU 101 performs a setting key switch check process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of detecting whether the setting key switch 43sw is turned on. Here, when the setting key switch 43sw is ON, the main CPU 101 performs processing to display the setting value on the acquisition display section 16 and sends a setting value confirmation command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. Perform processing to send to. When the process of step S15012 is completed, the process moves to step S15013.

Here, the "set value confirmation command" is a command sent when confirming the set value, and is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. This is a command. Note that the setting value confirmation command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 and then from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub control board 300.

(Step S15013)
In step S15013, the main CPU 101 performs monitor display unit control processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 controls to read the program from the main ROM outside the used area 102b and display ratio information on the monitor display 44. When the process of step S15013 is completed, the process moves to step S15014.

(Step S15014)
In step S15014, the main CPU 101 performs gaming value control board command reception processing. Specifically, when the main CPU 101 receives a command from the gaming value control board 400, it performs a process of storing the command in the gaming value error storage area 103zd. When the process of step S15014 is completed, the process moves to step S15015.

(Step S15015)
In step S15015, the main CPU 101 performs main register restoration processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of restoring the value of the register saved in the process of step S15001. Then, when the process in step S15015 ends, the main interrupt process ends.

(Main interrupt error check processing)
Next, the main interrupt error check process performed in step S15100 of the main interrupt process will be explained using FIG.

(Step S15101)
In step S15101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 has been detected. If it is determined that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) (step S15101=YES), the process moves to step S15102. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) (step S15101=NO), the process moves to step S15103.

(Step S15102)
In step S15102, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S15102 is completed, the process moves to step S15105.

(Step S15103)
In step S15103, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a door opening error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON. If it is determined that there is a door open error (constant monitoring) (step S15103=YES), the process moves to step S15104. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not a door open error (constant monitoring) (step S15103=NO), the subroutine of the main interrupt error check process is ended.

(Step S15104)
In step S15104, the main CPU 101 performs door open error (constant monitoring) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information regarding the door opening error (constant monitoring) in the main error information storage area 103zb. When the process of step S15104 is completed, the process moves to step S15105.

(Step S15105)
In step S15105, the main CPU 101 performs main error command transmission processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main error command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400. When the process of step S15105 is completed, the main interrupt error check process subroutine is ended.

(Game value program start processing)
Next, the gaming value program starting process performed by the gaming value control board 400 will be explained using FIG. 59.

(Step S20001)
In step S20001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the power is being cut off. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is in a power-off state by inspecting the power-off signal terminal. If it is determined that the power is being cut off (step S20001=YES), the process of step S20001 is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the power is not being interrupted (step S20001=NO), the process moves to step S20002.

(Step S20002)
In step S20002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a startup command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a startup command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the startup command has been received (step S20002=YES), the process moves to step S20006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the startup command has not been received (step S20002=NO), the process moves to step S20003.

(Step S20003)
In step S20003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether a predetermined period of time has elapsed without receiving a startup command from the main control board 100. Here, in this embodiment, the "predetermined time" is "180 seconds", but it can be set as appropriate. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S20003=YES), the process moves to step S20004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S20003=NO), the process moves to step S20002.

(Step S20004)
In step S20004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S20004 is completed, the process moves to step S20005.

(Step S20005)
In step S20005, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information on an intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S20005 is completed, the process moves to step S20006.

Here, the "gaming value error command" is a command having information regarding an error in the gaming value control board 400, and is sent from the gaming value control board 400 to the main control board 100 or the sub control board 300. It is a command. Note that the gaming value error command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 after being transmitted from the gaming value control board 400 to the main control board 100.

(Step S20006)
In step S20006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a reset start command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a reset start command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the reset start command has been received (step S20006=YES), the process moves to step S20007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset start command has not been received (step S20006=NO), the process moves to step S20008.

(Step S20007)
In step S20007, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 sets the initialization start address and initialization end address of the gaming value RAM 403, and then initializes the area from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area of the gaming value RAM 403. Perform processing, etc. As a result, the gaming value error information storage area 403ab, the bet number storage area 403ac, etc. are initialized. Note that in the gaming value RAM initialization process, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is not initialized. When the process of step S20007 is completed, the process moves to step S20008.

(Step S20008)
In step S20008, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the main gaming machine installation information command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a main gaming machine installation information command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the main game machine installation information command has been received (step S20008=YES), the process moves to step S20009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main game machine installation information command has not been received (step S20008=NO), the process moves to step S20012.

(Step S20009)
In step S20009, the gaming value CPU 401 performs main gaming machine installation information message creation processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 first performs a process of storing the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100 in the gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad. Next, a process is performed to create a response message in response to the reception of the main gaming machine installation information command. When the process of step S20009 is completed, the process moves to step S20010.

(Step S20010)
In step S20010, the gaming value CPU 401 performs main gaming machine installation information command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the main control board 100 by returning the message created by the main game machine installation information message creation process of step S20009. When the process of step S20010 is completed, the process moves to step S20011.

(Step S20011)
In step S20011, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine installation information generation processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 stores the information on the gaming value control chip manufacturer code, the information on the gaming value control chip product code, and the gaming value control chip ID number stored in the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a. Extract information. Next, the gaming value CPU 401 extracts the main control chip manufacturer code information, main control chip product code information, and main control chip ID number information included in the main gaming machine installation information command, as well as the extracted information. Processing is performed to generate gaming machine installation information that is combined and notified to the lending device 700. When the process of step S20011 is completed, the process moves to step S20012.

(Step S20012)
In step S20012, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the gaming value number clear button 61 has been operated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming value clearing switch 61sw detects the operation of the gaming value clearing button 61. If it is determined that the number of game value clear button 61 has been operated (step S20012=YES), the process moves to step S20013. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of game value clear button 61 has not been operated (step S20012=NO), the process moves to the game value loop process of step S21000.

(Step S20013)
In step S20013, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value number clearing process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to clear the gaming value storage area 403aa. When the process of step S20013 is completed, the process moves to step S20014.

(Step S20014)
In step S20014, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value number clear command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value number clear command to the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S20014 is completed, the process moves to step S20015.

Here, the "gaming value number clear command" is a command that is sent from the gaming value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300 when the gaming value number clear button 61 is operated when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. This is a command sent by

(Step S20015)
In step S20015, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a second fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning on bit "3" of the second fraud information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S20015 is completed, the process moves to the gaming value loop process of step S21000.

(Game value main processing)
Next, the gaming value main process performed in step S21000 of the gaming value program start process will be explained using FIG. 60.

(Step S21001)
In step S21001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a lending device regular command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a lending device regular command that is periodically transmitted by the lending device 700 has been received. If it is determined that the lending device regular command has been received (step S21001=YES), the process moves to step S21005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the lending device regular command has not been received (step S21001=NO), the process moves to step S21002.

Here, the "rental device regular command" is a command that is periodically transmitted from the rental device 700 to the gaming machine 1 (specifically, to the gaming value control board 400 via 62) This is a command for ensuring communication between the device 700 and the gaming machine 1.

(Step S21002)
In step S21002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether a predetermined period of time has elapsed without receiving a lending device regular command from the lending device 700. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S21002=YES), the process moves to step S21003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S20002=NO), the process moves to step S20001.

(Step S21003)
In step S21003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication non-response error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process in step S21003 ends, the process moves to step S21004.

(Step S21004)
In step S21004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value error command transmission processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information of a lending device communication no response error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300. When the process of step S21004 is completed, the process moves to step S21001.

(Step S21005)
In step S21005, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a VL disconnection with the lending device 700 is detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not disconnection of the power source for connection confirmation with the rental device 700 is detected. If it is determined that the VL disconnection with the lending device 700 is detected (step S21005=YES), the process moves to step S21006. On the other hand, if it is determined that no VL connection with the lending device 700 has been detected (step S21005=NO), the process moves to step S21008.

(Step S21006)
In step S21006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device disconnection error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding the rental device disconnection error (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S21006 is completed, the process moves to step S21007.

(Step S21007)
In step S21007, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information of a rental device disconnection error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S21007 is completed, the process moves to step S21001.

(Step S21008)
In step S21008, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether a command has been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700. If it is determined that a command has been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700 (step S21008=YES), the process moves to step S22000. On the other hand, if it is determined that no command has been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700 (step S21008=NO), the process moves to step S21001.

(Step S22000)
In step S22000, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value command analysis processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 61. When the process of step S22000 is completed, the process moves to step S21001.

(Game value command analysis processing)
Next, the game value command analysis process performed in step S22000 of the game value main process will be explained using FIG.

(Step S22001)
In step S22001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a set value command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not it has received any one of a setting value confirmation command, a setting value confirmation command, a setting change start command, and a setting value change command from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a set value command has been received (step S22001=YES), the process moves to step S22100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value command has not been received (step S22001=NO), the process moves to step S22002.

(Step S22100)
In step S22100, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing upon reception of a set value command, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S22100 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22002)
In step S22002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a main error command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a main error command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the main error command has been received (step S22002=YES), the process moves to step S22200. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main error command has not been received (step S22002=NO), the process moves to step S22003.

(Step S22200)
In step S22200, the gaming value CPU 401 performs main error command reception processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 63. When the process of step S22200 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22003)
In step S22003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a settlement command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a settlement command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the payment command has been received (step S22003=YES), the process moves to step S22300. On the other hand, if it is determined that the payment command has not been received (step S22003=NO), the process moves to step S22004.

(Step S22300)
In step S22300, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing upon reception of a settlement command, which will be detailed later using FIG. 64. When the process of step S22300 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22004)
In step S22004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a BET-related command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether it has received any one of the automatic input number command, BET command, or MAXBET command from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a BET-related command has been received (step S22004=YES), the process moves to step S22400. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET-related command has not been received (step S22004=NO), the process moves to step S22005.

(Step S22400)
In step S22400, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process when receiving a BET-related command, which will be detailed later using FIG. 65. When the process of step S22400 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22005)
In step S22005, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a gaming value granting command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a gaming value imparting command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the game value granting command has been received (step S22005=YES), the process moves to step S22500. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value granting command has not been received (step S22005=NO), the process moves to step S22006.

(Step S22500)
In step S22500, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing upon receiving a gaming value granting command, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. 66. When the process of step S22500 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22006)
In step S22006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a cancellation command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a termination command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the termination command has been received (step S22006=YES), the process moves to step S22600. On the other hand, if it is determined that the termination command has not been received (step S22006=NO), the process moves to step S22007.

(Step S22600)
In step S22600, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing upon reception of a cancellation command, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. 67. When the process of step S22600 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22007)
In step S22007, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a lending notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not there is a lending notification from the lending device 700. If it is determined that there is a rental notification (step S22007=YES), the process moves to step S22700. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no lending notification (step S22007=NO), the process moves to step S22008.

(Step S22700)
In step S22700, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending notification processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 68. When the process of step S22700 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22008)
In step S22008, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game start command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a game start command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the game start command has been received (step S22008=YES), the process moves to step S22009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game start command has not been received (step S22008=NO), the process moves to step S22010.

(Step S22009)
In step S22009, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a game start command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the main control board 100 receiving the game start command. When the process of step S22009 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22010)
In step S22010, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a push order command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a push order command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a press order command has been received (step S22010=YES), the process moves to step S22011. On the other hand, if it is determined that the push order command has not been received (step S22010=NO), the process moves to step S22012.

(Step S22011)
In step S22011, the gaming value CPU 401 performs push order command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the reception of the push order command to the main control board 100. When the process of step S22011 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Step S22012)
In step S22012, the gaming value CPU 401 performs other command reception processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing according to commands received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700. When the process of step S22012 is completed, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process is ended.

(Processing when receiving main error command)
Next, using FIG. 62, a description will be given of the setting value command reception process performed in step S22100 of the gaming value command analysis process.

(Step S22101)
In step S22101, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a setting value confirmation command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a setting value confirmation command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the setting value confirmation command has been received (step S22101=YES), the process moves to step S22102. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting value confirmation command has not been received (step S22101=NO), the process moves to step S22103.

(Step S22102)
In step S22102, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning on bit "1" of the first fraud information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22102 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the set value command is completed.

(Step S22103)
In step S22103, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a setting change start command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a setting change start command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the settings change start command has been received (step S22103=YES), the process moves to step S22104. On the other hand, if it is determined that the settings change start command has not been received (step S22103=NO), the process moves to step S22105.

(Step S22104)
In step S22104, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning on bit "0" of the first fraud information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22104 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the set value command is completed.

(Step S22105)
In step S22105, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting value confirmation command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a setting value confirmation command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the setting value confirmation command has been received (step S22105=YES), the process moves to step S22106. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value confirmation command has not been received (step S22105=NO), the subroutine of the process when the set value command is received is ended.

(Step S22106)
In step S22106, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value RAM clearing processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to clear a predetermined area of the gaming value RAM 403. When the process of step S22106 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the set value command is completed.

(Processing when receiving main error command)
Next, with reference to FIG. 63, the main error command reception process performed in step S22200 of the game value command analysis process will be described.

(Step S22201)
In step S22201, the gaming value CPU 401 performs main error command analysis and storage processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 analyzes the information included in the main error command received from the main control board 100, and performs a process of storing the information in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S22201 is completed, the process moves to step S22202.

(Step S22202)
In step S22202, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a door opening error (main stop). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the main error command analyzed by the main error command analysis processing in step S22201 includes information regarding the door opening error (main stop). If it is determined that there is a door opening error (main stop) (step S22202=YES), the process moves to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no door opening error (main stop) (step S22202=NO), the process moves to step S22203.

(Step S22203)
In step S22203, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a door opening error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the main error command analyzed by the main error command analysis processing in step S22201 includes information regarding the door open error (constant monitoring). If it is determined that there is a door opening error (constant monitoring) (step S22203=YES), the process moves to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no door opening error (constant monitoring) (step S22203=NO), the process moves to step S22205.

(Step S22204)
In step S22204, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a second fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning on bit "1" of the second fraud information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22204 is completed, the subroutine of the main error command reception process is ended.

(Step S22205)
In step S22205, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 selects bits "2" to "2" of the first fraudulent information, which will be explained later using FIG. 5" is turned ON. When the process of step S22205 is completed, the subroutine of the main error command reception process is ended.

(Processing when payment command is received)
Next, with reference to FIG. 64, a description will be given of the processing when receiving the payment command, which is performed in step S22300 of the gaming value command analysis processing.

(Step S22301)
In step S22301, the gaming value CPU 401 performs payment command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing in response to the settlement command received from the main control board 100. When the process of step S22301 is completed, the process moves to step S22302.

(Step S22302)
In step S22302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (BET) clearing processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to update the value of "BET" in the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22302 is completed, the process moves to step S22303.

(Step S22303)
In step S22303, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (gaming value number) addition processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the BET number storage area 403ac to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22303 is completed, the process moves to step S22304.

(Step S22304)
In step S22304, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area addition process at the time of payment. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the BET number storage area 403ac to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa. Then, when the process in step S22304 ends, the process moves to step S22305.

(Step S22305)
In step S22305, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a bet number storage area clearing process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to clear the value of the bet number storage area 403ac. When the process of step S22305 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the payment command is completed.

(Processing when receiving BET-related commands)
Next, with reference to FIG. 65, a description will be given of the BET-related command reception process performed in step S22400 of the gaming value command analysis process.

(Step S22401)
In step S22401, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether an automatic input number command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not an automatic input number command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the automatic input number command has been received (step S22401=YES), the process moves to step S22402. On the other hand, if it is determined that the automatic input number command has not been received (step S22401=NO), the process moves to step S22403.

(Step S22402)
In step S22402, the gaming value CPU 401 performs automatic input number command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing in response to the automatic input number command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22402 is completed, the subroutine of the BET-related command reception process is ended.

(Step S22403)
In step S22403, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a BET command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a BET command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a BET command has been received (step S22403=YES), the process moves to step S22404. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET command has not been received (step S22403=NO), the process moves to step S22405.

(Step S22404)
In step S22404, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing in response to a BET command received from the main control board 100. When the process of step S22404 is completed, the process moves to step S22407.

(Step S22405)
In step S22405, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a MAXBET command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a MAXBET command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the MAXBET command has been received (step S22405=YES), the process moves to step S22406. On the other hand, if it is determined that the MAXBET command has not been received (step S22405=NO), the subroutine of the BET-related command reception process is ended.

(Step S22406)
In step S22406, the gaming value CPU 401 performs MAXBET command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing in response to the MAXBET command received from the main control board 100. When the process of step S22406 is completed, the process moves to step S22407.

(Step S22407)
In step S22407, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (BET) update processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 later performs the processing as shown in FIG. Processing is performed to update the value of "BET" and the specified number (IN) of the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained using FIG. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the hole con fraud monitoring information The value of “BET” is updated from “1” to “2”. When the process of step S22407 is completed, the process moves to step S22408.

(Step S22408)
In step S22408, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values) update processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 later performs the processing as shown in FIG. A process is performed in which the value in the BET number storage area 403ac is added to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained using FIG. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the hole con fraud monitoring information The value of "number of game values" is updated from "1" to "0". Then, when the process in step S22408 ends, the process moves to step S22409.

(Step S22409)
In step S22409, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a bet number storage area update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 stores the BET number storage area 403ac according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac, and the type of the operated BET button 6 and MAXBET button 7. Performs processing to update the value of. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is The value is updated from "1" to "2". When the process of step S22409 is completed, the process moves to step S22410.

(Step S22410)
In step S22410, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value storage area update processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 stores the gaming value storage area 403aa according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac, and the type of the operated BET button 6 and MAXBET button 7. Performs processing to update the value of. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is The value is updated from "1" to "0". When the process of step S22410 is completed, the subroutine of the BET-related command reception process is completed.

(Processing when receiving a gaming value imparting command)
Next, with reference to FIG. 66, a description will be given of the processing upon reception of the gaming value granting command, which is performed in step S22500 of the gaming value command analysis processing.

(Step S22501)
In step S22501, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value imparting command response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing in response to the gaming value imparting command received from the main control board 100. When the process of step S22501 is completed, the process moves to step S22502.

(Step S22502)
In step S22502, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the granted value is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the awarded value included in the gaming value granting command, and performs processing to determine whether the awarded value is "0". If it is determined that the assigned value is "0" (step S22502=YES), the process moves to step S22508. On the other hand, if it is determined that the assigned value is not "0" (step S22502=NO), the process moves to step S22503.

(Step S22503)
In step S22503, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value storage area addition processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in order to award a gaming value when a winning is established. When the process of step S22503 is completed, the process moves to step S22504.

(Step S22504)
In step S22504, the gaming value CPU 401 performs grant value subtraction processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the awarded value included in the gaming value granting command. Then, when the process in step S22504 ends, the process moves to step S22505.

(Step S22505)
In step S22505, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the awarded value is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the granted value has become "0" as a result of performing the process of step S22504. If it is determined that the assigned value is "0" (step S22505=YES), the process moves to step S22506. On the other hand, if it is determined that the assigned value is not "0" (step S22505=NO), the process moves to step S22503.

(Step S22506)
In step S22506, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value imparting completion command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value grant completion command to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300. When the process of step S22506 is completed, the process moves to step S22507.

Here, the "gaming value grant completion command" is a command sent when the granting of gaming value is completed, and is a command sent from the gaming value control board 400 to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300. This is the command being sent. Note that the gaming value grant completion command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 after being transmitted from the gaming value control board 400 to the main control board 100.

(Step S22507)
In step S22507, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (number of grants) setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting a gaming value given value in the "given value" of hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later with reference to FIG. 81, and a process of setting a specified number (OUT). I do. When the process of step S22507 is completed, the process moves to step S22508.

(Step S22508)
In step S22508, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values) addition process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the assigned value of the gaming value to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22508 is completed, the process moves to step S22509.

(Step S22509)
In step S22509, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is greater than or equal to "15,000" as a result of the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa being updated due to winning. . If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "15,000" (step S22509=YES), the process moves to step S22510. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "15,000" (step S22509=NO), the subroutine of the process when receiving the gaming value granting command is ended.

(Step S22510)
In step S22510, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is greater than or equal to "16,369" as a result of the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa being updated due to winning. . If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369" (step S22510=YES), the process moves to step S22511. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "16,369" (step S22510=NO), the process moves to step S22513.

(Step S22511)
In step S22511, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value number reaching error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding the gaming value number reaching error (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S22511 is completed, the process moves to step S22512.

(Step S22512)
In step S22512, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information regarding the gaming machine value number reaching error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S22512 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the gaming value imparting command is completed.

(Step S22513)
In step S22513, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information regarding before reaching the gaming value number to the sub control board 300. Then, when the process of step S22513 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the gaming value imparting command is completed.

(Processing when receiving abort command)
Next, with reference to FIG. 67, a description will be given of the process when receiving a cancellation command, which is performed in step S22600 of the gaming value command analysis process.

(Step S22601)
In step S22601, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning on bit "6" of the first fraud information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. Then, when the process in step S22601 is completed, the subroutine of the process when receiving the abort command is ended.

(Processing at the time of loan notification)
Next, with reference to FIG. 68, the lending notification process performed in step S22700 of the gaming value command analysis process will be described.

(Step S22701)
In step S22701, the gaming value CPU 401 performs received data setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the serial reception data received from the lending device 700 in the reception buffer 403ag. When the process of step S22701 is completed, the process moves to step S22702.

(Step S22702)
In step S22702, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lending device communication timer 403af is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 subtracts "1" from the value of the lending device communication timer 403af by the gaming value timer measurement process in step S28006, which will be described later, and as a result, the value of the lending device communication timer 403af is "0". Performs processing to determine whether or not. If it is determined that the value of the lending device communication timer 403af is "0" (step S22702=YES), the process moves to step S22707. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the rental device communication timer 403af is not "0" (step S22702=NO), the process moves to step S22703.

(Step S22703)
In step S22703, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "4". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4" (step S22703=YES), the process moves to step S22713. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "4" (step S22703=NO), the process moves to step S22704.

(Step S22704)
In step S22704, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "0" or "1". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "0" or "1". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "0" or "1" (step S22704=YES), the process moves to step S22705. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "0" or "1" (step S22704=NO), the process moves to step S22709.

(Step S22705)
In step S22705, the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception buffer check processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the message length is "0x05" and whether the command is "0x13". When the process of step S22705 is completed, the process moves to step S22706.

(Step S22706)
In step S22706, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the received data is normal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the received data is normal as a result of the reception buffer check processing in step S22705. If it is determined that the received data is normal (step S22706=YES), the process moves to step S22713. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received data is not normal (step S22706=NO), the process moves to step S22707.

(Step S22707)
In step S22707, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to discard the received data. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of discarding the serial reception data set in the reception buffer 403ag by the reception data setting process of step S22707. When the process of step S22707 is completed, the process moves to step S22708.

(Step S22708)
In step S22708, the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter initialization processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to set the value of the reception counter 403ah to "0". When the process of step S22708 is completed, the subroutine of the lending notification process is ended.

(Step S22709)
In step S22709, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "2". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2" (step S22709=YES), the process moves to step S22710. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "2" (step S22709=NO), the process moves to step S22711.

(Step S22710)
In step S22710, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending serial number buffer setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting received data in the lending serial number buffer 403ai. When the process of step S22710 is completed, the process moves to step S22711.

(Step S22711)
In step S22711, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "3". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "3". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "3" (step S22711=YES), the process moves to step S22712. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "3" (step S22711=NO), the process moves to step S22713.

(Step S22712)
In step S22712, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending gaming value number buffer setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting received data in the loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj. When the process of step S22712 is completed, the process moves to step S22713.

(Step S22713)
In step S22713, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "4". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4" (step S22713=YES), the process moves to step S22715. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "4" (step S22713=NO), the process moves to step S22714.

(Step S22714)
In step S22714, the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter addition processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the reception counter 403ah. When the process of step S22714 is completed, the subroutine of the lending notification process is ended.

(Step S22715)
In step S22715, the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter initialization processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to set the value of the reception counter 403ah to "0". When the process of step S22715 is completed, the process moves to step S22716.

(Step S22716)
In step S22716, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication timer initialization processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the value of the lending device communication timer 403af as an initial value. When the process of step S22716 is completed, the process moves to step S22717.

(Step S22717)
In step S22717, the gaming value CPU 401 performs checksum calculation processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of calculating a checksum by adding the value of the message length, the value of the command, the value of the lending serial number, and the value of the number of lending gaming values. When the process of step S22717 is completed, the process moves to step S22718.

(Step S22718)
In step S22718, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the checksum is normal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the checksum value calculated by the checksum calculation processing in step S22717 is normal. If it is determined that the checksum is normal (step S22718=YES), the process moves to step S22719. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not normal (step S22718=NO), the process moves to step S22728.

(Step S22719)
In step S22719, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is normal. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is "0" if the power is turned on immediately, and if the value is not immediately after the power is turned on, the A process is performed to determine whether the value of the serial number buffer 403ai matches the value obtained by adding "1" to the previous lending serial number buffer 403ai. If it is determined that the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is normal (step S22719=YES), the process moves to step S22720. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is not normal (step S22719=NO), the process moves to step S22728.

(Step S22720)
In step S22720, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj set by the lending gaming value number buffer setting process of step S22712 is "0". If it is determined that the value of the lending game value number buffer 403aj is "0" (step S22720=YES), the process moves to step S22726. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending game value number buffer 403aj is not "0" (step S22720=NO), the process moves to step S22721.

(Step S22721)
In step S22721, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine information type of the gaming machine information notification in the communication sequence is other than "0x02" indicating hole-con fraud monitoring information. If it is determined that the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02" (step S22721=YES), the process moves to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming machine information type is not other than "0x02" (step S22721=NO), the process moves to step S22722.

(Step S22722)
In step S22722, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the counted gaming value number is "1". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the counted gaming value number of the counting notification of the communication sequence has been notified as "1" or more. If it is determined that the counted game value number is "1" (step S22722=YES), the process moves to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counted game value number is not "1" (step S22722=NO), the process moves to step S22723.

(Step S22723)
In step S22723, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj is a value larger than "50". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj set by the lending gaming value number buffer setting process of step S22712 is a value larger than "50". conduct. If it is determined that the value of the lending game value number buffer 403aj is larger than "50" (step S22723=YES), the process moves to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending game value number buffer 403aj is not larger than "50" (step S22723=NO), the process moves to step S22724.

(Step S22724)
In step S22724, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Here, in this embodiment, if the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more, no gaming value is lent. Therefore, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa and performs a process of determining whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is greater than or equal to "15,000". If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more (step S22724=YES), the process moves to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "15,000" (step S22724=NO), the process moves to step S22725.

(Step S22725)
In step S22725, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value storage area update processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the lent gaming value to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa. For example, if the lent gaming value is "47", "47" is added to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa. When the process of step S22725 is completed, the process moves to step S22726.

(Step S22726)
In step S22726, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to set the lending reception result response to "normal". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the loaned gaming value number reception result of the loaned reception result response to "0x00", which will be explained later using FIG. 82(C). When the process of step S22726 is completed, the process moves to step S22727.

(Step S22727)
In step S22727, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information (gaming value number) addition processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the lent gaming value to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hole con fraud monitoring information, which will be explained later using FIG. 81. When the process of step S22727 is completed, the process moves to step S22729.

(Step S22728)
In step S22728, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting "abnormal" in the lending reception result response. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to set the loaned gaming value number reception result of the loaned reception result response to "0x01", which will be explained later using FIG. 82(C). When the process of step S22728 is completed, the process moves to step S22729.

(Step S22729)
In step S22729, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending reception result response processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the lending device 700 with the lending reception result. When the process of step S22729 is completed, the subroutine of the lending notification process is ended.

(Game value interrupt processing)
Next, the gaming value interrupt processing will be explained using FIG. 69. Note that the game value interrupt process is a process that is performed by interrupting the game value main process at predetermined intervals (eg, "2" ms).

(Step S28001)
In step S28001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value register saving processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of saving the value of the register stored at the time of performing the process of step S28001. When the process of step S28001 is completed, the process moves to step S28002.

(Step S28002)
In step S28002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value input port reading processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of receiving signals from the main control board 100, the power supply board 200, the sub control board 300, and the lending device 700. When the process of step S28002 is completed, the process moves to step S28003.

(Step S28003)
In step S28003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value display LED data creation processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of creating data to be displayed on the gaming value display 24 by referring to the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa. When the process of step S28003 is completed, the process moves to step S28004.

(Step S28004)
In step S28004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value display LED data display processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of controlling the gaming value display 24 according to the data to be displayed on the gaming value display 24 created by the gaming value display LED data display process of step S28003. When the process of step S28004 is completed, the process moves to step S28005.

(Step S28005)
In step S28005, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value port output processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting signals to the main control board 100, the sub control board 300, and the lending device 700. When the process of step S28005 is completed, the process moves to step S28006.

(Step S28006)
In step S28006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value timer measurement processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the main regular command reception timer 403ae and the value of the lending device communication timer 403af. When the process of step S28006 is completed, the process moves to step S28100.

(Step S28100)
In step S28100, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a time-over error check process which will be detailed later using FIG. 70. When the process of step S28100 is completed, the process moves to step S28200.

(Step S28200)
In step S28200, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value interrupt error check process, which will be detailed later using FIG. 71. When the process of step S28200 is completed, the process moves to step S28300.

(Step S28300)
In step S28300, the gaming value CPU 401 performs counting button operation processing, which will be detailed later with reference to FIG. 72. When the process of step S28300 is completed, the process moves to step S28400.

(Step S28400)
In step S28400, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine information notification processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 73. When the process of step S28400 is completed, the process moves to step S28007.

(Step S28007)
In step S28007, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value register restoration processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of restoring the value of the register saved in the process of step S28001. When the process of step S28007 is finished, the gaming value interrupt process is finished.

(Timeover error check processing)
Next, using FIG. 70, a description will be given of the time-over error check process performed in step S28100 of the gaming value interrupt process.

(Step S28101)
In step S28101, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a main periodic command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a main periodic command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the main periodic command has been received (step S28101=YES), the process moves to step S28105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main regular command has not been received (step S28101=NO), the process moves to step S28102.

(Step S28102)
In step S28102, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the main regular command reception timer 403ae becomes "0" without receiving the main regular command from the main control board 100. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S28102=YES), the process moves to step S28103. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S28102=NO), the subroutine of the time-over error check process is ended.

(Step S28103)
In step S28103, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S28103 is completed, the process moves to step S28104.

(Step S28104)
In step S28104, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command to the sub-control board 300. When the process in step S28104 is completed, the time-over error check process subroutine is ended.

(Step S28105)
In step S28105, the gaming value CPU 401 performs regular timer setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the main periodic command reception timer 403ae. Here, in this embodiment, by setting "500" to the main periodic command reception timer 403ae, it becomes possible to determine whether the main periodic command has not been received for "1" second. Then, when the processing in step S28105 is completed, the subroutine of the time-over error check processing is ended.

(Game value interrupt error check process)
Next, using FIG. 71, a description will be given of the gaming value interrupt error check process performed in step S28200 of the gaming value interrupt process.

(Step S28201)
In step S28201, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa and performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369". If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369" (step S28201=YES), the process moves to step S28202. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "16,369" (step S28201=NO), the process moves to step S28204.

(Step S28202)
In step S28202, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S28202 is completed, the process moves to step S28203.

(Step S28203)
In step S28203, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300. When the process of step S28203 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming value interrupt error check process is ended.

(Step S28204)
In step S28204, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not VL disconnection with the lending device 700 is detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not disconnection of the power source for connection confirmation with the rental device 700 is detected. If it is determined that the VL disconnection with the lending device 700 is detected (step S28204=YES), the process moves to step S28205. On the other hand, if it is determined that no VL connection with the lending device 700 has been detected (step S28204=NO), the process moves to step S28207.

(Step S28205)
In step S28205, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device disconnection error (constant monitoring) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S28205 is completed, the process moves to step S28206.

(Step S28206)
In step S28206, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command to the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S28206 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming value interrupt error check process is ended.

(Step S28207)
In step S28207, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa and performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is greater than or equal to "15,000". If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "15,000" (step S28207=YES), the process moves to step S28208. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "15,000" (step S28207=NO), the subroutine of the gaming value interrupt error check process is ended.

(Step S28208)
In step S28208, the gaming value CPU 401 performs pre-processing to reach the number of gaming values. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding before reaching the gaming value number in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S28208 is completed, the process moves to step S28209.

(Step S28209)
In step S28209, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command to the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S28209 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming value interrupt error check process is ended.

(Processing when operating the counting button)
Next, with reference to FIG. 72, the counting button operation process performed in step S28300 of the gaming value interrupt process will be explained.

(Step S28301)
In step S28301, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the count button 60 has been operated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the counting button 60 is detected by the counting switch 60sw. If it is determined that the counting button 60 has been operated (step S28301=YES), the process moves to step S28302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the count button 60 is not operated (step S28301=NO), the subroutine of the process when the count button is operated is ended.

(Step S28302)
In step S28302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to start communication with the lending device 700. When the process of step S28302 is completed, the process moves to step S28303.

(Step S28303)
In step S28303, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication timer setting processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the lending device communication timer 403af. Here, in this embodiment, by setting a predetermined value (for example, "500") to the lending device communication timer 403af, it becomes possible to determine whether there is no response from the lending device 700 for a predetermined period of time. Then, when the process in step S28303 ends, the process moves to step S28304.

(Step S28304)
In step S28304, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication timer subtraction processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the lending device communication timer 403af. Then, when the process in step S28304 ends, the process moves to step S28305.

(Step S28305)
In step S28305, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the lending device 700. Specifically, after performing the lending device communication process in step S28302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the lending device 700. If it is determined that there is a response from the lending device 700 (step S28305=YES), the process moves to step S28309. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the lending device 700 (step S28305=NO), the process moves to step S28306.

(Step S28306)
In step S28306, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 subtracts "1" from the value of the lending device communication timer 403af by the lending device communication timer subtraction process in step S28304, and as a result, the value of the lending device communication timer 403af becomes "0". Performs processing to determine whether or not the If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S28306=YES), the process moves to step S28307. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S28306=NO), the process moves to step S28304.

(Step S28307)
In step S28307, the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication non-response error (constant monitoring) processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information regarding the lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. When the process of step S28307 is completed, the process moves to step S28308.

(Step S28308)
In step S28308, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information regarding the lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring) to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300. When the process of step S28308 is completed, the subroutine of the process when the counting button is operated is ended.

(Step S28309)
In step S28309, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information regarding the in-progress counting process to the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S28309 is completed, the process moves to step S28310.

(Step S28310)
In step S28310, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "50" or more. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa and performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "50" or more. If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "50" or more (step S28310=YES), the process moves to step S28311. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is not greater than "50" (step S28310=NO), the process moves to step S28314.

(Step S28311)
In step S28311, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value subtraction processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "50" from the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa. When the process of step S28311 is completed, the process moves to step S28312.

(Step S28312)
In step S28312, the gaming value CPU 401 performs count notification message generation and transmission processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of generating and transmitting a message regarding the count notification to the lending device 700. Note that the count notification will be explained later using FIG. 82. When the process of step S28312 is completed, the process moves to step S28313.

(Step S28313)
In step S28313, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is less than "50". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 refers to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa and performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is less than "50". If it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is less than "50" (step S28313=YES), the process moves to step S28314. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is not less than "50" (step S28313=NO), the process moves to step S28311.

(Step S28314)
In step S28314, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value fraction transfer processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 transfers the remaining value stored in the gaming value storage area 403aa to the lending device 700, and performs a process of generating and transmitting a message regarding the count notification to the lending device 700. . When the process of step S28314 is completed, the process moves to step S28315.

(Step S28315)
In step S28315, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value storage area clearing processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to set the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa to "0". When the process of step S28315 is completed, the process moves to step S28316.

(Step S28316)
In step S28316, the gaming value CPU 401 performs counting completion command reception processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of receiving a counting completion command having information indicating that counting has been completed from the lending device 700. Note that if the counting completion command is not received from the lending device 700, a non-response in communication with the lending device 700 is detected, and a non-response error occurs in the lending device communication. When the process of step S28316 is completed, the process moves to step S28317.

(Step S28317)
In step S28317, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information regarding the completion of the counting process to the sub-control board 300. When the process of step S28317 is completed, the subroutine of the process when the counting button is operated is ended.

(Game machine information notification processing)
Next, the gaming machine information notification process performed in step S28400 of the gaming value interrupt process will be explained using FIG. 73.

(Step S28401)
In step S28401, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the gaming value control board 400 is activated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is activated. If it is determined that it is time to start up the gaming value control board 400 (step S28401=YES), the process moves to step S28403. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time to start the gaming value control board 400 (step S28401=NO), the process moves to step S28402.

(Step S28402)
In step S28402, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether "300" ms have elapsed since the notification of hole-con fraud monitoring information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether "300" ms have elapsed since the previous notification of hole-con fraud monitoring information to the lending device 700. If it is determined that "300" ms have passed since the notification of hole-con fraud monitoring information (step S28402=YES), the process moves to step S28403. On the other hand, if it is determined that "300" ms have not elapsed since the notification of hole-con fraud monitoring information (step S28402=NO), the process moves to step S28404.

(Step S28403)
In step S28403, the gaming value CPU 401 performs hole con fraud monitoring information notification processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of notifying the lending device 700 of the hall con fraud monitoring information. When the process of step S28403 is completed, the process moves to step S28404.

(Step S28404)
In step S28404, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the gaming value control board 400 is activated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is activated. If it is determined that it is time to start up the gaming value control board 400 (step S28404=YES), the process moves to step S28406. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time to start the gaming value control board 400 (step S28404=NO), the process moves to step S28405.

(Step S28405)
In step S28405, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether "60" seconds have elapsed since the gaming machine installation information notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether "60" seconds have elapsed since the previous notification of gaming machine installation information to the lending device 700. If it is determined that "60" seconds have passed since the gaming machine installation information notification (step S28405=YES), the process moves to step S28406. On the other hand, if it is determined that "60" seconds have not elapsed since the gaming machine installation information notification (step S28405=NO), the process moves to step S28407.

(Step S28406)
In step S28406, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine installation information notification processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 inputs a main control chip manufacturer code, a main control chip product code, a main control chip ID number, a gaming value chip maker code, a gaming value chip product code, and a gaming value chip ID number. Processing is performed to notify the lending device 700 of gaming machine installation information consisting of the following. When the process of step S28406 is completed, the process moves to step S28407.

(Step S28407)
In step S28407, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the gaming value control board 400 is activated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is activated. If it is determined that it is time to start the gaming value control board 400 (step S28407=YES), the process moves to step S28409. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the time to start up the gaming value control board 400 (step S28407=NO), the process moves to step S28408.

(Step S28408)
In step S28408, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether "180" seconds have elapsed since the gaming machine performance information notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether "180" seconds have passed since the last notification of gaming machine performance information to the lending device 700. If it is determined that "180" seconds have passed since the gaming machine performance information notification (step S28408=YES), the process moves to step S28409. On the other hand, if it is determined that "180" seconds have not elapsed since the gaming machine performance information notification (step S28408=NO), the gaming machine information notification processing subroutine is ended.

(Step S28409)
In step S28409, the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming machine performance information notification processing. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of notifying the lending device 700 of gaming machine performance information. When the process of step S28409 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming machine information notification process is ended.

(Submain processing)
Next, the sub-main processing performed by the sub-control board 300 will be explained using FIG. 74.

(Step S30001)
In step S30001, the sub CPU 301 performs sub initialization processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing such as checking the sub RAM 303 for errors. When the process of step S30001 is completed, the process moves to step S31000.

(Step S31000)
In step S31000, sub CPU 301 performs main control board communication processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 75. When the process of step S31000 is completed, the process moves to step S32000.

(Step S32000)
In step S32000, the sub CPU 301 performs gaming value control board communication processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 77. When the process of step S32000 is completed, the process moves to step S30002.

(Step S30002)
In step S30002, the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of outputting sound from the speaker 29 according to the determined sound data. When the process of step S30002 is completed, the process moves to step S30003.

(Step S30003)
In step S30003, the sub CPU 301 performs lamp control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs lighting control and blinking control of the underframe lamp 28 according to the determined lamp data. When the process of step S30003 is completed, the process moves to step S30004.

(Step S30004)
In step S30004, the sub CPU 301 performs image control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 controls the image display device 27 based on the determined image data. When the process of step S30004 is completed, the process moves to step S30005.

(Step S30005)
In step S30005, the sub CPU 301 performs various switch detection processes. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 executes a predetermined process when the production switch 25sw detects the operation of the production button 25 or when the cross key switch 26sw detects the operation of the cross key 26. When the process of step S30005 is completed, the process moves to step S31000.

(Main control board communication processing)
Next, the main control board communication process performed in step S31000 of the sub-main process will be explained using FIG. 75.

(Step S31001)
In step S31001, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to determine whether a different command has been received. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether the command received from the main control board 100 is different from the previously received command. If it is determined that a different command has been received (step S31001=YES), the process moves to step S31002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a different command has not been received (step S31001=NO), the main control board communication processing subroutine is ended.

(Step S31002)
In step S31002, the sub CPU 301 performs command information storage processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of storing information related to the command received this time in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303. When the process of step S31002 is completed, the process moves to step S31100.

(Step S31100)
In step S31100, the sub CPU 301 performs main subcommand analysis processing, which will be detailed later using FIG. 76. When the process of step S31100 is completed, the subroutine of the main control board communication process is ended.

(Main subcommand analysis processing)
Next, the main subcommand analysis process performed in step S31100 of the main control board communication process will be explained using FIG.

(Step S31101)
In step S31101, the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining the effect to be executed in response to the received command. When the process of step S31101 is completed, the process moves to step S31102.

(Step S31102)
In step S31102, the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining lamp data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S31101. When the process of step S31102 is completed, the process moves to step S31103.

(Step S31103)
In step S31103, the sub CPU 301 performs sound data determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining sound data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S31101. When the process of step S31103 is completed, the process moves to step S31104.

(Step S31104)
In step S31104, the sub CPU 301 performs image data determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S31101. When the processing in step S31104 is completed, the subroutine of the main subcommand analysis processing is ended.

(Game value control board communication processing)
Next, the gaming value control board communication process performed in step S32000 of the sub-main process will be explained using FIG. 77.

(Step S32001)
In step S32001, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to determine whether a different command has been received. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to determine whether the command received from the gaming value control board 400 is different from the previously received command. If it is determined that a different command has been received (step S32001=YES), the process moves to step S32002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a different command has not been received (step S32001=NO), the subroutine of the gaming value control board communication process is ended.

(Step S32002)
In step S32002, the sub CPU 301 performs command information storage processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of storing information related to the command received this time in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303. When the process of step S32002 is completed, the process moves to step S32100.

(Step S32100)
In step S32100, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value subcommand analysis process which will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. When the process of step S32100 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming value control board communication process is ended.

(Game value subcommand analysis processing)
Next, the gaming value subcommand analysis process performed in step S32100 of the gaming value control board communication process will be explained using FIG.

(Step S32101)
In step S32101, the sub CPU 301 performs a gaming value sub effect determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining the effect to be executed in response to the received command. When the process of step S32101 is completed, the process moves to step S32102.

(Step S32102)
In step S32102, the sub CPU 301 performs gaming value lamp data determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining lamp data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S32101. When the process of step S32102 is completed, the process moves to step S32103.

(Step S32103)
In step S32103, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value sound data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining sound data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S32101. When the process of step S32103 is completed, the process moves to step S32104.

(Step S32104)
In step S32104, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value image data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process of step S32101. When the processing in step S32104 is completed, the subroutine of the gaming value subcommand analysis processing is ended.

(Data structure of data communicated between gaming machine 1 and lending device 700)
Next, the data structure of data communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 will be explained using FIG. 79.

FIG. 79(A) is a diagram showing the message range of the “1” frame communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700. Furthermore, when transmitting this message to the lending device 700, it is not divided and transmitted.

The message range of the "1" frame is composed of a message length, a command, a serial number, a data section, and a checksum.

FIG. 79(B) is a diagram showing the details of the “1” frame message communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700.

The "telegram length" of "No. 1" has a data length of "1" byte, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "telegram length" stores the length of the message from the message length to the checksum.

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "command" stores the command code of the message.

The "serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of "1" byte, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "serial number" stores the serial number, counting serial number, and rental serial number. Furthermore, the sequence number range of the "serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "data section" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" to "53" bytes, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "data section" stores the data of the message.

The "checksum" of "No. 5" has a data length of "1" byte, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "checksum" stores the lower "1" byte of the total sum of the data from the message length to the data part.

FIG. 79(C) is a diagram showing the specified transmission time for each message.

The specified transmission time for the "No. 1" gaming machine information notification ("18" to "57" bytes) is within "13.9" ms.

The specified transmission time for the “No. 2” count notification (“7” bytes) is within “5.5” ms.

The specified transmission time for the lending reception result response ("5" bytes) of "No. 3" is within "4.9" ms.

Here, even if the character transmission time is within the specified time, the transmission is completed within the above-mentioned specified transmission time. Further, if the rental device 700 cannot receive each message within the specified transmission time from the start of receiving the message length to the completion of checksum reception, the received data up to that point is discarded.

(List of messages communicated between gaming machine 1 and lending device 700)
Next, a list of messages communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 will be explained using FIG. 80.

FIG. 80(A) shows a list of messages between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700.

The message name “No. 1” “gaming machine information notification” is a message for notifying gaming machine information from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700, and the command is “0x01”. Note that details of the "gaming machine information notification" will be explained using FIG. 80(B).

The message name “No. 2” “Count Notification” is a message for notifying counting information from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700, and the command is “0x02”. Note that details of the "count notification" will be explained using FIG. 82(A).

The message name “No. 3” “Rental Notification” is a message for notifying lending information from the lending device 700 to the gaming machine 1, and the command is “0x13”. Note that details of the "lending notification" will be explained using FIG. 82(B).

The message name “No. 4” “Rental Receipt Result Response” is a message in which the gaming machine 1 responds to the lending device 700 with the result of receiving lending information, and the command is “0x03”. Note that details of the "loan receipt result response" will be explained using FIG. 82(C).

FIG. 80(B) is a diagram showing details of gaming machine information notification.

The "telegram length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "telegram length" is "0x12 to 0x39".

The “command” of “No. 2” has a data length of “1” byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x01".

The "serial number" of "No. 3" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "serial number" is a sequence number in the range of "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "gaming machine type" of "No. 4" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "gaming machine type" is the type of gaming machine 1. Note that the "gaming machine type" will be explained in detail using FIG. 80(C).

The "gaming machine information type" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the contents of the "gaming machine information type" are "0x00 to 0x02". Specifically, "0x00" is "gaming machine performance information", "0x01" is "gaming machine installation information",
"0x02" is "Hole con fraud monitoring information".

The "gaming machine type" of "No. 6" is one of gaming machine performance information, gaming machine installation information, and hall console fraud monitoring information. Here, the "gaming machine performance information" is composed of a data length of "51" bytes, and the contents of the "gaming machine performance information" include the total number of BETs, the total number of awards, MY, etc. Furthermore, the "gaming machine installation information" is composed of a data length of "40" bytes, and the contents of the "gaming machine installation information" include the manufacturer code and product code of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400. , is the chip ID number. In addition, "Hall con fraud monitoring information" is composed of a data length of "12" to "16" bytes, and the contents of "Hole con fraud monitoring information" are "IN", "OUT", "BB". , "RB", "AT", "door open signal", "security signal", etc. Note that the gaming machine information of "No. 6" will be explained in detail using FIG. 81.

Note that the checksum of "No. 7" has a data length of "1" byte.

FIG. 80(C) is a diagram showing a code system for gaming machine types.

The gaming machine type code system is composed of "1" byte, and the "0" bit to "3" bit of the gaming machine type can store information regarding the type of gaming machine 1. Here, if the value of the "0" bit to "3" bit is "0001", it indicates a "Pachinko gaming machine", and the value of the "0" bit to "3" bit is "0001". 0010" indicates a "reel-type gaming machine (slot machine)", and when the value of the "0" to "3" bits is "0011", it indicates an "arranged ball gaming machine". ", and when the value of the "0" bit to "3" bit is "0100", it indicates a "jump ball game machine".

Further, the "4" bit to "6" bit of the gaming machine type can store information regarding the group classification of the association 830 of the gaming machine 1. Here, if the value of the "4th" bit to "6th" bit is "000", it indicates "Group A" which is an organization related to "Pachinko gaming machines", and the value of the "4th" bit to When the value of the "6th" bit is "001", it indicates "Group B", which is a group related to "reel-type gaming machines". Note that the other values ("010" to "111") from the "4th" bit to the "6th" bit are unused.

Further, the "7" bit of the gaming machine type can store information regarding the management medium of the gaming machine 1. Here, if the value of the "7" bit is "0", it is a game ball, and if the value of the "7" bit is "1", it is an electromagnetically stored ball. It has become a game value.

(Game machine information list)
Next, the gaming machine information list will be explained using FIG. 81.

The "total number of BETs" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "total number of BETs" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of BETs (value of gaming value used in the game) accumulated since the power was turned on. Note that the "total number of BETs" in this gaming machine performance information does not include re-gaming.

The "total number of grants" of gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "total number of awards" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of gaming values awarded accumulated since the power was turned on. Note that the "total number of awards" in this gaming machine performance information does not include replays.

"MY" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of "MY" in the gaming machine performance information is the maximum MY calculated after the power is turned on.

The "total number of accessories given" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "total number of accessory objects awarded" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of gaming values awarded due to the operation of accessory objects accumulated since the power was turned on.

The "total number of consecutive accessory items" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "total number of consecutive bonuses awarded" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of game values awarded due to the operation of the first type special bonus accumulated since the power was turned on.

The "accessory ratio" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the content of the "accessory object ratio" of the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the "accessory object ratio" displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that if it is not applicable/the specified number of games has not been reached, it will be "FF (H)".

The "continuous role object ratio" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the content of the "continuous accessory ratio" of the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the "continuous accessory ratio" displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that if it is not applicable/the specified number of games has not been reached, it will be "FF (H)".

The "advantageous section ratio" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the content of the "advantageous section ratio" of the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the "advantageous section ratio" displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that if it is not applicable/the specified number of games has not been reached, it will be "FF (H)". In this embodiment, since it is not applicable, it is "FF(H)".

The "instruction-included accessory ratio" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the content of the “instruction-included accessory ratio” of the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the “instruction-included accessory ratio” displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that if it is not applicable/the specified number of games has not been reached, it will be "FF (H)".

The "Accessories Status Ratio" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the content of the “accessory object status ratio” of the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the “accessory object status ratio” displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that if it is not applicable/the specified number of games has not been reached, it will be "FF (H)".

The "game count" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "2" bytes. Furthermore, the content of "Number of games" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of games accumulated since the power was turned on.

The "spare" gaming machine performance information has a data length of "24" bytes. Specifically, the "reserve" of the gaming machine performance information is "1" byte x "24", and is fixed to "00 (H)" when not in use.

The "first reservation" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes, is used by the lending device 700, and is fixed at "00 (H)". Further, the content of the “first reservation” in the gaming machine performance information is the maximum MY calculated by the lending device 700.

The "second reservation" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "2" bytes, is used by the lending device 700, and is fixed at "00 (H)". Further, the content of the “second reservation” in the gaming machine performance information is the number of games calculated by the lending device 700.

The "main control chip ID number" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "9" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "main control chip ID number" in the gaming machine installation information is the chip ID number of the main control board 100 of the gaming machine 1.

The "main control chip manufacturer code" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "3" bytes. Further, the content of the "main control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information is the manufacturer code written in the management area of the main control board 100.

The "main control chip product code" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "8" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "main control chip product code" in the gaming machine installation information is the product code written in the management area of the main control board 100.

The "gaming value control chip ID number" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "9" bytes. Further, the content of the "gaming value control chip ID number" of the gaming machine installation information is the chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400 of the gaming machine 1. Note that if the gaming value control board 400 is not installed, the value is "0".

The "gaming value control chip manufacturer code" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "3" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the "gaming value control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information is the manufacturer code written in the management area of the gaming value control board 400. Note that if the gaming value control board 400 is not installed, the value is "0".

The "gaming value control chip product code" of the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "8" bytes. Furthermore, the content of the “gaming value control chip product code” in the gaming machine installation information is the product code written in the management area of the gaming value control board 400. Note that if the gaming value control board 400 is not installed, the value is "0".

The "number of gaming values" of the hole game fraud monitoring information has a data length of "3" bytes. Further, the contents of the "Number of gaming values" of the hole con fraud monitoring information are the gaming value values owned by the player (values displayed on the gaming value display 24). Note that the range of data for the "number of game values" is "0x000000 to 0xFF3F00 (0 to 16383)."

The “Number of BETs” in the Hall Con fraud monitoring information has a data length of “1” byte. Further, the content of the “Number of BETs” in the hole con fraud monitoring information is the value of the gaming value that has been bet. Furthermore, the range of data for “Number of BETs” in the hole con fraud monitoring information is “0xFD to 0x03 (“-3” to “3”), and the upper “1” bit is used as a positive/negative sign. . Further, the “Number of BETs” in the hole con fraud monitoring information will be subtracted when the settlement button 8 is operated to perform settlement.

The “number of additions” of the hole-con fraud monitoring information has a data length of “1” byte. Further, the contents of the “number of awards” in the hole winning fraud monitoring information is the value of the gaming value awarded to the player due to winning. Note that the range of data for the “number of grants” of the hole-con fraud monitoring information is “0x00 to 0x0F (“0” to “15”).

The "first control state of the main control board 100" of the hole control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. In addition, the contents of the "first control state of the main control board 100" in the hole control fraud monitoring information have the "0" bit set to "RB" and the "1" bit set to "BB". , the "2" bit is "AT", the "3" bit is the "first gaming machine status signal", and the "4" bit is the "second gaming machine status signal". The "5th" bit is the "third gaming machine status signal" and the "6th" bit is the "fourth gaming machine status signal." Note that the "7" bit of the "first control state of the main control board 100" of the hole-con fraud monitoring information is "unused".

The "second control state of the main control board 100" of the hole control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. Furthermore, in the contents of the "second control state of the main control board 100" of the hall console fraud monitoring information, the "0" bit is the "fifth gaming machine state signal" and the "1" bit is the "second control state of the main control board 100". 6 gaming machine status signal", and the "2nd" bit is the "seventh gaming machine status signal". Note that the "3rd" to "7th" bits of the "second control state of the main control board 100" of the hole control fraud monitoring information are "unused".

The "gaming machine error state" of the hall game fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. Further, the contents of the "gaming machine error state" of the hall console fraud monitoring information include the error code, the type of board, and information regarding notification. Specifically, the "0" to "5" bits of the "gaming machine error state" in the hall console fraud monitoring information are the error code, and the "6" bit is the error code of the board where the error was detected. The "7" bit is information regarding the notification.

More specifically, if the value of the "0" bit to "5" bit of the "gaming machine error state" of the hole con fraud monitoring information is one of "000001" to "111111", an error occurs. This indicates that an error has occurred, and if it is "000000", it indicates that no error has occurred. In addition, if the value of the "6th" bit of the "gaming machine error state" in the Hall Con fraud monitoring information is "0", it indicates the gaming value control board 400, and if it is "1", it indicates the gaming value control board 400. , shows the main control board 100. Additionally, if the value of the 7th bit of the ``gaming machine error status'' in the Hole Con fraud monitoring information is ``0'', it indicates that only an alarm is issued; if it is ``1'', indicates that an alarm is issued and output to the hall computer 801.

The "first fraud information" of the hall con fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. In addition, in the contents of the "first fraud information" of the hall con fraud monitoring information, the "0" bit is a "settings changing signal" and the "1" bit is a "settings confirmation signal". The "2" bit is the "first fraud detection signal", the "3" bit is the "second fraud detection signal", and the "4" bit is the "third fraud detection signal". ”, the “5th” bit is a “security signal”, and the “6th” bit is a “termination signal”. Note that the "7th" bit of the "first fraud information" of the hall con fraud monitoring information is "unused".

The "second fraud information" of the hall con fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. In addition, the contents of the "Second Fraud Information" of the Hall Control Fraud Monitoring Information are such that the "0" bit is the "set door open signal" and the "1" bit is the "door open signal". , the "3rd" bit is "game value number clear detection". In addition, the "2" bit and the "4" to "5" bits of the "second fraud information" of the hole con fraud monitoring information are "unused (use prohibited)" and are "6". The bits from the 7th bit to the 7th bit are “unused”.

(Details of counting notification, loan notification, loan receipt result response)
Next, details of the count notification, lending notification, and lending reception result response will be explained using FIG. 82.

FIG. 82(A) is a message of "count notification" and has a data length of "7" bytes.

The "telegram length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "telegram length" is "0x07".

The “command” of “No. 2” has a data length of “1” byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x02".

The "counting serial number" of "No. 3" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "counting serial number" is a sequence number, and the range of the sequence number of the "counting serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "counted gaming value number" of "No. 4" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the range of the "counted game value number" is "0x00" to "0x32" ("0" to "50").

The "counted cumulative gaming value number" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "2" bytes. Here, the range of the "counted cumulative game value number" is "0x0000" to "0xFFFF" ("0" to "65535").

The "checksum" of "No. 6" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

FIG. 82(B) is a message of "lending notification" and has a data length of "5" bytes.

The "telegram length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "telegram length" is "0x05".

The “command” of “No. 2” has a data length of “1” byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x13".

The "lending serial number" of "No. 3" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "rental serial number" is a sequence number, and the range of the sequence number of the "rental serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "number of loaned gaming values" of "No. 4" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "Number of gaming values lent out" is the number of gaming values lent out. Specifically, the range of the number of loaned game values is "0x00" to "0x32" ("0" to "50").

The "checksum" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

FIG. 82(C) is a message of "loan receipt result response" and has a data length of "5" bytes.

The "telegram length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of "telegram length" is "0x05".

The “command” of “No. 2” has a data length of “1” byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x03".

The "lending serial number" of "No. 3" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "rental serial number" is a sequence number, and the range of the sequence number of the "rental serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

“Result of receipt of number of loaned game values” of “No. 4” is composed of a data length of “1” byte. Here, the content of "receipt result of the number of lent gaming values" is the result of receiving the number of lent gaming values, and if the receiving result of the number of lent gaming values is normal, it will be "0x00", and the lent gaming value will be "0x00". If the result of receiving the number is abnormal, it will be "0x01". Note that if the value is other than "0x00" or "0x01", it will be determined that there is an abnormality.

The "checksum" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

(Basic communication sequence)
Next, the basic communication sequence will be explained using FIG. 83.

First, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (communication serial number = "n") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count within “100” ms (specifically, within the range of “90” ms to “100” ms) after notifying the first message. (Communication serial number = "m") (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (lending serial number = "k") within "170" ms after being notified of the second telegram (third telegram).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response (lending serial number = "k") to the lending device 700 within "10" ms after being notified of the third message (fourth message). Note that if the lending device 700 receives a lending notification within “170” ms, the lending device 700 discards the notified lending notification and does not respond to the lending reception result.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (rental serial number = “n+1”) after a time interval of “20” ms or more after notifying the fourth message (fifth message). telegram). Note that the timing for notifying the fifth message is "300" ms (specifically, in the range of "300" to "310" ms) after notifying the first message.

(Start-up sequence when the gaming machine is started first)
Next, using FIG. 84, a description will be given of the startup sequence when the gaming machine 1 is started first.

First, when the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 are powered off, VL=OFF (not connected) for both. Further, in the lending device 700, PSI (connection confirmation signal) is OFF. Next, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 and the power is turned on, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 are activated. At this time, the lending device 700 has VL=OFF and PSI=OFF until the activation is completed.

Further, when the startup of the gaming machine 1 is completed before the startup of the lending device 700, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (counting serial number=“0”) (second message). Here, gaming machine 1 updates the serial number and notifies gaming machine information to lending device 700, regardless of whether startup of lending device 700 is completed or not. Further, since the lending device 700 is activated, even if the gaming machine 1 notifies the first telegram and the second telegram, it cannot receive them.

Then, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 have VL=ON (connection) and PSI=ON. At this time, in the gaming machine 1, it becomes possible to bet the gaming value, and the counting button 60 becomes valid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n") (third message). At this time, since the lending device 700 has started up, it starts receiving the message notified from the gaming machine 1 and manages it from the notified serial number.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (counting serial number = "m") (fourth message).

(Startup sequence when lending device 700 is started first)
Next, using FIG. 85, a description will be given of the activation sequence when the lending device 700 is activated first.

First, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is OFF and the power of the rental device 700 is turned ON, the rental device 700 is activated. At this time, the lending device 700 has VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. Next, when the startup of the lending device 700 is completed, VL=ON (connection), PSI=ON, and the lending device 700 waits for connection to the gaming machine 1.

Next, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned on and the gaming machine 1 is activated, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 are set to VL=ON (connection) and PSI=ON.

Next, when the startup of the gaming machine 1 is completed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Here, after the gaming machine 1 is powered on, the notification will start from the serial number "0". Further, when the connection with the gaming machine 1 is completed, the lending device 700 starts receiving the message notified from the gaming machine 1, and manages it from the notified serial number.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (counting serial number=“0”) (second message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (counting serial number = "m") (fourth message).

(Sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap)
Next, the sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap will be explained using FIG. 86.

First, when the gaming machine 1 completes startup while the lending device 700 is waiting for connection, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (first message) .

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (second message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (fifth message). Note that the timing for notifying the fifth message is "300" ms after notifying the first message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (sixth telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (seventh message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (9th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) (10th message). Note that the timing for notifying the 10th message is "300" ms after notifying the 6th message, and "60" seconds (specifically, "60" seconds) after notifying the 1st message. to "62" seconds).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) (eleventh message). Here, it is assumed that at the timing of notifying the eleventh message, the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) and the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) overlap. At this time, notification of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) with a high priority is performed. Note that the timing for notifying the eleventh message is "180" seconds after notifying the first message (specifically, in the range of "180" to "186" seconds).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (twelfth message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (13th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (fourteenth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine performance information) (fifteenth telegram). Here, at the timing of notifying the 15th telegram, gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) that could not be notified at the timing of notifying the 11th telegram is performed. Note that the timing for notifying the 15th message is "300" ms after notifying the 11th message.

Here, the gaming machine information notification is sent from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 at a cycle of "300" ms after the gaming machine 1 completes startup.

Furthermore, the gaming machine installation information is notified from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 at a cycle of "60" seconds after the gaming machine 1 completes startup.

In addition, the gaming machine performance information is notified from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 after 180 seconds have passed after the gaming machine 1 has been started, and thereafter from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 at intervals of 60 seconds. 700 will be notified.

In addition, the priority order of the notification conditions of gaming machine information notification (hall con fraud monitoring information), the notification condition of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), and the notification condition of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) The highest priority is gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information), and the first control state of the main control board 100 and the second control state of the main control board 100 (hereinafter, these are collectively referred to as This is the case when there is an update of the "control state of the main control board 100," or when there is gaming information (for example, the value of the betted gaming value, the value given to the gaming value).

The next highest priority is gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), and the next highest priority is gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). Note that the lowest priority is gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) when the control state of the main control board 100 is not updated and there is no gaming information.

(Sequence when hall console fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap)
Next, with reference to FIG. 87, a sequence will be described when the hall console fraud monitoring information and the gaming machine installation information overlap.

First, when the gaming machine 1 completes startup while the lending device 700 is waiting for connection, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (first message) . At this time, it is assumed that the gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) has not updated the control state of the main control board 100 and has no gaming information.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (second message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (fifth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (sixth telegram). Here, it is assumed that at the timing of notifying the sixth telegram, the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) and the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) overlap. At this time, the control state of the main control board 100 having a high priority is updated, or notification of gaming machine information with gaming information (hole console fraud monitoring information) is performed.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (seventh message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (9th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) (10th message). At this time, since priority was given to gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) at the timing of notifying the 6th message, gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) was performed at the timing of notifying the 10th message. That will happen.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (eleventh telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (twelfth message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (13th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (fourteenth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (hole console fraud monitoring information) (fifteenth telegram). Here, it is assumed that at the timing of notifying the 15th telegram, the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) and the timing of notifying gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) overlap. At this time, the control state of the main control board 100 having a high priority is updated, or notification of gaming machine information with gaming information (hole console fraud monitoring information) is performed.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (16th telegram). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (17th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response to the lending device 700 (18th telegram).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine performance information) (19th telegram). At this time, since the timing of notifying the 15th telegram gave priority to the gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information), the timing of notifying the 19th telegram gave priority to the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). That will happen.

(Counting notification sequence)
Next, the count notification sequence will be explained using FIG. 88.

In explaining FIG. 88, it is assumed that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "200" and the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 is "20". Give an explanation.

First, when the count button 60 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message).

Next, within "100" ms after being notified of the first message, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the counting (counting serial number = "m", counting gaming value = "50", counting accumulated gaming value number = “50”) (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Then, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 becomes "20" and "50". The result is added to "70".

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") (fifth message).

Next, within "100" ms after being notified of the fifth message, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+1", count game value = "50", count cumulative game Value number = "100") (6th message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k+1", number of rental game values = "0") (seventh telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response (lending serial number = "k+1", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (eighth telegram). Then, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "150" to become "100", and the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 becomes "70" and "50". The numbers are added to become "120".

Next, after the counting button 60 is released, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") (9th telegram) .

Next, within "100" ms after being notified of the ninth telegram, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+2", count game value = "0", count cumulative game Value number = "100") (10th message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k+2", number of rental game values = "0") (11th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a response to the lending device 700 regarding the rental receipt result (rental serial number = "k+2", rental gaming value number reception result = "normal") (12th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+3", gaming value = "100") (13th telegram).

(Rental notification sequence)
Next, the lending notification sequence will be explained using FIG. 89.

In explaining FIG. 89, it is assumed that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "10" and the value of the gaming value lent from the lending device 700 is "47" when the lending button 80 is operated "1" time. The explanation will be based on the assumption that

First, after the lending button 80 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m", count gaming value = "0", count cumulative gaming value number = "0") (second message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "47") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). As a result, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is added to "10" by "47" to become "57". Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "57") (fifth message).

(Recovery sequence when dedicated IF is disconnected)
Next, using FIG. 90, a description will be given of the recovery sequence when the dedicated IF is disconnected.

In explaining FIG. 90, the explanation will be based on the assumption that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "200".

First, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m", count gaming value = "0", count cumulative gaming value number = "0") (second message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "200") (fifth message).

Here, when disconnection of the dedicated IF is detected, the gaming machine 1 becomes VL=OFF (not connected), and the rental device 700 becomes VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. As a result, the BET operation, MAXBET operation, and counting operation of the gaming machine 1 become invalid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+1", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "0") (sixth telegram). At this time, since the counting operation is disabled, the counted game value becomes "0".

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "200") (seventh message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+2", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "0") (eighth telegram). Here, since the lending device 700 is being activated, the sixth to eighth messages cannot be received.

Then, when the dedicated IF is restored, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 have VL=ON and PSI=ON. Then, when VL=ON, the lending device 700 checks the dedicated IF connection status. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 1, when VL=ON, the BET operation, MAXBET operation, and counting operation become valid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+3", gaming value = "200") (9th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+3", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "0") (10th telegram).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "0", number of rental game values = "0") (11th telegram). Here, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of the lending serial number=“0” when the connection between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 starts.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a response to the rental receipt result to the rental device 700 (lending serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "abnormal") (twelfth telegram).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+4", gaming value = "200") (13th telegram). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+4", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "0") (14th telegram). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k+1", number of rental game values = "0") (15th telegram). Here, the lending serial number of the lending receipt result response is updated.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a response to the lending device 700 regarding the rental receipt result (rental serial number = "k+1", rental gaming value number reception result = "normal") (16th telegram).

(Communication error sequence during counting)
Next, the communication abnormality sequence during counting will be explained using FIG. 91.

In explaining FIG. 91, it is assumed that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "200" and the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 is "20". Give an explanation.

First, when the count button 60 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = “m”, count game value = “50”, count cumulative game value number = “50”) (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Then, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 becomes "20" and "50". The result is added to "70".

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") (fifth message). Next, within "100" ms after being notified of the fifth message, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+1", count game value = "50", count cumulative game Value number = "100") (6th message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") (seventh message). Here, the lending device 700 detects a communication abnormality in gaming machine information notification, and after a maximum of "300" ms, VL=OFF and PSI=OFF. At this time, the gaming machine 1 becomes VL=OFF, and the BET operation, MAXBET operation, and counting operation become invalid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+2", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "100") (eighth telegram). Here, since the counting operation is disabled, "0" is transmitted as the counted game value.

The rental device 700 then waits for recovery. Here, in the lending device 700, VL=ON after error recovery is performed.

(Communication error sequence during lending)
Next, using FIG. 92, a communication abnormality sequence at the time of lending will be explained.

In explaining FIG. 92, it is assumed that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "10" and the value of the gaming value lent from the lending device 700 is "47" when the lending button 80 is operated "1" time. The explanation will be based on the assumption that

First, after the lending button 80 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m", count gaming value = "0", count cumulative gaming value number = "0") (second message). Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "47") (third message). Then, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is added to "10" by "47" to become "57".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Since the lending device 700 has not been able to receive the lending reception result response from the gaming machine 1, it determines that the lending is not completed.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "57") (fifth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of the count (count serial number = "m+1", count game value = "0", count cumulative game value number = "0") (sixth telegram).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "47") (seventh telegram). Here, since the lending device 700 is uncertain whether the previously notified lending notification has reached the gaming machine 1, it will resend it.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending reception result response (lending serial number = "k", rental game value number reception result = "abnormal") to the lending device 700 (eighth telegram). Here, the gaming machine 1 checks the continuity of the rental serial numbers in the rental notice, and responds with an abnormality if the rental serial numbers are not consecutive. Then, when the lending device 700 receives a lending reception result response from the gaming machine 1, if the previous lending serial numbers match, the lending device 700 determines that the lending notification has arrived at the gaming machine 1, and completes the lending of the gaming value. It is supposed to be done.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the lending device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "57") (9th telegram).

(Priority list of events)
Next, the event priority list will be explained using FIG. 93.

As shown in FIG. 93, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment has a priority order, a name of an event that can occur in the gaming machine 1, a start (occurrence) condition, and an end (cancellation) condition for this event. ing. Therefore, each event will be specifically explained below.

Note that the "event" includes not only errors but also non-errors such as completion of the game value counting process and the fact that the game value is being counted. Also, priority "1", priority "7", priority "16", priority "22", priority "23", priority "24", and priority "27". , the explanation will be omitted.

(Currently changing settings)
The setting being changed means that the setting value is being changed, and the priority is "2".

(Start (occurrence) condition while changing settings)
The start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is that the setting key switch 43sw is ON when the gaming machine 1 is powered on. Specifically, first, the front door 3 is opened while power is not being supplied to the gaming machine 1. Next, after exposing the setting door 42, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43, and the setting key is rotated by a predetermined angle. Then, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change are satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions while changing settings)
Further, the condition for ending (cancelling) the setting change is that the setting key switch 43sw is turned from ON to OFF. Specifically, after the settings are being changed, the setting key inserted into the setting keyhole 43 is rotated by a predetermined angle, thereby turning the setting key switch 43sw from ON to OFF. This satisfies the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change.

(Setting change device operation error)
The setting change device operation abnormality error is an error that occurs when the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door opening/closing sensor 14s is OFF, and has a priority of "3".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of setting change device operation abnormality error)
The conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device operation abnormality error are that the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door opening/closing sensor 14s is OFF. Specifically, the setting value is changed when the setting key switch 43sw is turned on when the power button 50 is operated with the front door 3 open. Therefore, if the setting key switch 43sw is ON while the front door 3 is closed, there is a possibility that the setting value has been changed illegally, and a setting change device malfunction error has started ( (occurrence) condition is met.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for setting change device operation abnormality error)
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are that a setting change has been made, a reset start, or a predetermined period of time has passed since the setting change device operation abnormality error occurred. .

Specifically, when a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened, and the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by turning on the power button 50 and turning off the setting key switch 43sw, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal operation error of the setting change device are satisfied.

Further, when a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power supply button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. Since this causes a reset start, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied.

Further, when "60" seconds have elapsed since the occurrence of the setting change device abnormal operation error, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device abnormal operation error is satisfied.

(Displaying setting confirmation)
During the setting confirmation display, the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and the priority level is "4".

(Start (occurrence) condition during setting confirmation display)
The start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 43sw is turned on. Specifically, first, the front door 3 is opened while power is being supplied to the gaming machine 1, and the setting door 42 is exposed. Next, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated by a predetermined angle. As a result, the setting key switch 43sw is turned on, and the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting confirmation display are satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions during setting confirmation display)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 43sw changes from ON to OFF. Specifically, during the setting confirmation display, the setting key switch 43sw is turned OFF by rotating the setting key by a predetermined angle. As a result, the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting confirmation display are satisfied.

(Internal communication error in gaming machine (main control notification TO))
The gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is detected. This is an error that occurs when a predetermined command is not received from the main control board 100 for a predetermined period of time, and has a priority of "5."

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of communication error within gaming machine (main control notification TO))
The start (occurrence) condition for an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is that the gaming value control board 400 does not receive the startup command from the main control board 100 for a predetermined period of time (in this embodiment, "3" minutes). Either the game value control board 400 did not receive the main periodic command from the main control board 100 for a predetermined period of time (in this embodiment, "1" second).

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO))
The termination (cancellation) condition for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is that the gaming value control board 400 receives a startup command from the main control board 100, or that the gaming value control board 400 receives a startup command from the main control board 100. Either the main periodic command has been received.

Specifically, after the gaming value control board 400 does not receive a startup command from the main control board 100 for "3" minutes and an internal communication error (main control notification TO) occurs, the gaming value control board 400 When the startup command is received from the main control board 100, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied.

In addition, after the gaming value control board 400 does not receive the main regular command from the main control board 100 for "1" seconds and an error occurs in the communication within the gaming machine (main control notification TO), the gaming value control board 400 When the main periodic command is received from 100, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied.

(Internal communication error in gaming machine (main stop))
The gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is detected, and has a priority of "6".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine)
The start (occurrence) condition for the abnormal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine is that a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is detected.

Specifically, after transmitting the automatic input number command from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3002), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3003=NO), the game The conditions for starting (occurring) an in-flight communication error (main stop) are met.

Furthermore, after sending the settlement command from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3008), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3009=NO), an internal communication error within the gaming machine ( The start (occurrence) conditions for (main stop) are met.

Furthermore, after transmitting the BET command from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3013), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3014=NO), an internal communication error within the gaming machine ( The start (occurrence) conditions for (main stop) are met.

Similarly, after transmitting the MAXBET command from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3018), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3019=NO), an internal communication error occurs within the gaming machine. The start (occurrence) conditions for (main stop) are satisfied.

Further, after sending the push order command from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400 (step S5011), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S5012 = NO), an error occurs in the communication within the gaming machine. The start (occurrence) conditions for (main stop) are satisfied.

Furthermore, after the main control board 100 sends the gaming value granting command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S9002), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S9003=NO), there is an error in the communication within the gaming machine. The start (occurrence) conditions for an error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of communication error within gaming machine (main stop))
The condition for terminating (cancelling) the internal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine is to operate the reset button 41 after removing the cause of the error (specifically, after receiving the above-mentioned response from the gaming value control board 400). This indicates that a change has been made, a setting change has been made, or a reset start has been performed.

(Error reaching number of game values (main stop))
The game value number reaching error (main stop) is an error that occurs when the game value owned by the player reaches "16,369" or more, and has a priority of "8".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of game value reaching error (main stop))
The condition for starting (occurring) the game value number reaching error (main stop) is that the game value owned by the player becomes "16,369" or more. Specifically, when the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "16,369" or more (step S22510=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) the number of gaming values reaching error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of game values reached error (main stop))
The condition for ending (cancelling) the number of game value reaching error (main stop) is that after the cause of the error is removed (specifically, the count button 60 is operated, the game value owned by the player is counted. (in other words, the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa became less than "16,369" by operating the counting button 60), operating the reset button 41 and changing the settings. Either that has been done, or that it is a reset start. Furthermore, even if the door key (not shown) is inserted into the door keyhole 5 and rotated counterclockwise by a predetermined angle after the cause of the error has been removed, the number of game value reached error (main stop) will end. (Cancellation) Conditions will be met.

(Rental device communication no response error (main stop))
The lending device communication non-response error (main stop) is an error that occurs when a communication non-response between the gaming value control board 400 and the lending device 700 is detected, and has a priority of “9”.

(Start (occurrence) conditions for rental device communication no response error (main stop))
The condition for the start (occurrence) of the lending device communication no response error (main stop) is the detection of a communication no response between the gaming value control board 400 and the lending device 700. Specifically, if the gaming value control board 400 does not receive the rental device regular command sent periodically from the rental device 700 for a predetermined period of time (step S21002 = YES), a rental device communication non-response error (main stop) occurs. ) is satisfied.

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of rental device communication no response error (main stop))
The condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) is to change the setting value after removing the cause of the error (specifically, after receiving the rental device regular command from the rental device 700). either to do so, or to do a reset start.

Specifically, if the gaming value control board 400 receives a lending device periodic command from the lending device 700 while a lending device communication no response error (main stop) occurs, the lending device communication no response error (main stop) occurs. ) are satisfied.

Further, when a lending device communication no-response error (main stop) occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power supply button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43, the setting key is rotated by a predetermined angle, and the power is turned on. The button 50 is operated to turn on the power. As a result, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the lending device communication no response error (main stop) is satisfied.

Further, when a lending device communication no-response error (main stop) occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power supply button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. This results in a reset start, so the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the lending device communication no-response error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Rental device not connected error (main stop))
The rental device disconnection error (main stop) is an error that occurs when disconnection with the rental device 700 is detected, and has a priority of "10."

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of rental device unconnected error (main stop))
The condition for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is that the disconnection between the gaming value control board 400 and the rental device 700 is detected. Specifically, when the gaming value CPU 401 detects the VL disconnection with the lending device 700 (step S21005=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) the lending device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of rental device not connected error (main stop))
The condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is to remove the cause of the error, change the setting value, or perform a reset start.

Specifically, if the gaming value CPU 401 detects a VL connection with the lending device 700 when a lending device unconnected error (main stop) occurs, the end of the lending device not connected error (main stop) occurs. (cancellation) conditions are met.

Further, when a rental device disconnection error (main stop) occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power supply button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43. Rotate the angle. Next, the settings are changed by turning on the power button 50. As a result, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is satisfied.

Further, when a rental device disconnection error (main stop) occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power supply button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. This results in a reset start, so the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Clear number of game values)
Clearing the number of game values means clearing the game values owned by the player, and has a priority of "11".

(Starting (occurrence) conditions for clearing the number of game values)
The start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of game values is that the number of game value clear switch 61sw is turned on when the power is turned on. Specifically, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 (step S20001=NO), if the number of game values clear button 61 is operated (step S20012=YES), the number of game values clearing starts (occurrence). ) condition is satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for clearing the number of game values)
The termination (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is that a predetermined time has elapsed. Note that when "5" seconds have elapsed since the number of game values was cleared, the notification of the number of game values cleared ends. Note that during this "5" seconds, a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared", which will be described later, is output.

(Specific setting value confirmed)
The determination of the specific setting value means that the setting value is determined to be a specific setting value (for example, setting "0"), and has a priority order of "12".

(Start (occurrence) conditions for determining specific setting values)
The start (occurrence) condition for determining the specific setting value is that the setting change is completed with the setting "0". Specifically, when the set value set in the register is "0", the start lever 9 is operated (step S109=YES) and the setting key switch 43sw is turned off (step S110=YES). As a result, the start (occurrence) conditions for determining the specific setting value are satisfied.

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of specific setting value confirmation)
The condition for terminating (cancelling) the determination of the specific setting value is that a predetermined period of time has elapsed. That is, when "2" seconds have elapsed after the set value is determined to be "0", the notification of the determination of the specific set value ends. In addition, during this "2" seconds, the "setting" was changed to "0", which will be described later. ” is completed.

(Door open error (main stop))
The door opening error (main stop) is an error that occurs when the front door 3 is opened, and has a priority of "13".

(Start (occurrence) conditions for door open error (main stop))
The condition for starting (occurring) a door open error (main stop) is that the front door 3 is opened. Specifically, when the door opening/closing sensor 14s is turned ON (step S2011=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for door open error (main stop))
The conditions for the start (occurrence) of the door open error (main stop) are that the reset button 41 was operated while the door open/close sensor 14s was ON, and that the set value was changed while the door open/close sensor 14s was ON. This means that a reset start was started, and that the door key was turned counterclockwise while the door opening/closing sensor 14s was in the OFF state.

Specifically, after a door open error (main stop) occurs, if the reset switch 41sw detects the operation of the reset button 41 while the door open/close sensor 14s is ON, the door open error (main stop) ends. (Cancellation) conditions are met.

Further, when a door open error (main stop) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (main stop) are satisfied.

Further, when a door open error (main stop) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. This results in a reset start, so the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (main stop) are satisfied.

(Reset start)
Reset start means that a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 is cleared when the power is turned on, and has a priority of "14".

(Reset start start (occurrence) conditions)
The conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are that the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON, the setting key switch 43sw is OFF, and the reset switch 41sw is ON when the power is turned on. Specifically, the gaming machine 1 is powered on (step S1=NO), the setting key switch 43sw is OFF (step S4=NO), the front door 3 is open (step S8=YES), When the reset switch 41sw is ON (step S13=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are satisfied.

(Reset start termination (cancellation) conditions)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the reset start is that a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the reset start. Note that when "30" seconds have elapsed after the main control board 100 performs the reset start command transmission process (step S14) and the sub control board 300 receives the reset start command, the notification of the reset start ends.

(Communication error within gaming machine (constant monitoring))
The gaming machine communication abnormality error (constantly monitored) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is detected, and has a priority of "15".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine)
The condition for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is that a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 is detected. Specifically, if it is determined by the main interrupt error check process (see FIG. 58) that is performed at predetermined intervals that there is an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) (step S15101=YES), The conditions for starting (occurring) a communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

(Condition for termination (cancellation) of abnormal communication error in gaming machine (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are that a predetermined time has passed, that a main stop error has started, that a setting has been changed, or that a reset start has been performed. be.

Specifically, when "300" seconds have elapsed since the occurrence of the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring), the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Additionally, when there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring), the number of game values reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), door open error. (main stop) occurs, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Furthermore, when an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constantly monitored) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. Since this causes a reset start, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

(Error reaching the number of game values (constant monitoring))
The game value number reaching error (constantly monitored) is an error that occurs when the game value owned by the player reaches "16,369" or more, and has a priority of "17".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of game value reaching error (constant monitoring))
The condition for starting (occurring) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is that the game value owned by the player becomes "16,369" or more. Specifically, when the value of the game value storage area 403aa becomes "16,369" or more (step S28201=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of game value reached error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value reaching error (constant monitoring) are that a predetermined time has passed, that the main stop error has started, that a setting change has been made, that a reset start has been performed, or that the cancellation function If it is operating, it means that the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when "300" seconds have elapsed since the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the number of gaming value reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when the number of game values reached error (constant monitoring), the number of game values reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), door open error. (main stop) occurs, the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Furthermore, when a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for ending (cancelling) the gaming value number attainment error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. This causes a reset start, so the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

In addition, if there is an error in reaching the number of playing values (constant monitoring) and the termination function is activated, when the cause of the error is removed, the error in reaching the number of playing values (constant monitoring) will end ( (cancellation) conditions are met.

(Rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring))
The lending device communication non-response error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when a communication non-response between the gaming value control board 400 and the lending device 700 is detected, and has a priority of "18".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring))
The condition for starting (occurring) the lending device communication non-response error (constant monitoring) is detecting the communication non-response between the gaming value control board 400 and the lending device 700. Specifically, if the gaming value control board 400 does not receive a response from the lending device 700 for a predetermined period of time (step S28306=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) the lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. Ru.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions of rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are that a predetermined time has elapsed, that a main stop error has started, that a setting change has been made, that a reset start has occurred, or that the device has been discontinued. If the function is operating, it means that the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when "300" seconds have passed since the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) occurs, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when there is a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring), the number of game values reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), door open When any of the errors (main stop) occurs, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

Further, when a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when a lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. Since this causes a reset start, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the lending device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, if there is a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) and the abort function is activated, the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) will occur if the cause of the error is removed. Termination (cancellation) conditions are met.

(Rental device not connected error (constant monitoring))
The rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when disconnection with the rental device 700 is detected, and has a priority of "19."

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring))
The condition for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is the detection of disconnection between the gaming value control board 400 and the rental device 700. Specifically, when the gaming value CPU 401 detects the VL disconnection with the rental device 700 (step S28204=YES), the conditions for starting (occurrence) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are that a predetermined time has elapsed, that the main stop error has started, that settings have been changed, that a reset start has been performed, or that the termination function If it is operating, it means that the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when "300" seconds have passed since the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) occurs, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when the rental device is not connected error (constant monitoring), the number of game values reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), door open error (main stop) occurs, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

Further, when a lending device disconnection error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. Since this causes a reset start, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, if there is a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) and the termination function is activated, the termination of the rental device disconnection error (continuous monitoring) will occur when the cause of the error is removed. (cancellation) conditions are met.

(Door open error (constant monitoring))
The door open error (constantly monitored) is an error that occurs when the front door 3 is opened, and has a priority of "20".

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of door open error (constant monitoring))
The condition for starting (occurring) a door open error (constant monitoring) is that the front door 3 is opened. Specifically, when the door opening/closing sensor 14s is turned on (step S15103=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for door open error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are that a predetermined time has passed, that a main stop error has started, that a setting change has been made, that a reset start has occurred, or that the stop function is activated. If so, it means that the door opening/closing sensor 14s is turned off.

Specifically, when "300" seconds have passed since the door opening error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door opening error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when there is a door open error (constant monitoring), the number of game values reached error (main stop), rental device communication no response error (main stop), rental device not connected error (main stop), door open error (main stop) If any of the above (stop) occurs, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when a door opening error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

Further, when a door opening error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is first stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. Since this causes a reset start, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied.

In addition, when there is a door open error (constant monitoring) and the stop function is activated, the door open error (constant monitoring) is terminated (cancelled) when the door open/close sensor 14s turns OFF. ) condition is satisfied.

(stopping function)
The stoppage function is a function that stops the game when the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more. Further, the priority of the stop function is "21".

(Start (operation) conditions of stop function)
The condition for starting (activating) the stoppage function is that the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. Specifically, when the value of the abort MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more (step S14107=YES), the abort flag is turned ON (step S14108), and the conditions for starting (occurring) the abort function are satisfied. .

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for termination function)
The termination (cancellation) condition for the abort function is either a setting change or a reset start.

Specifically, when the stop function is activated, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and turned by a predetermined angle. Next, by performing a power-on operation of the power button 50, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abort function are satisfied.

Further, when the stop function is operating, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, while the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while the reset button 41 is being operated. This results in a reset start, so the conditions for termination (cancellation) of the abort function are satisfied.

(Counting process completed)
Completion of the counting process means that the counting of game values has been completed, and the priority is "25".

(Start (occurrence) condition for completion of counting process)
The conditions for the start (occurrence) of the completion of the counting process are that the count exceeds ``50'' and the game value owned by the player becomes ``0'', or the count exceeds ``50'' and the count process is in progress. Either it ended with the passage of time.

Specifically, the count button 60 is operated (step S28301=YES), the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by "50" (step S28311), and the gaming value is transferred to the lending device 700 (step S28312). ), when the gaming value less than "50" is transferred to the lending device 700 (step S28314) and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "0" (step S28315), the completion of the counting process starts (occurs). The condition is met.

Further, after the counting button 60 is operated (step S28301=YES), the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by "50" (step S28311), and the information regarding the counted gaming value is transferred to the lending device 700 ( In step S28312), when the counting of gaming values ends due to the passage of time, the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions for completion of counting process)
The termination (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is that a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the completion of the counting process. Specifically, when "2" seconds have passed after the counting process is completed, the condition for ending (cancelling) the completion of the counting process is satisfied. Note that during this "2" seconds, the output of the voice "Counting process has been completed", which will be described later, is completed.

(Counting in progress)
During the counting process, the game value owned by the player is being counted, and the priority is "26".

(Start (occurrence) condition during counting process)
The start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is that the counting switch 60sw is turned on. Specifically, the operation of the counting button 60 is detected by the counting switch 60sw (step S28301=YES).

(Termination (cancellation) conditions during counting process)
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the counting process are that a predetermined time has elapsed or that a counting completion command has been received. Specifically, when "0.5" seconds elapse after the counting button 60 is operated, the condition for ending (cancelling) the counting process is satisfied. Note that during this "0.5" second, the output of the voice "Counting processing in progress", which will be described later, is completed.

Further, when the counting completion command is received from the lending device 700 (step S28316), the conditions for ending (cancelling) the counting process are satisfied.

(Before reaching the gaming value number)
Before the number of gaming values is reached, the gaming value owned by the player is "15,000" or more and less than "16,369", and no priority order is set.

(Start (occurrence) condition before reaching the number of game values)
The start (occurrence) condition before reaching the number of gaming values is that the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa is greater than or equal to "15,000" and less than "16,369". Specifically, it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more (step S22509=YES), and it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is not "16,369" or more. In this case (step S22510=NO), the start (occurrence) condition before the number of gaming values is reached is satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions before reaching the number of game values)
The termination (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is reached is that the value of the game value storage area 403aa becomes less than "15,000", or the value of the game value storage area 403aa becomes "16,369" or more. Either of these things.

Specifically, the count button 60 is operated (step S28301=YES), the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is subtracted by the gaming value subtraction process (step S28311), and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "15,000. '', the termination (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is reached is satisfied.

Further, after "3" is subtracted from the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa by the MAXBET subtraction process (step S22409), if the award value is "0" without winning (step S22502=YES), the game If it is determined that the value in the value storage area 403aa is not greater than "15,000" (step S22509=NO), the termination (cancellation) condition before the number of gaming values is reached is satisfied.

In addition, when a winning is established and the gaming value storage area 403aa is incremented by 1 (step S22503), and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes 16,369 or more (step S22510=YES), The termination (cancellation) condition before reaching the value number is satisfied.

(Game value calculation)
Settlement of the number of gaming values is to settle the betted gaming values, and no priority is set.

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of game value settlement)
The condition for starting (occurring) the settlement of the number of game values is that the settlement switch 8sw is turned on. Specifically, when the settlement button 8 is operated and the settlement switch 8sw is turned on (step S3006=YES), the conditions for starting (occurring) the settlement of the number of game values are satisfied.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) of game value settlement)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the settlement of the number of game values is that a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, when "2" seconds have elapsed since the settlement button 8 was operated, the conditions for ending (cancelling) the settlement of the number of game values are satisfied. Note that the output of the "payment sound", which will be described later, is completed during this "2" seconds.

(Advance notice of discontinuation)
The discontinuation advance notification is a notification performed when the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value, and no priority is set.

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of advance notice of discontinuation)
The condition for starting (occurring) the prior notification of cancellation is that the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 becomes "18,500" or more. Specifically, when a winning is established, the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is updated (step S14103), and when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500" (step S14006=YES) , the conditions for starting (occurring) advance notification of discontinuation are satisfied.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) of advance notice of discontinuation)
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the prior notification of discontinuation are that the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba becomes less than "18,450" or the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more. be.

Specifically, for example, when the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is "18,500", the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is subtracted (step S14103), and the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is subtracted because the winning is not established. When the value of the MY counter 103ba becomes less than "18,450", the termination (cancellation) condition for the prior discontinuation notification is satisfied.

Further, for example, when the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is "18,990", the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is added due to winning (step S14103), and the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is added. When the number exceeds "19,000" (step S14008=YES), the conditions for ending (cancelling) the discontinuation advance notification are satisfied.

(Canceled standby notification)
The cancellation standby notification is a notification performed when the cancellation function is activated at the end of the "bonus", and no priority is set.

(Conditions for starting (occurrence) of suspension standby notification)
The start (occurrence) condition for the cancellation standby notification is that the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is greater than or equal to a predetermined value when a "bonus" is won, or the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is a predetermined value in the bonus activation state. That's all for now.

Specifically, when the sum of the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation when the bonus is won and the expected acquisition value in the bonus activation state is "19,000" or more, the condition for starting (occurring) the cancellation standby notification is set. is satisfied. For example, if the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba is "18,990" when a "bonus" is won, the sum with the expected acquisition value in the bonus activation state will be "19,000" or more. The conditions for starting (occurring) the suspension standby notification are satisfied.

Further, in the bonus operating state, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for termination becomes "19,000" or more, the condition for starting (occurring) the termination standby notification is satisfied.

(Termination (cancellation) conditions of suspension standby notification)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the suspension standby notification is that the bonus operating state ends. Specifically, when the bonus operating state ends (step S12016=YES), the value of the gaming state storage area 103ak is initialized by the bonus end RAM initialization process, and the normal gaming state is entered (step S12017). Since the current gaming state is a normal gaming state, it is not a bonus activation state (step S14001=NO), and the cancellation flag is ON (step S14002=YES), so a cancellation process is performed (step S14005). ), the conditions for ending (cancelling) the suspension standby notification are satisfied.

Here, to explain the priority order of each event mentioned above, the smaller the priority value, the higher the priority order. For example, during a setting change with priority "2", the priority is higher than a setting change device malfunction error with priority "3".

Furthermore, events for which a priority order has been set have a higher priority than events for which no priority order has been set. For example, while the setting of priority "2" is being changed, the priority is higher than the game value settlement for which no priority is set.

Incidentally, there is no particular priority order for each of the events for which no priority order is set, but a priority order may be set.

Here, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clearing the number of game values" and the priority order of "settings changing" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "settings changing" is "2". In other words, the priority of "Settings changing" is higher than the priority of "Number of gaming values cleared". For this reason, "settings being changed" will be given priority in notification over "game value number cleared".

Specifically, when the front door 3 is open, if you turn the setting key by a predetermined angle and operate the power button 50 while operating the number of game values clear button 61, the "clear number of game values" The start (occurrence) condition and the start (occurrence) condition of "settings changing" are satisfied. At this time, since the priority of "settings changing" is higher than "game value number clear", notification of "settings changing" will be given priority.

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "settings being changed". In this case, "game value number cleared" will be given priority over "settings being changed".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "setting confirmation display" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "setting confirmation display" is "4". That is, the priority of "Setting confirmation display in progress" is higher than the priority of "Number of gaming values cleared". Therefore, "Setting confirmation display in progress" will be given priority in notification over "Game value number cleared".

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "setting confirmation display". In this case, "game value number cleared" will be given priority over "setting confirmation display in progress".

Here, "settings being changed" and "settings confirmation display being displayed" have a higher priority than "clearing the number of game values." That is, "Settings being changed" and "Settings confirmation display in progress" are notified with priority over "Number of gaming values cleared".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" is "5". That is, the priority of "internal communication error in gaming machine (main control notification TO)" is higher than the priority of "clear number of gaming values". For this reason, "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" will be given priority over "gaming value number clear".

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of gaming values" may be higher than the priority of "internal communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)". In this case, "gaming value number clear" will be given priority over "gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" to be notified.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "internal communication error (main stop)" is "6". That is, the priority of "internal communication error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clear the number of game values". For this reason, ``intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop)'' will be given priority over ``game value number clear''.

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while operating the number of game value clear button 61 and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, a communication abnormality occurs between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. When this is detected, the start (occurrence) condition of "game value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition of "internal communication abnormality error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "internal communication abnormality error (main stop)" which has a higher priority than "game value number clear" is performed.

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of gaming values" may be higher than the priority of "internal communication error (main stop)". In this case, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop)".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" is "15". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)". Therefore, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)".

Note that the priority of "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" may be set higher than the priority of "clearing the number of game values". In this case, ``intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)'' will be given priority over ``clearing the number of game values''.

Further, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "lending device communication no response error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "lending device communication no response error (main stop)" is "9". That is, the priority of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clear number of game values". Therefore, "lending device communication non-response error (main stop)" will be given priority in notification over "game value number clear".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while operating the number of game value clear button 61 and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, a communication abnormality between the game value control board 400 and the lending device 700 is detected. If detected, the start (occurrence) condition of "number of game values cleared" and the start (occurrence) condition of "lending device communication no response error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "rental device communication non-response error (main stop)" which has a higher priority than "game value number clear" is performed.

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "lending device communication no response error (main stop)". In this case, "game value number cleared" will be given priority over "rental device communication non-response error (main stop)" to be notified.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" is "18". That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring)". Therefore, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)".

Note that the priority of "lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of "clearing the number of game values". In this case, "lending device communication non-response error (constant monitoring)" will be notified with priority over "game value number clear".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "rental device disconnection error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "lending device disconnection error (main stop)" is "10". That is, the priority of "rental device disconnection error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clear number of game values". Therefore, "lending device disconnection error (main stop)" will be given priority over "game value clear".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while operating the number of game value clear button 61 and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the disconnection between the game value control board 400 and the lending device 700 is detected. If detected, the start (occurrence) condition of "number of game values cleared" and the start (occurrence) condition of "rental device disconnection error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "lending device disconnection error (main stop)" which has a higher priority than "clearing the number of game values" is performed.

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "lending device disconnection error (main stop)". In this case, "game value number cleared" will be given priority over "rental device unconnected error (main stop)".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "lending device disconnection error (constant monitoring)" is "19". That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring)". Therefore, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring)".

Note that the priority of "lending device disconnection error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of "clearing the number of game values". In this case, "lending device disconnection error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over "game value number cleared".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "door open error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "door open error (main stop)" is "13". That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "door open error (main stop)". Therefore, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "door open error (main stop)".

Note that the priority of "door opening error (main stop)" may be higher than the priority of "clearing the number of game values". In this case, ``door opening error (main stop)'' will be given priority over ``game value number clear''.

Similarly, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "door open error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "door open error (constant monitoring)" is "20". That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "door open error (constant monitoring)". Therefore, "game value number cleared" will be given priority in notification over "door open error (constant monitoring)".

Note that the priority of "door open error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of "clear the number of game values". In this case, "door open error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority in notification over "game value number cleared".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of game values" and the priority order of "reset start" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "reset start" is "14". That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "reset start". For this reason, "game value number clear" will be given priority over "reset start" in notification.

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while operating the number of game values clear button 61 and the reset button 41 and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, "clearing the number of game values" starts (occurs). ) condition and the start (occurrence) condition of "reset start" are satisfied. In this case, the notification of "game value number clear" which has a higher priority than "reset start" is performed.

Note that the priority of "reset start" may be higher than the priority of "clear the number of game values." In this case, "reset start" will be notified with priority over "game value number clear".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of "clear the number of gaming values" and the priority order of "settle the number of gaming values" are different. Specifically, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is "11", and the priority of "settle the number of game values" is not defined. That is, the priority of "clear the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "settle the number of game values". For this reason, "game value number clear" will be given priority over "game value number settlement" to be notified.

Note that the priority of "Settlement of number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "Clear number of game values". In this case, "game value number settlement" will be given priority over "game value number clear".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of "game value number clear" and the priority order of "game value number reaching error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "game value number clear" is "11", and the priority of "game value number reached error (main stop)" is "8". That is, the priority of "game value number reaching error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "game value number clear". Therefore, "game value number reaching error (main stop)" will be given priority over "game value number clear".

Specifically, after the gaming machine 1 is powered off while the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more, the power button 50 is operated while operating the gaming value number clear button 61. , when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the start (occurrence) condition of "number of game values cleared" and the start (occurrence) condition of "number of game values reached error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "game value number reaching error (main stop)" which has a higher priority than "game value number clear" is performed.

Note that the priority of "clearing the number of game values" may be higher than the priority of "number of game values reached error (main stop)". In this case, ``game value number clear'' will be given priority over ``game value number reaching error (main stop)''.

Further, in this embodiment, the priority order of "game value number clear" and the priority order of "game value number attainment error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority order of "game value number clear" is "11", and the priority order of "game value number attainment error (constant monitoring)" is "17". That is, the priority order of "game value number clear" is higher than the priority order of "game value number reaching error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "game value number clear" will be given priority and notification over "game value number reaching error (constant monitoring)".

It should be noted that the priority of "game value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of "game value number clear". In this case, "game value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over "game value number cleared".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of "settings changing" are different. Specifically, the priority of "stopping function" is "21", and the priority of "settings changing" is "2". That is, the priority of "Settings changing" is higher than the priority of "Cancellation function". For this reason, "Settings are being changed" will be notified with priority over activation of the "Cancellation function".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more. In this case, the start (activation) conditions for the "stopping function" and the start (occurrence) conditions for "settings changing" are satisfied. In this case, notification of "Settings being changed" which has a higher priority than "Cancellation function" is performed.

Note that the priority of the "stopping function" may be higher than the priority of "settings changing". In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over "settings being changed".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of the "stop function" and the priority order of "setting confirmation display" are different. Specifically, the priority of "stop function" is "21", and the priority of "setting confirmation display" is "4". That is, the priority of "Setting confirmation display in progress" is higher than the priority of "Cancellation function". For this reason, "Setting confirmation display in progress" will be given priority in notification over activation of the "Cancellation function".

Note that the priority of the "stopping function" may be higher than the priority of "setting confirmation display". In this case, the operation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over "Setting confirmation display in progress".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of the "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of the "stopping function" is "21", and the priority of "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" is "8". In other words, the priority of "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "stopping function". Therefore, the "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" will be given priority over the activation of the "stopping function".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more, and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is If it is ``16,369'' or more, the conditions for starting (activating) the ``stopping function'' and the conditions for starting (occurring) the ``game value number reaching error (main stop)'' are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" which has a higher priority than the "stopping function" is performed.

Note that the priority of the "termination function" may be higher than the priority of the "game value reaching error (main stop)". In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over the "game value reaching error (main stop)".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of the "gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of the "termination function" is "21", and the priority of "gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is "17". That is, the priority of "game value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is higher than the priority of "cancellation function". Therefore, the "gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority and notification over the activation of the "stopping function".

It should be noted that the priority of the "cancellation function" may be higher than the priority of the "gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring)". In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over the "game value arrival error (constant monitoring)".

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of the "door opening error (main stop)" are different. Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of "door opening error (main stop)" is "13". That is, the priority of "door opening error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "stop function". Therefore, the "door opening error (main stop)" will be given priority in notification over the activation of the "stopping function".

Note that the priority of the "stop function" may be higher than the priority of the "door opening error (main stop)". In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over the "door opening error (main stop)".

Similarly, in this embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of the "door opening error (constant monitoring)" are different. Specifically, the priority of "stop function" is "21", and the priority of "door open error (constant monitoring)" is "20". That is, the priority of "door opening error (constant monitoring)" is higher than the priority of "stop function". For this reason, the "door opening error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority in notification over the activation of the "stopping function".

Note that the priority of the "stopping function" may be higher than the priority of the "door opening error (constant monitoring)". In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over the "door opening error (constant monitoring)".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of "clearing the number of game values" are different. Specifically, the priority of the "stopping function" is "21", and the priority of "clearing the number of game values" is "11". That is, the priority of "clearing the number of game values" is higher than the priority of "stopping function". For this reason, "clearing the number of game values" will be prioritized and notified over the activation of the "stopping function".

Note that the priority of the "stopping function" may be higher than the priority of "clearing the number of game values." In this case, the activation of the "stopping function" will be given priority over the "game value number clear".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order of the "stopping function" and the priority order of "game value settlement" are different. Specifically, the priority of the "stopping function" is "21", and the priority of the "game value adjustment" is not defined. That is, the priority of the "stopping function" is higher than the priority of "settlement of the number of game values." Therefore, the "cancellation function" will be given priority over the "game value adjustment" operation.

It should be noted that the priority of the "game value adjustment" may be higher than the priority of the "stopping function". In this case, the "game value settlement" will be given priority over the "stopping function".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order (notification priority) is different between "events that make it impossible to proceed with the game" and "events that allow the progress of the game".

Here, examples of "events that make it impossible to proceed with the game" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), a rental device communication no response error (main stop), and a rental device communication error (main stop). Examples include device disconnection error (main stop) and door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, examples of ``events that allow the game to proceed'' include ``counting process in progress'', ``counting process complete'', ``before the number of game values reached'', and ``settlement of the number of game values''. .

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order (priority of notification) is different between "one event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game" and "another event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game." .

Here, examples of "events that make it impossible to proceed with the game" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), and a rental device communication non-response error (main stop). , rental device not connected error (main stop), and door open error (main stop).

In addition, examples of "other events that make it impossible to proceed with the game" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), a rental device communication non-response error (main stop), Among the rental device disconnection error (main stop) and door open error (main stop), there are cases other than the above-mentioned "event that stops the game".

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order (notification priority) is different between "one event that allows the game to proceed" and "another event that allows the game to proceed."

Here, examples of "events that allow the game to proceed" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), a rental device communication non-response error (main stop), Examples include rental device not connected error (main stop) and door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, as examples of "other events that allow the game to progress", in addition to "counting processing in progress", there are also "counting processing complete", "before the number of game values reached", and "settlement of the number of game values". Among these, events other than the above-mentioned "one event that allows the game to proceed" can be mentioned.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order (notification priority) is different between "one event that cannot be canceled by turning the power on and off" and "other events that cannot be canceled by turning the power on and off". .

Here, examples of "events that cannot be canceled by turning the power on and off" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), and a rental device communication non-response error (main stop). , rental device not connected error (main stop), and door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, examples of "other events that cannot be canceled by turning the power on and off" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), and a rental device communication no response error (main stop). , rental device disconnection error (main stop), and door open error (main stop), other than the above-mentioned "event that cannot be canceled by turning the power on and off".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority order (1 event for which the displayed event is not cleared when the power is turned on and off) and ``other events that are not cleared for the displayed event when the power is turned on and off'' ( The notification priority) is different.

Here, "an event in which the displayed event is not cleared when the power is turned on or off" is an event where the termination (cancellation) condition is not satisfied when the power is turned on or off, and the notification of this event is also It is designed so that it will not be cleared at the entrance. Examples include changing settings, displaying setting confirmation, door open error (main stop), and door open error (constant monitoring).

On the other hand, examples of "other events in which the displayed event is not cleared when the power is turned on and off" include settings being changed, settings confirmation being displayed, door open error (main stop), and door open error (constant monitoring). Among these, there are cases other than the above-mentioned "event in which the displayed event is not cleared when the power is turned on and off."

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the priority order (notification priority) is different between "one event that outputs gaming machine information" and "another event that outputs gaming machine information".

Here, examples of "one event that outputs gaming machine information" include "settings being changed", "settings confirmation display in progress", and "stopping function".

On the other hand, as an example of "other events that output gaming machine information," the above-mentioned "event that outputs gaming machine information" among "settings changing," "setting confirmation display," and "termination function." ” are listed.

(Time chart and animation while changing settings)
Next, a time chart during a setting change and an animation during a setting change will be described using FIGS. 94 and 95.

As shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during setting change is satisfied, the current setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, the acquisition display section 16 displays the set value set in the register. Here, in FIG. 95, setting "3" is illustrated as an example. Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the currently displayed setting value is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during setting change is satisfied, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are all lit. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, "88" is displayed on the instruction information display section 17, and "..." is displayed on the game period display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19. Become. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are all hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, an image notifying that the setting is being changed is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads "Settings are being changed." Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change are satisfied, the text image "Settings changing" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern lighting mode, as shown in FIG. 95. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, as shown in FIG. 95, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the setting is being changed. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Settings are being changed" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during setting change is satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Here, "freeze stop" is a state in which it is impossible to play a game. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible.

(Time chart and animation of setting change device malfunction error)
Next, a time chart of an abnormal setting change device operation error and an animation of an abnormal setting change device operation error will be described using FIGS. 96 and 97.

As shown in FIG. 96, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 display the following information after the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied: The setting change device remains uncontrolled until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormal operation error are met. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 97, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display according to the setting change device operation abnormality error. It has become a thing. Note that the acquisition display section 16 may notify an abnormal operation error of the setting change device.

Further, as shown in FIG. 96, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a setting change device operation abnormality error is displayed on the image display device 27. . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 97, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Setting change device malfunction error. Please call a staff member." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device malfunction error are satisfied, the text image "Setting change device malfunction error, please call the staff" displayed on the image display device 27 disappears. .

Further, as shown in FIG. 96, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern lighting mode when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied. Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the warning pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 96, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device abnormal operation error are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that there is an abnormal setting change device operation error. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "setting change abnormal error." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 96, the main state is from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied. It is uncontrolled. That is, a freeze stop will not occur due to an abnormal operation error of the setting change device. Note that the freeze stop may be caused by an abnormal operation error of the setting change device.

(Time chart and animation during setting confirmation display)
Next, the time chart during setting confirmation display and the animation during setting confirmation display will be explained using FIGS. 98 and 99.

As shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the current setting value will be displayed on the acquisition display section 16. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, the acquisition display section 16 displays the set value set in the register. Here, in FIG. 99, setting "4" is illustrated as an example. Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the currently displayed setting value is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the instruction information display section 17, the game period The display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not perform the corresponding display during the setting confirmation display.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, an image notifying that the setting confirmation display is being displayed is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads "Settings Confirming". Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the settings confirmation display are satisfied, the text image "Settings confirmation in progress" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting manner of a setting value display pattern that is different from the lighting manner of the warning pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting confirmation display are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the setting value display pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the setting confirmation display is in progress. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Settings are being checked." Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible.

(Time chart and animation of communication error in gaming machine (main control notification TO))
Next, using FIGS. 100 and 101, a time chart of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) and an animation of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 100, after the start (occurrence) conditions for the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are met, the termination (cancellation) conditions for the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are satisfied. Until then, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 respond to the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO). No such display shall be made. Note that the acquisition display section 16 may notify an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO).

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an intra-gaming machine communication error (main control notification TO) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is an intra-gaming machine communication error is displayed on the image display device 27. is displayed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call the attendant." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the internal communication error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine are satisfied, the message "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board" displayed on the image display device 27 is displayed. .Please call the staff.'' text image disappears.

Further, as shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormal communication error within the game machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 notifying that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine. . Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 100, after the start (occurrence) conditions for the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are met, the termination (cancellation) conditions for the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are met. The main state remains uncontrolled until the That is, the freeze stop will not occur due to an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO). Note that the freeze may be stopped due to an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO).

(Time chart and animation of abnormal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine)
Next, a time chart of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) and an animation of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) will be explained using FIGS. 102 and 103.

As shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main stop) are satisfied, the acquisition display section 16 notifies you that there is an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main stop). becomes. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, the acquisition display section 16 displays "E8" indicating an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop). Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormal communication error within the game machine (main stop) are satisfied, the displayed "E8" disappears.

In addition, as shown in Figure 102, the period from when the start (occurrence) conditions for the gaming machine internal communication error (main stop) are satisfied until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the gaming machine internal communication abnormal error (main stop) are satisfied. During this time, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in response to an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop). It has become.

Further, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine is displayed on the image display device 27. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call the attendant." Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the internal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine are satisfied, a message will be displayed on the image display device 27 saying, ``Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call us.'' text image disappears.

Further, as shown in FIG. 102, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error within the game machine (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormal communication error (main stop) within the game machine are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) are satisfied, a sound notifying that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormal communication error within the game machine (main stop) are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible to play.

(Time chart and animation of game value reaching error (main stop))
Next, using FIGS. 104 and 105, a time chart of a game value reaching error (main stop) and an animation of a game value reaching error (main stop) will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game values reached error (main stop) are satisfied, the acquisition display section 16 notifies that the number of game values reached error (main stop) has occurred. becomes. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, "H3" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, indicating an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop). Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the displayed "H3" becomes hidden.

Also, as shown in Figure 104, the period from when the start (occurrence) condition for the number of game value reached error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the number of game value reached error (main stop) is satisfied. During this time, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in response to the number of game value reaching error (main stop). It has become.

Further, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game value reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the image display device 27 displays an image notifying that there is a number of game value reaching error. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Error reaching the number of game values. Please call the staff." Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of gaming values reached error (main stop) are satisfied, the text image "This is an error reaching the number of gaming values. Please call the staff." displayed on the image display device 27 will be displayed. It will be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game value reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game value reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that there is a number of game value reaching error. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "This is an error in reaching the number of game values." Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition for the number of game value reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game value reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of game value reaching error (main stop) are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible.

(Time chart and animation of rental device communication no response error (main stop))
Next, a time chart of the rental device communication no response error (main stop) and an animation of the rental device communication no response error (main stop) will be explained using FIGS. 106 and 107.

As shown in FIG. 106, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, the acquisition display section 16 notifies that there is a rental device communication no response error (main stop). The Rukoto. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, the acquisition display section 16 displays "H2" indicating a lending device communication non-response error (main stop). Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the lending device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, the displayed "H2" becomes hidden.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 106, after the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, the end (release) conditions for the rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied. Until then, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in response to the rental device communication no response error (main stop). It becomes.

Further, as shown in FIG. 106, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a rental device communication no response error is displayed on the image display device 27. is displayed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads "Lending device communication error. Please turn on the power of the lending device again." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (main stop) are met, a message will be displayed on the image display device 27 saying “Lentation device communication error. Please turn on the power of the rental device again.” ” text image is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 106, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 106, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, a voice notifying that there is a rental device communication no response error is output from the speaker 29. . Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "There is a communication error in the lending device." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 106, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the lending device communication no response error (main stop) are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible.

(Time chart and animation of rental device disconnection error (main stop))
Next, a time chart of the rental device disconnection error (main stop) and an animation of the rental device disconnection error (main stop) will be explained using FIGS. 108 and 109.

As shown in FIG. 108, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16 notifies that the rental device disconnection error (main stop) has occurred. becomes. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, the acquisition display section 16 displays "H1" indicating a rental device disconnection error (main stop). Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition for the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is satisfied, the displayed "H1" becomes hidden.

In addition, as shown in Figure 108, the period from when the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (release) condition for the rental device disconnection error (main stop) is satisfied. During this time, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in response to the lending device disconnection error (main stop). It has become.

Further, as shown in FIG. 108, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a rental device disconnection error is displayed on the image display device 27. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Please check the connection with the lending device. Please call the staff member." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are met, the message "Please check the connection with the rental device. Please call the staff" will be displayed on the image display device 27. The text image will be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 108, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 108, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that there is a rental device disconnection error. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 108, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (main stop) are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and a game can be played.

(Time chart and animation of clearing the number of game values)
Next, a time chart for clearing the number of game values and an animation for clearing the number of game values will be explained using FIGS. 110 and 111.

As shown in FIG. 110, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied, the acquisition display section 16 and the instruction information display section 17 , the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 111, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display according to the number of game values cleared. It has become. Note that the acquisition display section 16 may notify that the number of gaming values has been cleared.

Further, as shown in FIG. 110, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied, the image display device 27 displays the number of games. Images will not be displayed due to clearing the value number. That is, as shown in FIG. 111, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of playing values is satisfied until the condition for ending (cancelling) clearing the number of playing values is met, the image notifying the clearing of the number of playing values is displayed. is not displayed on the image display device 27, and the image displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of gaming values is satisfied, an image notifying that the number of gaming values has been cleared may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Further, as shown in FIG. 110, when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 110, when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of gaming values is satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the gaming values owned by the player have been cleared. Specifically, the speaker 29 outputs "one shot" of a "warning siren" and a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared." Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the end (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 110, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for clearing the number of game values is satisfied. There is. That is, the freeze will not stop due to clearing the number of game values. Note that the freeze may be stopped due to clearing the number of game values.

(Time chart and animation for determining specific setting values)
Next, a time chart for determining the specific setting value and an animation for determining the specific setting value will be explained using FIGS. 112 and 113.

As shown in FIG. 112, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, after the start (occurrence) conditions for specific setting value confirmation are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for specific setting value confirmation are satisfied. , the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 113, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in accordance with the determination of the specific setting value. It has become. Note that the acquisition display section 16 may notify that the specific setting value has been finalized.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 112, the image display device 27 does not display the specified The image will not be displayed due to the setting value being confirmed. That is, as shown in FIG. 113, the image notifying the determination of the specific setting value is displayed from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for determining the specific setting value is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for determining the specific setting value is satisfied. is not displayed on the image display device 27, and the image displayed at the time of setting change is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) conditions for determining the specific setting value are satisfied, an image notifying the determination of the specific setting value may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Further, as shown in FIG. 112, when the start (occurrence) conditions for determining the specific setting value are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 is turned off until the end (cancellation) condition for determining the specific setting value is satisfied. It remains as it is. That is, the underframe lamp 28 will not be turned on due to the determination of the specific setting value.

Further, as shown in FIG. 112, when the start (occurrence) conditions for determining the specific setting value are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the specific setting value has been changed. Specifically, I changed the setting to "0". ” is output from the speaker 29 in one shot. Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the determination of the specific setting value are satisfied.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 112, the main state is uncontrolled from when the start (occurrence) condition for determining the specific setting value is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for determining the specific setting value is satisfied. There is. That is, the freeze will not stop due to the determination of the specific setting value.

(Time chart and animation of door open error (main stop))
Next, a time chart of a door open error (main stop) and an animation of a door open error (main stop) will be explained using FIGS. 114 and 115.

As shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16 notifies that there is a door open error (main stop). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, the acquisition display section 16 displays "E9" indicating a door opening error (main stop). Then, when the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door opening error (main stop) is satisfied, the displayed "E9" becomes hidden.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 114, the instruction information is displayed after the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the door open error (main stop) is satisfied. The display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in response to the door opening error (main stop). There is.

Further, as shown in FIG. 114, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (main stop) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a door opening error is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, the image display device 27 displays a character image "Door Open Error". Then, when the door opening error termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied, the character image "Door Opening Error" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error (main stop) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 is lit in a manner different from that of the warning pattern or the setting value display pattern. Emit light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern. Then, when the door opening error (main stop) termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 114, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (main stop) are satisfied, a sound notifying that there is a door opening error is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "The door is open." Here, when the voice "The door is open" is repeatedly output, a silent period of about "5" seconds is provided between the outputs of the voice. Then, when the door open error (main stop) termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 114, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error (main stop) are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the door open error (main stop) termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and the game becomes possible.

(Reset start time chart and animation)
Next, a reset start time chart and a reset start animation will be explained using FIGS. 116 and 117.

As shown in FIG. 116, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, and the game period display are displayed from the time when the reset start start (occurrence) condition is satisfied until the reset start end (cancellation) condition is satisfied. The part 18 and the accessory operation display part 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 117, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not to display in accordance with the reset start. There is.

Further, as shown in FIG. 116, from the time when the reset start start (occurrence) condition is satisfied until the reset start end (cancellation) condition is satisfied, the image display device 27 displays information indicating that the reset start has caused the reset start. The image is never displayed. That is, as shown in FIG. 117, an image notifying the reset start is displayed on the image display device 27 from the time the reset start start (occurrence) condition is satisfied until the reset start end (cancellation) condition is satisfied. The image is not displayed, and the image displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) conditions for the reset start are satisfied, an image notifying the reset start may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Further, as shown in FIG. 116, when the reset start start (occurrence) conditions are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the reset start termination (cancellation) conditions are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the warning pattern lighting mode is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 116, when the reset start start (occurrence) conditions are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the reset start. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "RAM has been cleared." Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the end (cancellation) condition for the reset start is satisfied.

Further, as shown in FIG. 116, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the reset start termination (cancellation) conditions are satisfied, the freeze stop is canceled and a game becomes possible.

(Time chart and animation of communication error in gaming machine (constant monitoring))
Next, using FIG. 118, a time chart of an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (constant monitoring) will be explained. Note that the animation for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is the same as the animation for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) (see FIG. 101).

As shown in FIG. 118, from the time when the start (occurrence) conditions for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied until the conditions for the termination (cancellation) of the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied, The acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 display information according to an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring). This is not to be done.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 118, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine is displayed on the image display device 27. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call the attendant." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the internal communication error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine are satisfied, a message will be displayed on the image display device 27 saying, ``Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call us.'' text image disappears.

Further, as shown in FIG. 118, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error within the game machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the abnormal communication error within the game machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 118, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine are satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 118, the period from when the start (occurrence) conditions for the gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are satisfied until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. Meanwhile, the main state is uncontrolled. That is, the game machine will not freeze and stop due to an abnormal communication error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine. Note that the freeze may be stopped due to an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring).

(Time chart and animation of game value reaching error (constant monitoring))
Next, using FIGS. 119 to 120, a time chart of the number of gaming value reaching error (constant monitoring) and an animation of the number of gaming value reaching error (constant monitoring) will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 119, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the number of game value arrival error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the number of game value arrival error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, The acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 120, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 display information according to the error in reaching the number of game values (constant monitoring). This is not to be done.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 119, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the number of game value reaching error (constant monitoring) are met, the image display device 27 displays an image notifying that the number of game value has reached an error. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 120, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Error in reaching the number of game values. Please call an attendant." When the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the number of game values reached error (constant monitoring) are met, the text image "This is an error reaching the number of game values. Please call the staff." displayed on the image display device 27 will be displayed. It will be hidden.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 119, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the number of game value reaching error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the condition for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is turned off.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 119, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the number of game value reaching error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the number of playing value reaching error. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "This is an error in reaching the number of game values." Then, when the condition for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

In addition, as shown in Figure 119, the period from when the start (occurrence) conditions of the gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are satisfied until the termination (cancellation) conditions of the gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. Meanwhile, the main state is uncontrolled. That is, the game machine will not freeze and stop due to an abnormal communication error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine.

(Time chart and animation of rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring))
Next, a time chart of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) and an animation of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) will be explained using FIGS. 121 and 122.

As shown in Figure 121, the period from when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. During this time, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 122, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 respond to the lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring). It is not supposed to be displayed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 121, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a rental device communication no response error is displayed on the image display device 27. is displayed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 122, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads "Lending device communication error. Please turn on the power of the lending device again." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) are met, the message “Rental device communication error. Please.'' text image is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 121, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting mode of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 121, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, a voice notifying the rental device communication no response error is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "There is a communication error in the lending device." Then, the audio output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the condition for ending (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 121, after the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. Until then, the main state is uncontrolled. In other words, the lending device will not freeze and stop due to a no-response error in communication (constant monitoring). Note that the freeze may be stopped due to a rental device communication non-response error (constant monitoring).

(Time chart and animation of rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring))
Next, a time chart of the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) and an animation of the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) will be explained using FIGS. 123 and 124.

As shown in Figure 123, the period from when the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are met until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. , the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 124, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 display the display according to the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring). This is not to be done.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 123, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a rental device disconnection error is displayed on the image display device 27. be done. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 124, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Please check the connection with the lending device. Please call the staff member." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are met, a message saying "Please check the connection with the rental device. Please call the staff" will be displayed on the image display device 27. The text image will be hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 123, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a lighting pattern of a warning pattern. Then, when the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 123, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, a voice notifying the rental device disconnection error is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a "warning siren" and a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 123, the period from when the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the termination (cancellation) condition for the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. Meanwhile, the main state is uncontrolled. That is, a freeze stop will not occur due to the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring). Note that the freeze may be stopped due to a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring).

(Time chart and animation of door open error (constant monitoring))
Next, a time chart of a door open error (constantly monitored) and an animation of a door open error (constantly monitored) will be explained using FIGS. 125 and 126.

As shown in FIG. 125, the acquisition display section 16 , the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 126, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 perform display according to the door opening error (constant monitoring). There is no such thing.

Further, as shown in FIG. 125, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying that there is a door opening error is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 126, the image display device 27 displays a character image "Door Open Error". Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the character image "Door Open Error" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 125, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern. Then, when the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 125, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, a sound notifying that there is a door opening error is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "The door is open." Here, when the voice "The door is open" is repeatedly output, a silent period of about "5" seconds is provided between the outputs of the voice. Then, when the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 125, the main state is is uncontrolled. That is, the game is enabled without freezing and stopping due to the door opening error (constant monitoring). Note that the freeze may be stopped due to a door opening error (constant monitoring).

(Time chart and animation of stop function)
Next, a time chart of the abort function and an animation of the abort display will be explained using FIGS. 127 and 128.

As shown in FIG. 127, when the start (activation) conditions for the abort function are satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16 notifies that the abort function is activated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, the acquisition display section 16 displays "E0" indicating that the termination function is operating. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the termination function are satisfied, the acquisition display section 16 is completely turned off and the displayed "E0" is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 127, from the time when the start (activation) condition for the stoppage function is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the stoppage function is satisfied, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, And the accessory operation display section 19 is not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in accordance with the operation of the stoppage function.

Further, as shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stopping function are satisfied, an image notifying that the stopping function is activated is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Stopping function in operation. The maximum amount of money that can be awarded has been reached and the game has been stopped. Today's game has ended." Is displayed. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the no-stop function are met, a message will be displayed on the image display device 27 saying, ``The no-stop function is in operation. ” text image is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stopping function are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the termination function are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 127, when the start (activation) conditions for the termination function are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the termination function is activated. Specifically, the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Stopping function in operation. Today's game has ended." three times. Here, when the voice "Stopping function is activated. Today's game has ended." is repeatedly output "3" times, there is approximately "5" seconds between the output of the voice and the output of the voice. A silent period is provided. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the termination function are satisfied, the audio being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output.

Further, as shown in FIG. 127, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a stop display are satisfied, the main state becomes a freeze stop. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the stoppage display are satisfied, the freeze stoppage is canceled and the game can be played.

(Time chart and animation of completion of counting process)
Next, a time chart of the completion of the counting process and an animation of the completion of the counting process will be explained using FIGS. 129 to 130.

As shown in FIG. 129, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game The period display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 130, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display according to the completion of the counting process. ing. In FIG. 130, the awarded value of the game value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, but this is displayed because a winning has been achieved, and is not displayed according to the completion of the counting process.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 129, the image displayed on the image display device 27 is No particular changes. That is, as shown in FIG. 130, the image that has been displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition for completing the counting process is satisfied will be displayed as is. Note that in FIG. 130, the image displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 129, the underframe lamp 28 indicates the completion of the counting process from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied until the condition for the end (cancellation) of the completion of the counting process is satisfied. No light is emitted as a result. That is, the light emission mode of the underframe lamp 28 remains the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 130, the underframe lamp 28 is emitting light in the light emission pattern in the normal state.

Further, as shown in FIG. 129, when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the completion of the counting process. Specifically, the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "The counting process has been completed." Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the termination (cancellation) condition for completing the counting process is satisfied.

Further, as shown in FIG. 129, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for completing the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for completing the counting process is satisfied. That is, the freeze will not stop due to the completion of the counting process.

(Time chart and animation during counting process)
Next, a time chart during the counting process and an animation during the counting process will be explained using FIGS. 131 and 132.

As shown in FIG. 131, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game The period display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 132, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not perform the corresponding display during the counting process. ing. Note that in FIG. 132, the awarded value of the game value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, but this is displayed because a winning has been achieved, and is not displayed during the counting process.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 131, the image displayed on the image display device 27 is No particular changes. That is, as shown in FIG. 132, the image that has been displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied is displayed as is. Note that in FIG. 132, the image displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

Further, as shown in FIG. 131, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 is turned on during the counting process. No light is emitted as a result. That is, the light emission mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 132, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern in the normal state.

Further, as shown in FIG. 131, when the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied, a sound notifying that the counting process is in progress is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "Counting is in progress." Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the termination (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied.

Further, as shown in FIG. 131, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (release) condition during the counting process is satisfied. That is, the freeze will not stop due to the counting process being in progress. Note that the freeze may be stopped due to the counting process being in progress.

(Time chart and animation before reaching the number of game values)
Next, a time chart before the number of gaming values is reached and an animation before the number of gaming values is reached will be explained using FIGS. 133 and 134.

As shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before reaching the number of game values is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition before reaching the number of game values is satisfied, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, game period display section 18, and accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 134, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display according to the number of game values reached. It becomes. In addition, in FIG. 134, the awarded value of the game value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, but this is displayed because the winning has been achieved, and the value is not displayed according to the number of game values reached. do not have. Furthermore, in FIG. 134, the gaming period display section 18 is lit, but this is because it is a specific period, and is not a display that corresponds to the time before the number of gaming values is reached.

Further, as shown in FIG. 133, when the start (occurrence) condition before the number of gaming values is reached is satisfied, an image notifying that the number of gaming values has not been reached is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 134, the image display device 27 displays a text image saying "Please count." Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is reached is satisfied, the text image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden. Note that in FIG. 134, an image displayed in the AT state is displayed on the image display device 27.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the number of game values is reached until the end (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is reached, the underframe lamp 28 is It will not emit light before the number of game values is reached. That is, the light emitting mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the same as before the start (occurrence) condition before the number of game values is reached is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 134, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern in the AT state.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the number of game values is reached until the end (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is satisfied, the speaker 29 Audio will not be output even if the number has not yet been reached. That is, the speaker 29 has an output mode before the start (occurrence) condition before the number of game values is reached is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 134, BGM in the AT state is output from the speaker 29.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 133, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the number of game values is reached until the end (cancellation) condition before the number of game values is reached. It has become. In other words, the freeze will not stop due to the fact that the number of game values has not been reached.

(Time chart and animation of game value calculation)
Next, a time chart for settling the number of gaming values and an animation for settling the number of gaming values will be explained using FIGS. 135 and 136.

As shown in FIG. 135, the acquisition display section 16 and the instruction information display section 17 are displayed during the period from when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value calculation is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value calculation is satisfied. , the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 136, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display according to the settlement of the number of game values. It has become. In addition, in FIG. 136, the awarded value of the game value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, but this is displayed because a winning has been achieved, and is not displayed according to the settlement of the number of game values. . Further, in FIG. 136, the gaming period display section 18 is lit, but this is because it is a specific period, and is not a display corresponding to the settlement of the number of gaming values.

Further, as shown in FIG. 135, the image displayed on the image display device 27 from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the game value calculation is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the game value calculation is satisfied. does not change particularly. That is, as shown in FIG. 136, the image that has been displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition for settling the number of game values is satisfied will be displayed as is. Note that in FIG. 136, the image displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 135, from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the number of game value calculations are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of game value calculations are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 indicates that the number of game values is It does not emit light due to number calculation. That is, the light emitting mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the same as before the start (occurrence) condition for game value settlement is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 136, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern in the normal state.

Further, as shown in FIG. 135, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the settlement of the number of gaming values are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the settlement of the number of gaming values. Specifically, "one shot" of "accounting sound" is output from the speaker 29. Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the settlement of the number of game values are satisfied. The volume of the "checkout sound" is always at the maximum level, but it depends on the volume adjustment that can be operated by the player (soft volume) or the volume adjustment that can be operated by the gaming clerk (hard volume). You can.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the game value calculation is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the game value calculation is satisfied. There is. In other words, the freeze will not stop due to the settlement of the number of game values.

(Time chart and animation of advance notice of cancellation)
Next, a time chart of advance notice of discontinuation and an animation of advance notice of discontinuation will be explained using FIGS. 137 and 138.

As shown in FIG. 137, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game The period display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 138, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in accordance with the advance notice of cancellation. ing. Note that in FIG. 138, instruction information is displayed on the instruction information display section 17, but this is because the instruction information is in the AT state, and is not a display in response to advance notice of discontinuation. . Similarly, in FIG. 138, the game period display section 18 is lit, but this is because it is a specific period, and is not a display in response to advance notification of discontinuation.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, when the start (occurrence) conditions for advance notice of discontinuation are satisfied, the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500" or more, and the discontinuation function is activated. An image of advance notification of discontinuation will be displayed to inform you that the cancellation is near. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 138, the image display device 27 displays the message ``The termination function will be activated soon. The text image "The value of the aborting MY counter 103ba that activates)" is displayed. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the prior discontinuation notification are satisfied, the character image "The discontinuation function will be activated soon. 18, XXXX/19,000" displayed on the image display device 27 becomes non-existent. will be displayed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the prior discontinuation notification are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the prior discontinuation notification are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern is extinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the discontinuation advance notification are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the discontinuation function is about to be activated. Specifically, the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "The stop function will be activated soon." Then, the sound being output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the prior discontinuation notification are satisfied.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for advance discontinuation notification is satisfied until the condition for ending (cancellation) of advance discontinuation notice is satisfied. That is, the freeze stop will not occur due to the advance notice of stoppage.

(Time chart and animation of suspension standby notification)
Next, a time chart of the termination standby notification and an animation of the termination standby notification will be explained using FIGS. 139 to 140.

As shown in FIG. 139, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game The period display section 18 and the accessory operation display section 19 are uncontrolled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 140, the acquisition display section 16, the instruction information display section 17, the game period display section 18, and the accessory operation display section 19 do not display in accordance with the cancellation standby notification. ing. In addition, in FIG. 140, the awarded value of the game value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, but this is displayed because a winning has been achieved, and is not displayed in response to the cancellation standby notification. Further, in FIG. 140, the game period display section 18 is lit, but this is because it is a specific period, and is not a display in response to the cancellation standby notification. In addition, in FIG. 140, the accessory activation display section 19 is lit, but this is because the current gaming state is the bonus activation state, and is not a display in response to the cancellation standby notification. .

Further, as shown in FIG. 139, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the cancellation standby notification are satisfied, the image display device 27 displays an image of the cancellation standby notification that informs that the cancellation function will be activated when the bonus operating state ends. is displayed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 140, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "The abort function will be activated soon. On standby." Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for the termination standby notification are satisfied, the character image "The termination function will be activated soon. Standby" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Further, as shown in FIG. 139, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the termination standby notification are satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern. Then, when the termination (cancellation) condition for the standby notification is satisfied, the underframe lamp 28 that has been emitting light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern is turned off.

Further, as shown in FIG. 139, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the termination standby notification are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying that the termination function will be activated when the bonus operating state ends. Specifically, the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "Waiting for termination." Then, the audio output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the termination (cancellation) condition for the suspension standby notification is satisfied.

Further, as shown in FIG. 139, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the abort standby notification is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the abort standby notification is satisfied. That is, the freeze stop will not occur due to the stop standby notification.

(Animation after activation of the stop function)
Next, the animation after the stop function is activated will be explained using FIG. 141.

First, as shown in FIG. 141(A), when the start (activation) conditions for the abort function are satisfied, "E0" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, indicating that the abort function is activated. In addition, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "Stopping function is in operation. The upper limit that can be awarded has been reached and the game has been stopped. Today's game has ended." Light is emitted in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern, and the speaker 29 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Stopping function in operation. Today's game has ended." three times.

At this time, since the main state is frozen and stopped, it is no longer possible to bet the gaming value even if you operate the BET button 6 or the MAXBET button 7. operation is enabled.

Next, as shown in FIG. 141(B), when the production button 25 is operated, a menu image is displayed along with an image notifying that the stop function is activated. Specifically, the text image "MENU", the text image "Volume adjustment", the text image "Brightness adjustment", the text image "Pachilog", the text image "End", and the cursor image. CUR is displayed. Further, when a menu image is displayed on the image display device 27, a menu sound is output from the speaker 29.

Here, when the left direction button or right direction button of the cross key 26 is operated, the cursor image CUR is moved and displayed, and when the production button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 is operated, the cursor image CUR is displayed. The process corresponding to the item being displayed is performed.

Specifically, when the production button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "volume adjustment", the volume of the audio output from the speaker 29 becomes adjustable. . Further, when the effect button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "brightness adjustment", the brightness of the underframe lamp 28 becomes adjustable.

In addition, when the production button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "Pachilog", the game history is managed in conjunction with a mobile terminal (for example, a smartphone). It becomes possible to display a two-dimensional code containing information on Here, the two-dimensional code contains historical information such as the number of games played and the value of the game value acquired, as well as information such as the fact that a specific winning combination was determined and a specific performance was executed. Contains mission accomplishment information. Note that if the effect button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "end", the menu image is hidden.

Next, as shown in FIG. 141(C), when the production button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "Volume Adjustment", the current display is displayed on the image display device 27. An image indicating the volume (in FIG. 141(C), the volume is exemplified as "10") is displayed. At this time, when the left direction button or right direction button of the cross key 26 is operated, a volume adjustment sound is output from the speaker 29, the volume of the sound output from the speaker 29 is adjusted, and the direction button 25 or the cross direction button is operated. When the enter button of the key 26 is operated, the volume is updated. That is, it is possible to adjust the volume of the audio output from the speaker 29 even after the freeze is stopped due to activation of the stop function.

Although not shown, if the production button 25 or the enter button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "brightness adjustment", an image indicating the current brightness will be displayed on the image display device 27. Is displayed. At this time, when the up button or the down button of the cross key 26 is operated, a brightness adjustment sound is output from the underframe lamp 28, the brightness of the underframe lamp 28 is adjusted, and the direction button 25 or the cross key When the determination button 26 is operated, the brightness is updated. That is, the brightness of the underframe lamp 28 can be adjusted even after the freezing is stopped due to the activation of the stop function.

Further, when the effect button 25 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "Pachilog", a two-dimensional code is displayed on the image display device 27. That is, it is possible to display the two-dimensional code on the image display device 27 even after the freezing is stopped due to the activation of the stop function. By doing so, the operation of the abort function can be used as mission accomplishment information.

In this way, from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the stop display are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the stop display are satisfied, although the main state is frozen and stopped, the operation of the production button 25, The operation of the cross key 26 is enabled, and processes related to "volume adjustment," "brightness adjustment," and "pachi log" can be executed.

(Animation after clearing the number of game values)
Next, the animation after clearing the number of game values will be explained using FIG. 142.

First, as shown in FIG. 142(A), when the front door 3 is opened with the power turned off and the power button 50 is operated while operating the number of game value clear button 61, clearing of the number of game values starts (occurs). This means that the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. Here, the priority for clearing the number of game values is "11" and the priority for door open error (constant monitoring) is "20", so notification regarding clearing the number of game values will be given priority. .

Therefore, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern lighting mode, and the speaker 29 outputs "1" shot of a "warning siren" and a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared." The display on the value display 24 is "0". Then, when "5" seconds have elapsed after the number of game values has been cleared and the conditions for ending (cancelling) the number of game values have been cleared, the notification regarding the number of game values having been cleared ends.

Next, as shown in FIG. 142(B), if the front door 3 is open when the termination (cancellation) conditions for clearing the number of game values are satisfied, the door open error (constant monitoring) is terminated (cancellation). Since the conditions are not met, a notification regarding the door opening error (constant monitoring) will be issued.

Specifically, an image notifying that there is a door opening error is displayed on the image display device 27, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern, and a voice saying "The door is open" is emitted from the speaker. It is repeatedly output from 29.

In this way, when the first event start (occurrence) condition and the second event start (occurrence) condition are both satisfied, notification will be performed according to the priority order. Then, after the termination (cancellation) condition for one event is satisfied according to the priority order, if the termination (cancellation) condition for the other event is not satisfied, notification according to the other event is performed. That will happen.

(Animation after advance notice of cancellation)
Next, using FIG. 143, an explanation will be given of the animation after the pre-discontinuation notification.

First, in explaining FIG. 143, the value of the MY counter 103ba for abort becomes "18,500", which means that the start (occurrence) conditions for the abort advance notification are satisfied and that the abort function is about to operate. The explanation will be given on the premise that an image of the discontinuation advance notification to be notified is displayed on the image display device 27.

As shown in FIG. 143(A), if the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied while the start (occurrence) conditions for abort advance notification are satisfied, a door open error occurs. An image informing the user of this is displayed on the image display device 27, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern, and a voice saying "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. At this time, the image of the prior discontinuation notification remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions for advance discontinuation notification are met, even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are met, the image of the advance discontinuation notice is displayed on the image display device 27. It remains displayed. By doing this, even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are satisfied, it is possible to recognize that the termination function is about to be activated.

As shown in FIG. 143(B), when the start (occurrence) conditions for advance notification of discontinuation are satisfied, the demo image display conditions (for example, a predetermined period of time after the game ends and the game is not played) (for example, , "30" seconds) have passed, a demo image will be displayed on the image display device 27. At this time, the image of the prior discontinuation notification remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the conditions for starting (occurring) advance notice of discontinuation are satisfied, the image of advance notice of discontinuation remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the display conditions for the demo image are satisfied. becomes. By doing so, it is possible to make the player recognize that the stoppage function is about to be activated even during non-game play when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 27.

(Animation after notification of suspension standby)
Next, the animation after the termination standby notification will be explained using FIG. 144.

First, in explaining FIG. 144, it is assumed that when the "bonus" is won, the conditions for starting (occurrence) the cancellation standby notification are satisfied and the image of the cancellation standby notification is displayed on the image display device 27. I will explain as follows.

As shown in FIG. 144(A), when the start (occurrence) conditions for the stop standby notification are met and the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error (constant monitoring) are met, a door open error occurs. An image informing the user of this is displayed on the image display device 27, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern, and a voice saying "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. At this time, the image of the suspension standby notification remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the cancellation standby notification are satisfied, even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are satisfied, the image of the cancellation standby notification is displayed on the image display device 27. It remains displayed. By doing so, even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are satisfied, it is possible to make it recognized that the termination function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends.

As shown in FIG. 144(B), when the conditions for starting (occurring) the termination standby notification are satisfied and the conditions for displaying the demo image are satisfied, the demo image is displayed on the image display device 27. That will happen. At this time, when the bonus operating state ends, the image of the cancellation standby notification remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the cancellation standby notification are satisfied, the image of the cancellation standby notification remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the display conditions for the demo image are satisfied. becomes. By doing so, even during non-gaming when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 27, it is possible to notify that the cancellation function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends.

Note that in the bonus operating state or AT state, the demo screen may not be displayed on the image display device 27 even if a predetermined time has elapsed since the game was not played. At this time, an image of advance notice of discontinuation ("The discontinuation function will be activated soon. 18, ×××/19,000" text image) and an image of the discontinuation standby notification ("The discontinuation function will be activated soon. Standby If the character image "Medium" is displayed on the image display device 27, the image displayed when the gaming machine 1 remains in the bonus operating state until the power is turned off, or the image displayed when the gaming machine 1 remains in the AT state. The image displayed in , the image of advance notification of cancellation and the image of standby notification of cancellation will always be displayed together.

(Animation from advance notification of termination to activation of termination function)
Next, using FIG. 145, an explanation will be given of the animation from the advance notification of termination to the activation of the termination function.

When the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500" or more after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the conditions for starting (occurring) the cancellation advance notification are satisfied. Then, an image of the advance notice of discontinuation that informs that the discontinuation function is about to be activated is displayed on the image display device 27, and the underframe lamp 28 lights up in the lighting pattern of the caution pattern, indicating that "the discontinuation function will be activated soon." The sound "1" is output from the speaker 29.

Thereafter, the game continues, and as shown in FIG. 145(A), when the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba is updated, the image of the stoppage advance notification displayed on the image display device 27 is updated and displayed. Specifically, the character image "The abort function will be activated soon" displayed on the image display device 27 is left unchanged, and the text image is changed to "18,995 (current value of the abort MY counter 103ba)/19,000. ” will be updated and displayed as a text image.

Here, it is assumed that the current ball payout state is the AT state, the start lever 9 is operated, and "medium press order plum PCa" is determined as the winning combination. Then, the instruction information display section 17 displays instruction information corresponding to the "medium press order plum PCa", and the reels 20 all rotate. At this time, as shown in FIG. 145(A), an image corresponding to the current ball release state (in FIG. 145(A), an image corresponding to the AT state) etc. is displayed in the effect display area 27a of the image display device 27. An image notifying the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is displayed in the press order display area 27b. Further, the speaker 29 outputs BGM in an AT state.

Here, as shown in FIG. 145(A), the image of the discontinuation advance notification will be displayed in a position that does not overlap with the push order display area 27b. By doing so, when performing a stop operation of the stop button 10, it is possible to prevent the image of the advance notice of discontinuance from interfering with the visual confirmation of the notified operation order of the stop button 10.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 145(A), the image of advance notification of discontinuation will be displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reel display area 30. By doing this, when performing a stop operation of the stop button 10, it is possible to prevent the image of advance notice of discontinuation from becoming an obstacle to pressing the button.

Next, as shown in FIG. 145(B), when the stop buttons 10 are operated according to the operation order of the stop buttons 10 displayed in the press order display area 27b of the image display device 27, "Plum" is won and the game is played. Since the value "13" is assigned, the MY counter 103ba for termination is updated. Then, the image of the discontinuation advance notification displayed on the image display device 27 is updated and displayed. Specifically, the number of the numerator of the character image "18,995 (value of MY counter 103ba for discontinuation before update)/19,000" counts up, and "19,008 (value for discontinuation after update)/19,000" is counted up. The text image "MY counter 103ba value)/19,000" is updated and displayed.

Here, in this embodiment, even if the value of the abort MY counter 103ba exceeds "19,000", which is the specified value for activating the abort function, the abort advance displayed on the image display device 27 The notification image is updated and displayed.

In addition, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation reaches a specified value, the updated display of the discontinuation advance notification image displayed on the image display device 27 may be terminated. In this case, the number in the numerator of the character image "18,995 (value of MY counter 103ba for discontinuation before update)/19,000" counts up, and "19,000 (value for discontinuation during update) MY counter 103ba value)/19,000'' is updated and displayed, and the updated display ends.

Further, instead of the value of the aborting MY counter 103ba that is being updated, a specific character image may be displayed instead. For example, the text image "18,995 (value of MY counter 103ba for abort before update)/19,000" may be changed and displayed to the text image "MAX", and the update display may end.

Next, as shown in FIG. 145(C), when the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000", the stopping function is activated. Specifically, the acquisition display section 16 displays "E0" indicating that the display is a stoppage, and the image display device 27 displays "Stoppage function in operation. The maximum amount that can be granted has been reached and the game has been stopped. .Today's game has ended.'' text image is displayed, the underframe lamp 28 lights up in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern, and a voice saying ``Stop function in operation. Today's game has ended.'' is repeatedly output from the speaker 29 "3" times.

(Animation from abort standby notification until the abort function is activated)
Next, with reference to FIG. 146, an animation from the termination standby notification to the activation of the termination function will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 146(A), in the bonus operating state, when the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000", an image of the stoppage standby notification is displayed on the image display device 27. As shown in FIG. 146(A), the effect display area 27a of the image display device 27 includes an image corresponding to the current ball release state (in FIG. 146(A), an image corresponding to the AT bonus state), etc. Is displayed. Further, BGM in the bonus state during AT is output from the speaker 29.

Here, as shown in FIG. 146(A), the image of the cancellation standby notification will be displayed at a position that does not overlap with the push order display area 27b. By doing so, when performing a stop operation of the stop button 10, it is possible to prevent the image of the stop-standby notification from interfering with the visual recognition of the notified operation order of the stop button 10.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 146(A), the image of the stop-standby notification will be displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reel display area 30. By doing so, when performing a stop operation of the stop button 10, it is possible to prevent the image of the stop standby notification from interfering with pressing the button.

Next, as shown in FIG. 146(B), when the bonus operation state ends, an image notifying that the AT bonus state has ended is displayed on the image display device 27, and the BGM at the end of the AT bonus state is displayed on the speaker. It is output from 29.

Next, as shown in FIG. 146(C), when the bonus operating state ends, the stoppage function is activated and a stoppage display is displayed. Specifically, the acquisition display section 16 displays "E0" indicating that the display is a stoppage, and the image display device 27 displays "Stoppage function in operation. The maximum amount that can be granted has been reached and the game has been stopped. .Today's game has ended.'' text image is displayed, the underframe lamp 28 lights up in the lighting pattern of the warning pattern, and a voice saying ``Stop function in operation. Today's game has ended.'' is repeatedly output from the speaker 29 "3" times.

Incidentally, when the bonus operating state ends, an ending freeze may be executed in which the processing by the main control board 100 cannot proceed for a predetermined period of time. In this case, the stopping function may be activated when the ending freeze is executed, or the stopping function may be activated after the ending freeze is executed.

(Second embodiment from discontinuation advance notification to activation of discontinuation function)
Next, with reference to FIG. 147, the second embodiment will be described from the advance notification of termination to the activation of the termination function.

As shown in FIG. 147(A), the gaming machine 1 in the second embodiment does not include an image display device 27 but instead includes an upper panel 35, and an explanation display section 35a is printed on the upper panel 35. has been done. Furthermore, since the gaming machine 1 in the second embodiment does not include the image display device 27, the acquisition display unit 16 performs advance notification of cancellation and notification of activation of the cancellation function.

(Top panel 35)
The upper panel 35 is provided at a position where the image display device 27 of the gaming machine 1 in the first embodiment is provided. Specifically, the upper panel 35 is provided in front of the reels 20 and has the reel display area 30 transparent therethrough. By doing so, the symbols arranged on the reels 20 can be visually recognized.

(Explanation display section 35a)
As shown in FIG. 147(B), the explanation display section 35a has printed thereon the fact that the termination function is installed, an explanation regarding the advance notification of termination, and an explanation regarding the operation of the termination function. Specifically, the explanation display section 35a has the following information: ``<Equipped with stopping function> L5: 500 or less remaining until stopping L4: 400 or less remaining until stopping L3: 300 or less remaining until stopping L2: 200 or less remaining until stopping L1: Until stopping The words "Less than 100 remaining E0: Abort function activated" are printed. By providing the explanation display section 35a, it is possible to make the player understand the meaning of the display mode of the acquisition display section 16.

Note that the explanation display section 35a may be a sticker on which the above-mentioned explanation is printed. In this case, it will be attached to the upper panel 35. By doing so, even after the manufacturing of the gaming machine 1 is completed, the explanation display section 35a can be attached to any desired position.

Here, if the number of gaming values awarded until the cancellation function is activated becomes "500" or less, "L5" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and the number of gaming values awarded until the cancellation function is activated becomes "400". If the number of game values awarded before the cancellation function is activated is below 300, “L3” will be displayed on the acquisition display unit 16, and the cancellation function will be activated. When the number of game values awarded until the end of the game becomes "200" or less, "L2" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and when the number of game values awarded until the termination function is activated becomes "100" or less, the acquisition display section 16 “L1” is displayed on the screen. Further, when the termination function is activated, "E0" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16.

In other words, when the value of the MY counter for abort 103ba is between "18,500" and "18,599", "L5" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and the value of the MY counter for abort 103ba is " If the value is greater than or equal to "18,600" and less than or equal to "18,699", "L4" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and if the value of the MY counter for termination 103ba is greater than or equal to "18,700" and less than or equal to "18,799", "L4" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16. If there is, "L3" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16.

Further, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation is greater than or equal to "18,800" and less than "18,899", "L2" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation is "18,800" or more and less than "18,899". ,900'' to "18,999", "L1" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and when the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000", the acquisition display is displayed. "E0" is displayed in section 16.

In this way, by using the acquisition display unit 16 to notify the user of the cancellation and to notify the operation of the cancellation function, even if the game machine is not equipped with the image display device 27, the advance notification of the cancellation and the activation of the cancellation function can be performed. Notifications can be made.

Furthermore, whether the explanation display section 35a is printed on the upper panel 35 or attached to the upper panel 35, it is desirable that the explanation display section 35a be provided near the acquisition display section 16. By doing so, it becomes easier to visually recognize the acquisition display section 16 and the explanation display section 35a at the same time, so that the display mode of the acquisition display section 16 can be easily recognized.

Note that the acquisition display section 16 may also perform the termination standby notification. In this case, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the suspension standby notification are satisfied, the display mode of the acquisition display section 16 becomes a specific format (for example, displaying "L-"), so that the suspension standby notification is executed. I will do it.

(Third embodiment from discontinuation advance notification to activation of discontinuation function)
Next, with reference to FIG. 148, a third embodiment will be described from the advance notification of termination to the activation of the termination function.

As shown in FIG. 148(A), the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment includes an explanation display section 35a and a no-stop display 36. Further, in the gaming machine 1 according to the third embodiment, the stoppage indicator 36 provides advance notification of the stoppage and notification of the operation of the stoppage function.

(Stop display 36)
The stop display 36 is composed of a 7-segment LED with 4 digits, and is capable of giving advance notice of stop and notification of activation of the stop function. Here, by providing the discontinuation display 36, the display timing of the acquisition display section 16 is restricted compared to the case where the acquisition display section 16 is notified of the discontinuation in advance and the notification of the operation of the discontinuation function. This makes it possible to provide advance notification of termination and notification of activation of the termination function.

Although the stop indicator 36 is provided on the lower panel 34, it may also be provided on the upper panel 35. By doing so, the player can visually recognize the stoppage indicator 36 without dropping his/her line of sight.

Further, it is desirable that the stop display 36 be provided near the explanation display section 35a. This makes it easier to visually recognize the stoppage indicator 36 and the explanation display section 35a at the same time, making it easier to recognize the display mode of the stoppage indicator 36.

As shown in FIG. 148(B), the explanation display section 35a in the third embodiment has printed thereon the fact that a discontinuation function is installed, an explanation regarding advance notice of discontinuation, and an explanation regarding the operation of the discontinuation function. Specifically, the explanation display section 35a displays "<Equipped with stopping function>" and the remaining number until stopping is displayed in the lower 3 digits. When canceling, "E0" is displayed in the lower "2" digits. ” is printed on it.

For example, when the number of game values awarded until the stoppage function is activated is "500", the stoppage display 36 displays "L500". Further, when the stopping function is activated, "E0" is displayed on the stopping display 36.

Note that the suspension display 36 may be used to notify the suspension standby. In this case, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the suspension standby notification are satisfied, the display mode of the suspension display 36 will be displayed in a specific display format (for example, "L-BB").

(Modified example of explanation display section 35a and stop display 36)
Next, a modification of the explanation display section 35a and the stop display 36 will be explained using FIG. 149.

As shown in FIG. 149(A), the termination indicator 36 may be a 7-segment LED with "3" digits. In this case, the stoppage indicator 36 will display the number of game values awarded until the stoppage function is activated. For example, as shown in FIG. 149(A), if the number of game values awarded until the stoppage function is activated is "500", "500" is displayed on the stoppage display 36. Further, when the stopping function is activated, "E0" is displayed in the lower "2" digit of the stopping display 36.

In addition, the explanation display section 35a displays "<Equipped with a stopping function> The remaining time until stopping. When stopping, "E0" is displayed in the lower 2 digits. ” will be printed. Thereby, it is possible to inform the player of the number of game values to be awarded until the cancellation function is activated in an easy-to-understand manner.

In this way, by setting the stoppage indicator 36 to three digits, it becomes possible to perform the advance notification of the stoppage and the notification of the operation of the stoppage function while reducing the manufacturing cost.

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 149(B), the termination indicator 36 may be a lamp. In this case, the stoppage indicator 36 turns on and off in units of 100 game values, thereby notifying the number of game values that will be awarded until the stoppage function is activated. By doing so, the control of the stop indicator 36 can be simplified.

In addition, in the explanation display section 35a, "<Equipped with cancellation function> ●●●●○ 1 lighting: 500 remaining until cancellation ●●●○○ 2 lighting: 400 remaining until cancellation ●●○○○ 3 lighting: Remaining until cancellation 300 ●○○○○ 4 lighting: 200 remaining until termination ○○○○○ 5 lighting: 100 remaining until termination ○○○○○ All flashing: The words ``Cancellation'' are printed.

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 149(C), the stop indicator 36 may be a full-color LED capable of emitting light in a plurality of colors. In this case, the no-stop display 36 will notify the number of game values to be awarded until the no-stop function is activated by a color that lights up in units of 100 game values. By doing so, the installation space for the stop indicator 36 can be reduced.

In addition, the explanation display section 35a displays "<Equipped with stopping function> ○ (white) 500 remaining until stopping ○ (blue) 400 remaining until stopping ○ (yellow) 300 remaining until stopping ○ (green) 200 remaining until stopping ○ (red) ) 100 remaining until stop. ○ (Orange) The words "Stop stop" are printed.

(List of functions of gaming machine 1 and implementation area)
Next, a list of functions and implementation areas of the gaming machine 1 will be explained using FIG. 150.

“◎” shown in FIG. 150 indicates an “implementation area” where a function etc. can be implemented, “○” indicates an “implementable area” where a function etc. can be implemented, and “×” indicates "impossible to implement", meaning that it is impossible to implement a function, etc.

"In the used area" of the main CPU 101 in FIG. 150 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using a program stored in the main ROM used area 102a or a storage area in the main RAM used area 103a. Furthermore, "outside the used area" of the main CPU 101 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using a program stored in the main ROM outside the used area 102b or a storage area in the main RAM outside the used area 103b.

Similarly, "within the usage area" of the gaming value CPU 401 means that the gaming value CPU 401 performs control using the program stored in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a or the storage area in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a. Say something. Furthermore, "outside the usage area" of the gaming value CPU 401 means that the gaming value CPU 401 performs control using the program stored in the gaming value ROM outside usage area 402b or the storage area in the gaming value RAM outside usage area 403b. means.

(No. 1 Function to control game execution)
The "function for controlling game execution" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "function for controlling the execution of the game" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function for controlling game execution" corresponds to, for example, the processing executed by the main loop processing of step S1000.

(No. 2 Control of gaming state)
"Control of gaming state" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "control of the gaming state" is performed within the usage area of the main CPU 101. In addition, "control of the gaming state" corresponds to, for example, the gaming state setting process in step S12005 and the RAM initialization process at the end of the bonus in step S12017.

(No. 3 BET/Settlement of gaming value)
For "BET/Settlement of gaming value", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "◎". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "betting/settlement of gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "bet/settlement of gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value management process of step S3000.

(No. 4 Operation of reel 20)
“Operation of reel 20” is marked “◎” within the area used by the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "the operation of the reel 20" is performed within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operating the reel 20" corresponds to, for example, the reel rotation start preparation process in step S6000 and the reel drive control process in step S15005.

(No. 5 Generation of random numbers for internal lottery)
"Generation of random numbers for internal lottery" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "generation of random numbers for internal lottery" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "generation of random numbers for internal lottery" corresponds to, for example, the process of generating random numbers by the main random number generator 104.

(No. 6 Condition device operation)
For "condition device operation", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "◎". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "operation of the conditional device" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "operation of the conditional device" corresponds to, for example, the internal lottery process in step S4000.

(No. 7 Operation of stop button 10)
"Operation of stop button 10" is marked "◎" within the area used by the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "the operation of the stop button 10" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "operation of the stop button 10" corresponds to, for example, the process in step S7001 of the reel rotation process in step S7000.

(No. 8 Judgment of combination of displayed symbols)
"Determination of combination of displayed symbols" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "determination of the combination of displayed symbols" is performed within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "determination of the combination of displayed symbols" corresponds to, for example, the display determination process of step S8000.

(No. 9 Granting gaming value by winning)
For "granting gaming value due to winnings", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "◎". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "granting gaming value due to winning" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "granting gaming value due to winning" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value granting process in step S9000.

(No. 10 Replay, accessory, operation of accessory continuous operation device)
``Re-gaming, accessory items, and operation of accessory item continuous operation device'' are marked ``◎'' within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "the replay, the accessory, and the operation of the accessory continuous operation device" are performed within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of replay, accessory, and accessory continuous activation device" includes, for example, the process of turning on the replay operation flag in step S8003, the process of steps S12002 to S12006, and the process of steps S12014 to S12015. is equivalent.

(No. 11 Control related to execution of other games)
For "control related to execution of other games", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "◎". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "control related to the execution of other games" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. The "control related to the execution of other games" corresponds to, for example, the ball dispensing state management process at the time of lever operation in step S5000 and the ball dispensing state management process after full stop in step S11000.

(No. 12 Function to control gaming value display 24)
For the "function to control the gaming value display 24", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "function of controlling the gaming value display 24" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of controlling the gaming value display 24" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value display LED data creation process in step S28003.

(No. 13 Recording gaming value electromagnetically)
For "electromagnetically record gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "electromagnetically record gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "recording gaming value electromagnetically" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503.

(No. 14 Displays the number of gaming values)
In "Display number of gaming values", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "display the number of gaming values" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "display the number of game values" corresponds to, for example, the game value display LED data display process in step S28004.

(No. 15 Addition of loaned gaming value)
For "addition of rented gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "addition of lent gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "addition of lent gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value storage area update process in step S22725.

(No. 16 Subtraction of counted gaming value)
In the "subtraction of counted gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "subtraction of the counted gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "subtraction of the counted gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value subtraction process of step S28311.

(No. 17 Subtraction of betted gaming value)
For "subtraction of betted gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "subtraction of betted gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "subtraction of betted gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value storage area update process in step S22410.

(No. 18 Addition of settled gaming value)
For "addition of settled gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "addition of the settled gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "addition of settled gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value storage area addition process at the time of settlement in step S22304.

(No. 19 Addition of granted gaming value)
For "Addition of granted gaming value", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "0". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "addition of the awarded gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "adding the awarded gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503.

(No. 20 Initialization of gaming value using the gaming value number clear button 61)
For "Initialization of gaming value using the number of gaming value clear button 61", the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "initialization of gaming value using the number of gaming value clear button 61" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "initialization of gaming values using the gaming value number clear button 61" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013.

(No. 21 Function to control communication with lending device 700)
"Function to control communication with the lending device 700" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and marked "○" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "function of controlling communication with the lending device 700" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of controlling communication with the lending device 700" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine information notification process in step S28400.

(No. 22 VL power supply monitoring)
For "VL power supply monitoring", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "VL power supply monitoring" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "VL power supply monitoring" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not VL disconnection with the lending device 700 in step S21005 is detected.

(No. 23 Communication control, communication timer management)
For "communication control, communication timer management", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "communication control, communication timer management" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "communication control, communication timer management" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not a lending device periodic command has been received in step S21001, and the gaming value timer measurement process of step S28006.

(No. 24 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation/sending)
For "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation/transmission", the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation/transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation/transmission" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information notification process of step S28409.

(No. 25 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation/sending)
For "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation/transmission", the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation/transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation/transmission" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification process of step S28406.

(No. 26 Gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) message generation and transmission)
For "gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) message generation/transmission", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "gaming machine information notification (hole console fraud monitoring information) message generation/transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "gaming machine information notification (hole-con fraud monitoring information) message generation/transmission" corresponds to, for example, the hall-con fraud monitoring information notification process in step S28403.

(No. 27 Count notification message generation/sending)
For "Count notification message generation/transmission", the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, "count notification message generation/transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "count notification message generation and transmission" corresponds to, for example, the count notification message generation and transmission process in step S28312.

(No.28 Rental notification received)
For "Lending notification reception", the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "rental notification reception" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "receiving rental notification" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not there is a rental notification in step S22007.

(No. 29 Loan receipt result response message generation and transmission)
For "Lending receipt result response message generation/transmission", the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "◎", and the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked "○". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "lending receipt result response message generation/transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "lending receipt result response message generation/transmission" corresponds to, for example, the lending receipt result response process in step S22729.

(No. 30 Communication control between main CPU 101 and gaming value CPU 401)
"Communication control between the main CPU 101 and the gaming value CPU 401" is marked "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the gaming value CPU 401" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. The "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the gaming value CPU 401" corresponds to, for example, the payment command transmission process in step S3008 and the payment command response process in step S22301.

(No. 31 Aggregation of gaming machine performance information)
In the "Total of gaming machine performance information", "O" is inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, "totalization of gaming machine performance information" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "accumulation of gaming machine performance information" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information calculation process in step S10200.

(No. 32 Total number of BETs)
The "total number of BETs" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "total number of BETs" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "total number of bets" corresponds to, for example, the performance information total number of bets counter addition process in step S10204.

(No. 33 Total number of grants)
The "total number of grants" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "total number of grants" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "total number of grants" corresponds to, for example, the performance information total number of grants counter addition process in step S10205.

(No. 34 MY)
“MY” is “O” inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, “MY” is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that "MY" corresponds to, for example, the performance information MY counter update process in step S10212.

(No. 35 Total number of accessories given)
The "total number of accessories granted" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "total number of accessories provided" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "total number of bonuses awarded" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) winning ratio total bonus addition process in step S10127.

(No. 36 Number of consecutive accessories given)
The "number of consecutive accessory items" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "number of consecutive accessory objects" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "number of consecutive accessory items awarded" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) consecutive bonus total award addition process of step S10126.

In addition, "Total number of BETs" of "No. 32", "Total number of bets awarded" of "No. 33", "MY" of "No. 34", "Total number of accessories awarded" of "No. 35", The “number of consecutive accessory items given” of “No. 36” will be erased when the gaming machine 1 is powered off.

Here, the gaming machine 1 is powered off immediately before notifying the lending device 700 of any of the "total number of BETs" of "No. 32" to the "number of consecutive accessory awards" of "No. 36". In this case, the message that has not been notified to the lending device 700 will not be deleted even if the gaming machine 1 is powered off. For example, the value of the total number of BETs counter 103be for performance information of "No. 32" will be erased when the gaming machine 1 is powered off, but the value of the total number of BETs counter 103be for performance information of "No. 32" will be erased. An event may occur in which the data is not deleted.

(No. 37 Role item ratio)
The "accessories ratio" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "accessory object ratio" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "accessory object ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) accessory ratio setting process of step S10140.

(No. 38 Continuous role ratio)
The "continuous accessory ratio" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "continuous accessory ratio" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "continuous role object ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) consecutive role ratio setting process of step S10139.

(No. 39 Advantageous section ratio)
The "advantageous section ratio" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Note that although the "advantageous section ratio" is not calculated in this embodiment, when the "advantageous section ratio" is calculated, it is desirable to calculate it outside the usage area of the main CPU 101.

(No. 40 Ratio of instructions included)
The "instruction-included accessory ratio" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "designated accessory ratio" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "instruction-included accessory ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) instruction-included accessory ratio setting process in step S10136.

(No. 41 Condition ratio of accessories, etc.)
The "Accessories Status Ratio" is "0" inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "accessories status ratio" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "accessory object condition ratio" corresponds to, for example, the cumulative accessory object condition ratio calculation process in step S10114.

"No. 37" "accessory ratio", "No. 38" "continuous accessory ratio", "No. 39" "advantageous section ratio", "No. 40" "instruction accessory ratio" , "No. 41", "Accessories, etc. condition ratio", the accumulated tally result is always notified by telegram of gaming machine information notification. In addition, apart from the "accessory object ratio" of "No. 37" to "accessory object state ratio" of "No. 41" to be displayed on the monitor display 44, the The "accessory object ratio" of "No. 37" to the "accessory object state ratio" of "No. 41" until the power is cut off may be calculated and notified to the lending device 700.

(No. 42 Number of games played)
"Number of games" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, the "number of games" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "game count" corresponds to, for example, the performance information game count counter addition process in step S10202.

(No. 43 Generation of gaming machine installation information)
For "Generation of gaming machine installation information", inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are all marked as "O".

Here, "generation of gaming machine installation information" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "generation of gaming machine installation information" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17 and the gaming machine installation information generation process in step S20011.

(No. 44 Main control chip ID number of main control board 100)
The “main control chip ID number of the main control board 100” is “O” inside the area used by the main CPU 101 and outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17.

(No. 45 Main control chip manufacturer code of main control board 100)
The "main control chip maker code of the main control board 100" is "O" inside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "main control chip maker code of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip maker code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17.

(No. 46 Main control chip product code of main control board 100)
The "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" is marked "O" inside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17.

(No. 47 Gaming value control chip ID number of gaming value control board 400)
The "gaming value control chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400" is "O" inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "gaming value control chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "gaming value control chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 48 Gaming value control chip manufacturer code of gaming value control board 400)
The "gaming value control chip maker code of the gaming value control board 400" has "O" inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "gaming value control chip maker code of the gaming value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "gaming value control chip maker code of the gaming value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 49 Gaming value control chip product code of gaming value control board 400)
In the "gaming value control chip product code of the gaming value control board 400", "O" is inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the areas within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "gaming value control chip product code of the gaming value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "gaming value control chip product code of the gaming value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 50 Hall computer/Illegal monitoring information generation)
For "Generation of hall computer/fraud monitoring information," the areas within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are all marked "○". There is.

Here, "generation of hall computer/fraud monitoring information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "generation of hall computer/fraud monitoring information" corresponds to, for example, the first fraud information setting process in step S22102.

(No. 51 Game value number)
The "game value number" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main control board 100 and outside the usage area of the gaming value control board 400 are marked with an "x".

Here, the "number of game values" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the “number of gaming values” corresponds to, for example, the hole con fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values) addition process in step S22303.

(No. 52 BET number)
The “Number of BETs” is “〇” within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "Number of BETs" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the “Number of BETs” corresponds to, for example, the hole con fraud monitoring information (BET) update process in step S22407.

(No. 53 Number of grants)
The "number of grants" is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "number of awards" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "number of grants" corresponds to, for example, the hole-con fraud monitoring information (number of grants) setting process in step S22507.

(No. 54 First control state of main control board 100)
In the "first control state of the main control board 100", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "O". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "first control state of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "first control state of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the AT transition control state setting process in step S11405 and the BB transition control state setting process in step S12004.

(No. 55 Second control state of main control board 100)
In the "second control state of the main control board 100", the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked "O". Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "second control state of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "second control state of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the process of outputting the fifth to seventh gaming machine state signals described using FIG. 81.

(No. 56 Game machine error status)
The "gaming machine error state" is "O" inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401.

Here, the "gaming machine error state" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. The "gaming machine error state" corresponds to, for example, the setting change device operation error processing in step S6 and the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) processing in step S20004.

(No. 57 First fraudulent information)
In the "first fraud information", inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are all "O".

Here, the "first fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "first fraudulent information" includes, for example, the setting change start command transmission process in step S21, the process of transmitting a setting value confirmation command by the setting key switch check process in step S15012, and the first fraudulent information setting process in step S22102. (bit “1”=ON) and the first fraud information setting process in step S22104 (bit “0”=ON).

(No. 58 2nd fraudulent information)
In the "second fraud information", inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are all "O".

Here, the "second fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "second fraud information" corresponds to, for example, the main error command transmission process in step S2013, the main error command transmission process in step S15105, and the second fraud information setting process (bit "1" = ON) in step S22204. do.

(No. 59 Specified number (IN))
The “specified number (IN)” is “〇” within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "specified number (IN)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the “regular number (IN)” corresponds to, for example, the hole-con fraud monitoring information (regular number (IN)) setting process in step S3022.

(No. 60 Specified number (OUT))
The prescribed number (OUT) is "0" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "regular number (OUT)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "regular number (OUT)" corresponds to the hole-con fraud monitoring information (regular number (OUT)) setting process in step S8006.

(No. 61 Function to control setting change device)
"Function to control the setting change device" is marked "O" in the usage area of the main CPU 101. Further, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, the "function for controlling the setting change device" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of controlling the setting change device" corresponds to, for example, the setting value change process in step S100.

(No. 62 Function to send information related to performance to peripheral board)
The "function of transmitting information related to effects to peripheral boards" is marked "O" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "x".

Here, "the function of transmitting information related to the effect to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of transmitting information related to effects to peripheral boards" corresponds to, for example, the grouping command transmitting process in step S5010.

(No.63 Function to send gaming machine information to peripheral board)
For the "function of transmitting game machine information to the peripheral board", the area used by the main CPU 101 and the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 are marked "O". Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "function of transmitting gaming machine information to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of transmitting gaming machine information to the peripheral board" corresponds to, for example, the main error command transmitting process in step S2013 and the gaming value error command transmitting process in step S28209.

(No. 64 Fraud monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66))
In "Illegal monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)", "O" is inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, "fraud monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Incidentally, the "fraudulent monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" corresponds to, for example, the process of detecting a fraudulent board that illegally rewrites the winning combination or the state of the balls.

(No. 65 Monitoring of fraud related to granting of gaming value)
"Monitoring of fraud related to the granting of gaming value" is as follows: inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. There is.

Here, "monitoring fraud related to the granting of gaming value" refers to, for example, fraudulent acts such as changing the value of gaming value awarded by winning (for example, changing the number of gaming values awarded when "Plum" is won). It is desirable to monitor fraud within the usage area of the main CPU 101 for fraud ("15").

On the other hand, the gaming value value is not added by the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503, but the gaming value value displayed on the gaming value display 24 (the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa) is fraudulently added. It is desirable to monitor fraud within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 for fraudulent activities such as addition.

(No. 66 Fraud monitoring related to lending of gaming value)
"Monitoring fraud related to loaning of gaming value" is as follows: inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. There is.

Here, "monitoring of fraud related to lending of gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. For example, it is desirable to monitor fraud within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 in case of fraudulent activity that obstructs normal lending of gaming value due to fraudulent boards or fraudulent lending.

Specifically, in the case of a fraudulent act in which the lending notification process in step S22700 is performed even though there is no lending notification from the lending device 700 (step S22007=NO), within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, It is desirable to monitor unauthorized use.

(No. 67 Error processing (game stop))
"Error processing (game stop)" is marked "O" in the usage area of the main CPU 101 and in the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "error processing (game stop)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "error process (game stop)" corresponds to, for example, the main stop process in step S2014.

In addition, in the above explanation, the internal communication error in the gaming machine (main stop), the number of game value reached error (main stop), the rental device communication no response error (main stop), and the door open error (main stop) are explained as examples. This also applies when an abnormality is detected in the RAM 103 or the gaming value RAM 403.

(No. 68 Error processing (notification only))
For "Error processing (notification only)", inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are all ``O''.

Here, the "error processing (notification only)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "error processing (notification only)" corresponds to, for example, before the gaming value is reached, advance notification of cancellation, and notification of cancellation standby.

(No. 69 Function to control display on monitor display 44)
"Function to control the display of the monitor display 44" is marked "O" inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Further, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, "the function of controlling the display of the monitor display 44" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of controlling the display of the monitor display 44" corresponds to, for example, the monitor display unit control process of S15013.

(No. 70 Function to generate signals necessary for testing gaming machines)
"Function to generate signals necessary for testing gaming machines" is indicated by "〇 ”.

Here, the "function of generating signals necessary for testing gaming machines" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" corresponds to, for example, the test signal output processing in step S10004.

(No. 71 Aggregation of MY values of stop function)
In the "Totalization of MY values of the stopping function", "○" is inside the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Furthermore, the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked "x".

Here, "totalization of MY values of the termination function" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that "totalization of MY values of the discontinuation function" corresponds to, for example, the discontinuation calculation process in step S14100.

(No. 72 Activation process of stoppage function (game stop))
For the “stopping function activation process (gaming stop)”, the area used by the main CPU 101 and the area used by the gaming value CPU 401 are marked “O”. Further, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "x".

Here, the "stopping function activation process (game stop)" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. The "stopping function activation process (gaming stop)" corresponds to, for example, the stopping process in step S14005.

(No. 73 Function to send information related to the stop function to the peripheral board)
"Function to send information related to the stop function to the peripheral board" is set to "〇 ”.

Here, the "function of transmitting information related to the termination function to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of transmitting information related to the abort function to the peripheral board" corresponds to, for example, the abort command transmission process in step S14003.

(Details regarding granting gaming value)
Next, details regarding the provision of gaming value will be explained using FIG. 151.

In the following, an example of control will be explained in which all the reels 20 are stopped, a "Plum" is won, and a gaming value of "6" is awarded.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S8002). At this time, since "Plum" has won, the replay has not won, so the process moves to step S8004 (step S8002=NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning has been achieved using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S8004). At this time, since "Plum" has been won, the process moves to step S8005 (step S8004=YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the grant value of the gaming value using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S8005). At this time, "6" is stored in the assigned value storage area 103ag in the main RAM usage area 103a by the program in the main ROM usage area 102a.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the assigned value is "1" or more using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S9001). At this time, since "6" is stored in the assigned value storage area 103ag in the main RAM usage area 103a, the process moves to step S9002 (step S9001=YES).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value giving command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S9002). ). The main CPU 101 then waits until there is a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a gaming value imparting command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22005). At this time, since the gaming value imparting command has been received as a result of the gaming value imparting command transmission process in step S9002, the process moves to step S22501 (step S22005=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value imparting command response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22501). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to receiving the gaming value imparting command.

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S9003). At this time, since there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 as a result of the gaming value imparting command response process in step S22501, the process moves to step S9005 (step S9003=YES). Then, the main CPU 101 waits until it receives a gaming value provision completion command from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the granted value is "0" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22502). At this time, since the awarded value of the game value is "6", the process moves to step S22503 (step S22502=NO).

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value storage area addition processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22503). At this time, the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a performs a process of adding "1" to the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-5", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting the granted value using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22504). At this time, the awarded value of the game value is subtracted by "1" from "6" to become "5".

In "No. 2-6", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the granted value is "0" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22505). At this time, since the awarded value is "5", the process moves to step S22503 (step S22505=NO), and until the awarded value becomes "0", the gaming value storage area addition process of step S22503 is performed. and the grant value subtraction process in step S22504 are repeatedly executed.

In "No. 2-7", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value provision completion command using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22506). At this time, a gaming value provision completion command will be transmitted to the main control board 100 and the sub control board 300.

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a gaming value grant completion command has been received by the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S9005). At this time, since the gaming value imparting completion command has been received as a result of the gaming value imparting completion command transmission process in step S22506, the imparting of the gaming value is completed (step S9005=YES).

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the gaming value imparting command has been received as a result of the gaming value imparting command transmission process in step S9002, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received gaming value imparting command. At this time, the information included in the gaming value granting command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the game value imparting command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, so that the effect when the game value imparting command is received is executed. The Rukoto.

Similarly, when the sub CPU 301 receives the gaming value granting completion command, by performing the processes “No. 3-1” to “No. 3-5”, The performance will be performed.

(Details regarding betting on gaming value)
Next, details regarding betting of gaming value will be explained using FIG. 152.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET button 6 has been operated using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3012). At this time, if the operation of the BET button 6 is detected by the BET switch 6sw, the process moves to step S3013 (step S3012=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a BET command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3013). The main CPU 101 then waits until there is a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a BET command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22403). At this time, since the BET command has been received as a result of the BET command transmission process in step S3013, the process moves to step S22404 (step S22403=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET command response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22404). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to receiving the BET command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a bet number storage area update process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22409). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 stores the gaming value RAM usage area according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a and the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a. The value of the BET number storage area 403ac in 403a is updated.

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area update process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22410). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to update the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3014). At this time, since there is a response in the BET command response process in step S22404, the process moves to step S3016 (step S3014=YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM usage area 103a using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3016). This completes the betting of the gaming value.

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the BET command has been received as a result of the BET command transmission process in step S3013, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received BET command. At this time, the information included in the BET command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the BET command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, so that the effect when the BET command is received is executed. becomes.

(Details regarding MAXBET of gaming value)
Next, details regarding the MAX BET of gaming value will be explained using FIG. 153.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the MAXBET button 7 has been operated using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3017). At this time, if the MAXBET switch 7sw detects the operation of the MAXBET button 7, the process moves to step S3018 (step S3017=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a MAXBET command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3018). The main CPU 101 then waits until there is a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a MAXBET command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22405). At this time, since the MAXBET command has been received as a result of the MAXBET command transmission process in step S3018, the process moves to step S22406 (step S22405=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs MAXBET command response processing by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22406). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to receiving the MAXBET command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a bet number storage area update process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22409). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 stores the gaming value RAM usage area according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a and the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a. The value of the BET number storage area 403ac in 403a is updated.

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area update process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22410). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to update the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3019). At this time, since there is a response through the MAXBET command response process in step S22406, the process moves to step S3021 (step S3019=YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing to update the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM usage area 103a using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3021). This completes the MAXBET of the gaming value.

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the MAXBET command has been received as a result of the MAXBET command transmission process in step S3018, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs command storage processing (step S31002) to store the received MAXBET command. At this time, the information included in the MAXBET command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the MAXBET command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. As a result, the effect when the MAXBET command is received will be executed.

(Details regarding settlement of gaming value)
Next, details regarding settlement of gaming value will be explained using FIG. 154.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the payment button 8 has been operated using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3006). At this time, if the operation of the payment button 8 is detected by the payment switch 8sw, the process moves to step S3007 (step S3006=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM usage area 103a is greater than or equal to "1" using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a. . At this time, if the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more, the process moves to step S3008 (step S3007=YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a settlement command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3008). The main CPU 101 then waits until there is a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a settlement command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22003). At this time, since the payment command has been received as a result of the payment command transmission process in step S3008, the process moves to step S22301 (step S22003=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs payment command response processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22301). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to receiving the settlement command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs the processing of adding the gaming value storage area at the time of settlement using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22304). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa.

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a bet number storage area clearing process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22305). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to clear the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3009). At this time, since there is a response through the payment command response process in step S22301, the process moves to step S3011 (step S3009=YES).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM usage area 103a using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3011). This completes the settlement of the gaming value.

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the payment command has been received as a result of the payment command transmission process in step S3008, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received payment command. At this time, the information included in the payment command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the payment command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, the underframe lamp 28, and the speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, so that the effect when the payment command is received is executed. becomes.

(Details regarding clearing the gaming value RAM 403)
Next, details regarding clearing the gaming value RAM 403 will be explained using FIG. 155.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the reset button 41 has been operated using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S13). At this time, if the operation of the reset button 41 is detected by the reset switch 41sw, the process moves to step S14 (step S13=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reset start command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14). .

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs main RAM clear processing using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S15). As a result, a predetermined area of the main RAM 103 is cleared.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a reset start command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20006). At this time, since the reset start command has been received as a result of the reset start command transmission process in step S14, the process moves to step S20007 (step S20006=YES).

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs gaming value RAM initialization processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20007). At this time, a predetermined area of the gaming value RAM 403 (for example, the gaming value error information storage area 403ab and the bet number storage area 403ac) is cleared.

Here, in the gaming value RAM initialization process of step S20007, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is not initialized. Note that initialization of the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa will be explained using FIG. 156.

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the reset start command has been received as a result of the reset start command transmission process in step S14, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", a command storage process (step S31002) is performed in which the sub CPU 301 stores the received reset start command. At this time, the information included in the reset start command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the reset start command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. As a result, the effect when the reset start command is received will be executed.

(Details regarding clearing the number of game values)
Next, details regarding clearing the number of game values will be explained using FIG. 156.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the gaming value number clear button 61 has been operated by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20012). At this time, if the operation of the number of game values clear button 61 is detected by the number of game values clear switch 61sw, the process will proceed to step S20013 (step S20012=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value number clearing process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20013). At this time, processing is performed to clear the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

Here, in the game value clearing process in step S20013, the game value storage area 403aa is cleared, but other storage areas of the game value RAM 403 are not cleared. As described above, other storage areas of the gaming value RAM 403 will be cleared in response to receiving the reset start command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value number clear command to the sub-control board 300 using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20014).

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the number of gaming values clear command has been received due to the processing of transmitting the number of gaming values clear command in step S20014, the processing of step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received gaming value number clear command. At this time, the information included in the number of game value clear command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the number of game value clear command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. As a result, the effect when the number of game value clear command is received will be executed.

(Details regarding the stop function)
Next, details regarding the stopping function will be explained using FIG. 157.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the abort flag is ON using the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14101). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the termination flag storage area 103bc outside the main RAM used area 103b is OFF (step S14101=NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 uses a program outside the main ROM used area 102b to refer to the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af in the main RAM used area 103a, and turns on the replay active flag. A process is performed to determine whether or not there is one (step S14102). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the replay active flag storage area 103af in the main RAM usage area 103a is OFF (step S14102=NO).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs MY counter calculation processing for termination using the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14103). At this time, the main CPU 101 adds the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag in the main RAM used area 103a to the value of the stop MY counter 103ba outside the main RAM used area 103b, and adds the value of the BET counter 103ad inside the main RAM used area 103a. Performs processing to subtract the value of.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the calculation result is a negative value using the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14104). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the calculation result of the aborting MY counter calculation process in step S14103 is "19,000" (step S14104=NO).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs an abort MY counter update process using a program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14106). At this time, "19,000", which is the calculation result of the abort MY counter calculation process in step S14103, is set in the abort MY counter 103ba outside the main RAM usage area 103b.

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the MY counter for abort is "19,000" or more using the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14107). . Here, in the abort MY counter update process in step S14106, the abort MY counter 103ba outside the main RAM usage area 103b is set to "19,000", so the process moves to step S14108 (step S14107=YES) .

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the abort flag using the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b (step S14108). At this time, the value of the abort flag storage area 103bc outside the main RAM used area 103b is updated, and the abort flag is turned ON.

In "No. 1-8", the main CPU 101 uses the program in the main ROM usage area 102a to refer to the value in the gaming state storage area 103ak in the main RAM usage area 103a, and determines whether or not the bonus is activated. Perform the process to determine. At this time, the explanation will be continued assuming that the bonus is not activated (step S14001=NO).

In "No. 1-9", the main CPU 101 uses the program in the main ROM used area 102a to refer to the value in the abort flag storage area 103bc in the outside main RAM used area 103b, and determines whether the abort flag is ON or not. (Step S14002). Then, since the abort flag is turned ON by the process in step S14108, the process moves to step S14003 (step S14002=YES).

In "No. 1-10", the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a termination command to the sub control board 300 and the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14003).

In "No. 1-11", the main CPU 101 performs a termination notification process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14004). As a result, "E0" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16.

In "No. 1-12", the main CPU 101 performs a termination process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14005). As a result, the stopping function is activated, and the processing by the main control board 100 is prevented from proceeding.

In "No. 3-1", the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, since the abort command has been received as a result of the abort command transmission process in step S14003, the process in step S31002 will be performed (step S31001=YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub CPU 301 performs command storage processing (step S31002) to store the received abort command. At this time, the information included in the abort command will be stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub CPU 301 performs sub effect determination processing (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the stop command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. As a result, the effect when the stop command is received will be executed.

Note that, when the gaming value control board 400 receives a stop command from the main control board 100, it may perform an automatic counting process of counting the value stored in the gaming value storage area 403aa. By doing so, it is possible to automatically count the gaming value without operating the counting button 60.

(Details regarding setting changes)
Next, details regarding setting changes will be explained using FIG. 158.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the power is being cut off using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S1). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the power has been turned on (step S1=NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the setting key signal is turned ON using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S4). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the setting key signal is ON (step S4=YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the front door 3 is open using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S5). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the front door 3 is open (step S5=YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs main gaming machine installation information command transmission processing using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S17). At this time, the program outside the main ROM usage area 102b is read out, the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100 are extracted, and the program in the outside main RAM usage area 103b is extracted. Store in storage area. Then, according to the program in the main ROM used area 102a, a gaming machine installation information command is generated with reference to a predetermined storage area outside the main RAM used area, and transmitted to the gaming value control board 400. The main CPU 101 then waits until there is a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the main gaming machine installation information command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20008). At this time, since the main gaming machine installation information command has been received as a result of the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17, the process moves to step S20009 (step S20008=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs main gaming machine installation information message creation processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20009). At this time, the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100 is stored in the gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a, and responds to the reception of the main gaming machine installation information command. A response message is created.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs main gaming machine installation information command response processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20010). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the reception of the main gaming machine installation information command to the main control board 100 by returning the created response message.

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S18). At this time, since there is a response in the main gaming machine installation information command response process in step S20010, the process moves to step S20 (step S18=YES).

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 uses the program in the main ROM usage area 102a to perform processing to determine whether or not it is time to change settings. Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the settings are changed.

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs a setting change process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S100). As a result, the setting value is changed.

(Details regarding lending of gaming value)
Next, details regarding lending of gaming value will be explained using FIG. 159.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether there is a lending notification from the lending device 700 using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22007). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that there is a lending notification from the lending device 700 (step S22007=YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs received data setting processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22701). At this time, the serial reception data received from the lending device 700 is set in the reception buffer 403ag in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 determines whether the value of the lending device communication timer 403af in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a. (Step S22702). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the lending device communication timer 403af in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is not "0" (step S22702=NO).

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4" or not. (Step S22703). Here, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0", the process of step S22704 is performed (step S22703=NO).

In "No. 2-5", the gaming value CPU 401 determines whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0" or "1" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a. A process is performed to determine whether or not (step S22704). Here, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0", the process of step S22705 is performed (step S22704=YES).

In "No. 2-6", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a reception buffer check process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22705). At this time, it is determined whether the reception buffer is normal by determining whether the message length is "0x05" corresponding to a lending notification and whether the command is "0x13" corresponding to a lending notification. is checked.

In "No. 2-7", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the received data is normal as a result of the reception buffer check processing by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22706). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the received data is normal (step S22706=YES).

In "No. 2-8", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4" or not. (Step S22713). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0", the process of step S22714 is performed (step S22713=NO).

In "No. 2-9", the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter addition processing according to the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is added to become "1". Then, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends, and the process moves to the next lending notification process. In addition, in the next lending notification process, by performing "No. 2-1" to "No. 2-9", the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is added to "2". Then, the process will proceed to the next lending notification process.

In "No. 2-10", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "2" or not. (Step S22709). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "2", the process of step S22710 is performed (step S22709=YES).

In "No. 2-11", the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending serial number buffer setting processing by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22710). At this time, the received data is set in the lending serial number buffer 403ai in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-12", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "3" or not. (Step S22711). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "2", the process of step S22713 is performed (step S22711=NO).

In "No. 2-13", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4" or not. (Step S22713). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "2", the process of step S22714 is performed (step S22713=NO).

In "No. 2-14", the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter addition processing according to the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is added to become "3". Then, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends, and the process moves to the next lending notification process.

In "No. 2-15", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "3" or not. (Step S22711). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "3", the process of step S22712 is performed (step S22711=YES).

In "No. 2-16", the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending gaming value number buffer setting processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22712). At this time, the received data is set in the lending game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-17", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4" or not. (Step S22713). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "3", the process of step S22714 is performed (step S22713=NO).

In "No. 2-18", the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter addition processing according to the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is added to "4". Then, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends, and the process moves to the next lending notification process.

In "No. 2-19", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4" or not. (Step S22713). Here, as described above, since the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "4", the process of step S22715 is performed (step S22713=YES).

In "No. 2-20", the gaming value CPU 401 performs reception counter initialization processing by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22715). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a becomes "0".

In "No. 2-21", the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending device communication timer initialization processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22716). At this time, the value of the lending device communication timer 403af in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a becomes the initial value.

In "No. 2-22", the gaming value CPU 401 performs checksum calculation processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22717). At this time, a checksum is calculated by adding the value of the message length, the value of the command, the value of the loan serial number, and the value of the number of loan game values.

In "No. 2-23", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the checksum is normal using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22718). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the checksum is normal (step S22718=YES).

In "No. 2-24", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM area 402a to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai in the gaming value RAM area 403a is normal. (Step S22719). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0" and normal (step S22719=YES).

In "No. 2-25", the gaming value CPU 401 uses the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a to check whether the value of the loaned gaming value number buffer 403aj in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "0" or not. A determination process is performed (step S22720). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a is not "0" (step S22720=NO).

In "No. 2-26", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22721). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the gaming machine information type is "0x02" corresponding to a rental notification (step S22721=NO).

In "No. 2-27", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the counted gaming value number is "1" using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22722). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the counted gaming value number of the counted notification of the communication sequence is "1" or more and has not been notified (step S22722=NO).

In "No. 2-28", the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is larger than "50" by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a by the gaming value CPU 401. A process is performed to determine whether or not (step S22723). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the lending game value number buffer 403aj is "47" (step S22723=NO).

In "No. 2-29", the gaming value CPU 401 determines whether the value in the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is "15,000" or more by the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a. A process is performed to determine whether (step S22724). Here, the explanation will be continued assuming that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a is less than "15,000" (step S22724=NO).

In "No. 2-30", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area update process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22725). At this time, "47", which is the value of the lent gaming value, is added to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-31", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting "normal" to the lending reception result response using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22726). At this time, the rental game value number reception result of the rental reception result response becomes "0x00".

In "No. 2-32", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding hole con fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values) using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22727). At this time, the value of the lent gaming value is added to the value of the "number of gaming values" in the hole-con fraud monitoring information.

In "No. 2-33", the gaming value CPU 401 performs lending reception result response processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22729). At this time, the rental acceptance result is responded to the rental device 700. This completes the lending of gaming value.

(Block diagram of fourth embodiment)
Next, a block diagram of the fourth embodiment will be explained using FIG. 160.

Each of the embodiments described above includes a main control board 100 and a gaming value control board 400, and the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 control the games of the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400. Although value-related control is performed, the fourth embodiment differs in that the processing performed by the gaming value control board 400 is performed by the main control board 100.

As shown in FIG. 160, the status board 500 includes a gaming value display 24, a counting switch 60sw that detects the operation of the counting button 60, and a gaming value number clear switch 61sw that detects the operation of the gaming value number clear button 61. , and a rental device connection terminal board 62 for connecting to the rental device 700.

Furthermore, when the main control board 100 performs the processing performed by the gaming value control board 400, the "function for controlling the gaming value display 24" of "No. 12" explained using FIG. It will be controlled within the area.

Specifically, as explained using FIG. 150, "Record gaming value electromagnetically" for "No. 13", "Display number of gaming values" for "No. 14", and "Lending" for "No. 15" ``Addition of counted gaming value'' of ``No. 16'', ``Subtraction of counted gaming value'' of ``No. 17'', ``Subtraction of betted gaming value'' of ``No. For "addition of gaming value", "addition of assigned gaming value" of "No. 19", and "initialization of gaming value using the number of gaming value clear button 61" of "No. 20", the usage area of the main CPU 101 is It will be controlled within the

Similarly, “No. 21” “function for controlling communication with lending device 700” described using FIG. 150 is also controlled within the usage area of main CPU 101.

Specifically, "VL power supply monitoring" of "No. 22" explained using FIG. 150, "communication control, communication timer management processing" of "No. 23", and "gaming machine information" of "No. 24" "Notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation/sending", "No. 25" "gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation/sending", "No. 26" "gaming machine information notification (hall controller)" Fraud monitoring information) Message generation/sending”, “No. 27” “Counting notification message generation/sending”, “No. 28” “Rent notification reception”, “No. 29” “Lending receipt result response message generation”・Transmission" will be controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101.

In this way, the processing performed by the gaming value control board 400 is performed by the main control board 100, so it is not necessary to provide the gaming value control board 400, and the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine 1 can be reduced. .

(Fifth embodiment)
Next, the fifth embodiment will be described using FIGS. 161 to 164.

(Main loop processing in the fifth embodiment)
First, the main loop processing in the fifth embodiment will be explained using FIG. 161.

In the following, points different from the main loop processing explained using FIG. 23 will be explained. Specifically, when the display determination process in step S8000 ends, the error check process after full stop in step S8500 is performed.

(Step S8500)
In step S8500, the main CPU 101 performs a post-stop error check process that will be detailed later with reference to FIG. 162. When the process of step S8500 is completed, the process moves to step S9000.

(Error check processing after full stop)
Next, with reference to FIG. 162, the post-stop error check process performed in step S8500 of the main loop process in the fifth embodiment will be described.

(Step S8501)
In step S8501, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) through the processing in step S15101, and the main CPU 101 stores the error information in the main error information storage area 103zb through the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) processing in step S15102. A process is performed to determine whether information regarding an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is stored. If it is determined that there is an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) (step S8501=YES), the process moves to step S8502. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) (step S8501=NO), the process moves to step S8503.

(Step S8502)
In step S8502, the main CPU 101 performs a communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) rewriting process within the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting and storing information regarding an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb to an abnormal communication error within a gaming machine (main stop). . When the process of step S8502 is completed, the process moves to step S8509.

(Step S8503)
In step S8503, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not there is an error in reaching the number of gaming values (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a gaming value error command having information on a gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is received from the gaming value control board 400. If it is determined that there is an error in reaching the number of game values (constant monitoring) (step S8503=YES), the process moves to step S8504. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no gaming value reaching error (constant monitoring) (step S8503=NO), the process moves to step S8505.

(Step S8504)
In step S8504, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) rewriting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting and storing information regarding the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb into a gaming value number reaching error (main stop). . Then, when the process in step S8504 ends, the process moves to step S8509.

(Step S8505)
In step S8505, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it has received a gaming value error command having information on a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) from the gaming value control board 400. If it is determined that there is a rental device communication non-response error (constant monitoring) (step S8505=YES), the process moves to step S8506. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) (step S8505=NO), the process moves to step S8507.

(Step S8506)
In step S8506, the main CPU 101 performs rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) rewriting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to rewrite and store information regarding the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb into a rental device communication no response error (main stop). I do. Then, when the process in step S8506 ends, the process moves to step S8509.

(Step S8507)
In step S8507, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether there is a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a gaming value error command having information of a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) is received from the gaming value control board 400. If it is determined that there is a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) (step S8507=YES), the process moves to step S8508. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) (step S8507=NO), the subroutine of the error check process after full stop is ended.

(Step S8508)
In step S8508, the main CPU 101 performs a rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) rewriting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting and storing information regarding the rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb into a rental device disconnection error (main stop). . When the process of step S8508 is completed, the process moves to step S8509.

(Step S8509)
In step S8509, the main CPU 101 performs main stop processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 stores in the main error information storage area 103zb an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in reaching the number of game values (main stop), a rental device communication non-response error (main stop), or a rental device communication error (main stop). Since the information of the disconnection error (main stop) is stored, the processing by the main control board 100 is not proceeded until the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied. Then, when the process in step S8509 ends, the process moves to step S8510.

Here, in the fifth embodiment, once the main stop processing is performed, the processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied. Therefore, the value of the termination MY counter 103ba is not updated until the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied, the processing by the main control board 100 proceeds and the value of the termination MY counter 103ba is updated.

(Step S8510)
In step S8510, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error has been resolved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the above-described error termination (cancellation) conditions stored in the main error information storage area 103zb are satisfied. If it is determined that the error has been cleared (step S8510=YES), the subroutine of the error check process after full stop is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error has not been cleared (step S8510=NO), the process moves to step S8509.

(Timing chart in the fifth embodiment)
Next, a timing chart in the fifth embodiment will be explained using FIG. 163.

Timing Ta is the timing at which advance notification of discontinuation is performed. Specifically, this is the timing when a winning is established and the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500" or more. At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "The abort function will be activated soon. 18,500 (current value of the abort MY counter 103ba)/19,000." Further, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a "caution pattern", and the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "The stop function will be activated soon."

Timing Tb is the timing when the start lever 9 is operated. Here, when the start lever 9 is operated, the start switch 9sw is turned on. When the start switch 9sw is turned on, the reels 20 start rotating, and the operation of the stop button 10 becomes effective.

Timing Tc is the timing at which an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is detected. Here, as shown in FIG. 163, even if an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is detected, the reels 20 continue to rotate and the operation of the stop button 10 remains valid. There is. In addition, the image display device 27 continues to display the text image "Abort function will be activated soon. 18,500/19,000."

Timing Td is the timing when the left stop button 11 is operated. Here, when the left stop button 11 is operated, the left stop switch 11sw is turned on. Then, when the left stop switch 11sw is turned on, the rotation of the left reel 21 is stopped.

Timing Te is the timing when the middle stop button 12 is operated. Here, when the middle stop button 12 is operated, the middle stop switch 12sw is turned on. Then, when the middle stop switch 12sw is turned on, the rotation of the middle reel 22 is stopped.

Timing Tf is the timing when the right stop button 13 is operated. Here, when the right stop button 13 is operated, the right stop switch 13sw is turned on. Then, when the right stop switch 13sw is turned on, the rotation of the right reel 23 is stopped.

Here, after timing Tf, the error check process after full stop in step S8500 will be performed. Specifically, since an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) was detected at timing Tc (step S8501=YES), the rewriting process of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) in step S8502 is performed. Become.

Timing Tg is the timing at which the main state becomes main stop. Specifically, after the gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) rewriting process in step S8502 is performed, the main stop process in step S8509 is performed. As a result, the main state changes from "no control" to "main stop", and processing by the main control board 100 is prevented from proceeding until the termination (cancellation) conditions for the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) are satisfied. become.

Timing Th is the timing at which the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) is released. Specifically, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the intra-gaming machine communication error (main stop) are satisfied (step S8510=YES), the main state changes from "main stop" to "no control".

In addition, in FIG. 163, the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) was explained as an example, but the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring), lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring), lending device not connected error ( The same applies to constant monitoring). That is, even if these errors are detected while the reels 20 are rotating, the reels 20 will continue to rotate and the operation of the stop button 10 will remain valid. Further, the image display device 27 continues to display the text image "The abort function will be activated soon. 18,500 (current value of the abort MY counter 103ba)/19,000".

Then, after all the reels 20 have stopped, the main state becomes "main stop", and the processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied. The value of the abort MY counter 103ba will not be updated until the error termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied. Then, when the termination (cancellation) conditions for each error are satisfied, the processing by the main control board 100 proceeds and the value of the termination MY counter 103ba is updated.

(Animation in the fifth embodiment)
Next, animation in the fifth embodiment will be explained using FIG. 164.

FIG. 164(A) is an animation when the start (occurrence) conditions for advance discontinuation notification are satisfied. Specifically, this is the timing Ta in FIG. 163. At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, "The stop function will be activated soon. 18,500/19,000." Further, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "The stop function will be activated soon." Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 164(A), the BGM that is output while staying in the AT state is output from the speaker 29.

FIG. 164(B) is an animation when the start (occurrence) conditions for advance discontinuation notification are satisfied. Specifically, this is timing Tc in FIG. 163. At this time, the image display device 27 will display the text image "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call the staff." The text image “Works. 18,500/19,000” remains displayed. Furthermore, the reels 20 continue to rotate, and the operation of the stop button 10 remains valid. As shown in FIG. 164(B), the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern, and the speaker 29 emits a warning siren and a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." is output.

FIG. 164(C) shows the timing when the main state changes from "no control" to "main stop." Specifically, this is the timing Tg in FIG. 163. At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image that reads, ``Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call the staff.'' and ``The cancellation function will be activated soon. The character image "/19,000" remains displayed.

As shown in FIG. 164(C), "E8" is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, the underframe lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern, and a warning siren is emitted from the speaker 29. Please check the connection of the value control board.'' will be output.

(Other inventions of gaming machine 1)
Other inventions of the gaming machine 1 described above will be explained below.

In the gaming machine 1, the time when the number of game values has been cleared is notified and the time when the setting is being changed is different.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, the time when the number of game values has been cleared is notified and the time when the setting confirmation display is being displayed is different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" is notified, the time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop)" is notified, and the time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" is notified. The time when the notification of ``abnormal error (constant monitoring)'' is made is different from the time when the notification of ``number of gaming values cleared'' is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is notified, the time when the "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when the "game value The time at which the "number cleared" notification is made is different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" notification is made, the time when the "rental device not connected error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when the "play value number cleared" is notified. ” is announced at different times.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when "door open error (main stop)" is notified, the time when "door open error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when "game value number cleared" is notified. The times are different.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is configured such that the time when the "reset start" notification is made is different from the time when the "game value number clear" notification is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "gaming value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time when the "playing value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when the "playing value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified. ” is announced at different times.

Additionally, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "game value reaching error (main stop)" notification is performed, the time when the "playing value reaching error (constant monitoring)" notification is performed, and the time when "settings are being changed". The times at which notifications are made are different.

Additionally, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "game value reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time when the "playing value reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when "setting confirmation display is in progress". ” is announced at different times.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 determines the time when the "game value reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time when the "playing value reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when the "termination function" is notified. The times are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 has a time when a "door open error (main stop)" is notified, a time when a "door open error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and a time when a "stop function" is notified. are different from each other.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is configured such that the time when the activation of the "stopping function" is notified is different from the time when the "game value number clear" is notified.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is configured such that the time at which the activation of the "stopping function" is notified is different from the time at which the "game value settlement" is notified.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, the "intra-gaming machine communication abnormality error" can be detected at multiple timings. Specifically, the timing at which an "internal communication error in a gaming machine (main control notification TO)" can be detected (for example, the timing when the process of step S20003 is performed) and the "internal communication error in a gaming machine (main stop)" are detected. There are two possible timings (for example, the timing at which the process of step S2002 is performed) and a timing at which the "gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, the timing at which the process at step S15101 is performed).

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is capable of detecting the "lending device communication no response error" at multiple timings. Specifically, the timing at which a "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the timing when the process of step S21002 is performed) and the "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" are detected. There is a possible timing (for example, the timing at which the process of step S28306 is performed).

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, the "rental device disconnection error" can be detected at multiple timings. Specifically, the timing at which a "rental device disconnection error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the timing when the process of step S21005 is performed) and the time when a "rental device disconnection error (constant monitoring)" can be detected are determined. There is a timing (for example, the timing at which the process of step S28204 is performed).

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, the "door opening error" can be detected at multiple timings. Specifically, the timing at which a "door opening error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the timing at which the process of step S2011 is performed) and the timing at which a "door opening error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, There is a timing at which the process of step S15103 is performed.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, the "game value number reaching error" can be detected at multiple timings. Specifically, there is a timing when it is possible to detect a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" (for example, a timing when the process of step S22510 is performed) and a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" can be detected. There is a timing (for example, the timing at which the process of step S28201 is performed).

When the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000") in a specific game (for example, AT state), the gaming machine 1 transmits notification regarding the stoppage function in a first notification mode ( For example, if the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba reaches a specific value in a special game (for example, bonus activation state), the second notification mode (for example, the notification mode shown in FIG. 146C) is performed. After the notification is performed in the notification mode (A), the notification is performed in the first notification mode.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, the timing at which the gaming value display 24 starts updating is different depending on whether gaming value is given by loaning out gaming value or winning a prize, or when the number of gaming values is cleared. ing. Specifically, when the number of game values is cleared, it is possible to update and display the game value display 24 without communicating between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. The time lag is shorter than when gaming value is given by lending or winning.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, the timing at which the updating display of the gaming value display 24 starts is determined depending on when the gaming value is betted by operating the BET button 6 or the MAXBET button 7, and when the number of gaming values is cleared. It's supposed to be different. Specifically, when the number of game values is cleared, the game value display 24 can be updated and displayed without communication between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. The time lag is smaller than when the gaming value is bet by operating the MAXBET button 7 or the MAXBET button 7.

Further, some gaming machines 1 can notify one event (for example, before the number of game values is reached) and another event (for example, advance notification of discontinuation) at the same time. By doing so, appropriate notification can be made according to the progress of the game.

Further, in the gaming machine 1, the counting button 60 cannot be shared with other devices. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the gaming value from being counted erroneously.

Further, the gaming machine 1 can count the gaming value at any time while the gaming machine 1 is capable of playing games. On the other hand, if the operation of the counting button 60 is accepted while the game is not possible, there is a risk that the information regarding the counted gaming value will be lost, so it is impossible to count the gaming value.

Furthermore, the communication method between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 is asynchronous serial communication, and the character transmission time is 0.16 ms to 3.9 ms. Here, to explain the communication conditions of the character, "1" byte of data to be communicated includes a start bit and a stop bit, and the lending device 700 receives "0.9" from the start of receiving the start bit. If the next start bit cannot be received within ms, it will be regarded as one message.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 transmits information regarding an error that stops the game (for example, a door opening error (main stop)) to the lending device 700. In this case, when the unit board 710 of the lending device 700 receives information regarding an error that stops the game, the depositing of money and lending of gaming value is restricted. By doing this, when an error that stops the game occurs, depositing money or lending out gaming value will be regulated, so the processing when money is deposited or the lending out of gaming value will be regulated. can be suppressed from being performed unnecessarily.

Further, in the gaming machine 1, when a winning is established and the stopping function is activated, the stopping function is activated after the granting of the gaming value due to the winning is completed. By doing this, the cancellation function will be activated after all the gaming value that is awarded by winning a prize has been awarded, so if the cancellation function is activated while the gaming value is being awarded, the player may be dissatisfied. You can control what you think.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping is a predetermined value (for example, "18,999"), a game value of "3" is bet, and a predetermined winning combination (for example, "left push When "Plum") wins and "Plum" wins, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba becomes "18,999 (value of MY counter for stopping 103ba before update)" - "3 (betted gaming value value)" + "6 (value of gaming value given by winning)" = "19,002", and the cancellation function is activated. On the other hand, when a game value of "3" is bet and a specific winning combination (for example, "Plum in order of middle push", "Plum in order of right push") is won and "Plum" is won, the value of MY counter 103ba for cancellation is "18,999 (value of MY counter 103ba for cancellation before update)" - "3 (value of gaming value bet)" + "13 (value of gaming value awarded by winning)" = "19, 009". By doing this, when a player wins a predetermined winning combination, for example, the player can intentionally win by operating the stop buttons 10 in a different order from the notified order of operating the stop buttons 10. First, by extending the operation of the stoppage function until a specific winning combination is won, it is possible to provide the player with a gaming experience in which the player tries to obtain as much gaming value as possible when the stoppage function is activated. .

Furthermore, even when the stoppage function is activated, the gaming machine 1 continues to calculate the information displayed on the monitor display 44. Specifically, although the calculation of information displayed on the monitor display 44 continues, the game cannot continue due to the freeze stop. Note that the calculation of the information displayed on the monitor display 44 may not be continued and the continuation of the game may be made impossible, or the calculation of the information displayed on the monitor display 44 may not be continued and the continuation of the game may be made impossible. It may be possible to do so.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is configured such that the demo screen is not displayed when the stoppage function is activated. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the player from giving the wrong impression that the gaming machine 1 is capable of playing games.

In addition, the game machine 1 is capable of detecting fraudulent activity even after the game machine 1 is frozen and stopped due to activation of the stop function or the like. For example, it is possible to provide a sensor that detects radio waves so that the process of detecting radio waves can be executed even after freezing is stopped due to activation of a stop function or the like. By doing this, it is possible to detect fraudulent activity even after the freeze is stopped due to activation of the stop function.

Further, in the gaming machine 1, communication between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 continues even after the stop function is activated. By doing this, even after the cancellation function is activated, specific processing by the main control board 100 (for example, processing to display setting confirmation) and specific processing by the gaming value control board 400 (for example, , a process of notifying gaming machine information to the lending device 700).

In addition, when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000" in a special game (for example, in a bonus operating state), the game machine 1 controls the stop MY counter 103ba in subsequent games until the special game ends. The value of the counter 103ba is not updated. For example, in the bonus operation state, when the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is "18,999", if "Plum" is won and a gaming value of "13" is given, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is After counting up to "19,009", the stop flag is turned ON. In subsequent games, the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba is not updated. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the processing load after the start (activation) conditions for the termination function are satisfied in the bonus activation state.

(Modified example of gaming machine 1)
Below, a modification of the gaming machine 1 will be explained.

In a specific game (for example, AT state), when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"), the remaining period that can be spent in the specific game (for example, in AT state) (The game value provided is "500" or more), the notification mode of the remaining period in which you can stay in the specific game is changed (for example, by displaying "Continue until cancellation" on the image display device 27) It may also be a thing. By doing this, it is possible to reduce the dissatisfaction of the player when, for example, the operation of the discontinuation function has been confirmed and the remaining period of stay in a specific game is long. can.

Furthermore, when the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500") in a specific game (for example, AT state), the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba reaches a specific value (for example, The specific game may be continued until the number reaches ``19,000''. By doing this, when the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value, the specific game will continue until the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba reaches a specific value, so the stoppage function is activated. It is possible to reduce the dissatisfaction of the player due to the game ending due to the activation.

In addition, in this embodiment, the lottery regarding the instruction function is not performed by referring to the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba, but in a specific game (for example, AT state), the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba and a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"), if the determination result is a specific result (the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba is "18,500" or more), the additional lottery will be given a cold treatment (for example, , reducing the probability of an additional lottery, or not conducting an additional lottery). By doing so, it is possible to suppress unnecessary addition of the playable period in the specific game in the game after the above-mentioned determination result becomes the specific result.

Here, during a period in which the bonus lottery is not given a favorable treatment, a bonus may be given to the player when he wins the bonus lottery. For example, a setting value suggestion effect that suggests a setting value (for example, an effect that indicates an even number setting, an effect that indicates an odd number setting), a setting value notification effect that indicates a setting value (for example, a effect that indicates a setting value) 6) may be made executable. By doing this, it is possible to reduce the dissatisfaction of the players even if they win the additional lottery during the period when the additional lottery is not given much attention.

Further, when the value of the difference counter 103ax is likely to reach "2,400" (for example, the value of the difference counter 103ax is "2,000" or more), the value of the MY counter for discontinuation 103ba is set to a predetermined value ( For example, it is also possible to disdain the additional lottery in a specific game (for example, AT state) even before it reaches "18,500"). By doing so, it is possible to prevent the playable period in the specific game from being added unnecessarily when the specific period is likely to shift to a non-specific period.

In addition, if the value of the MY counter 103ba for termination reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500" or more), the lottery to move to an advantageous state (for example, an additional state, a pseudo bonus) may be given a cold treatment. good. By doing so, it is possible to prevent unnecessary transition to an advantageous state.

In addition, in a specific game (for example, AT state), if the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes a predetermined value (for example, "18,500" or more), even if you win the additional lottery, you will be notified immediately. First, the notification is made after the notified period (for example, the period displayed on the image display device 27) becomes "0" among the playable periods in a specific game (for example, AT state). Good too. By doing so, the period during which the specific game can be played can be notified in an appropriate manner.

In addition, in a specific game (for example, AT state), the determination result between the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba and a predetermined value (for example, "18,500") is determined as a specific result (the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is " 18,500'' or more), additional notification may be limited. By doing this, even if the playable period in a specific game is added unnecessarily, it becomes difficult to recognize that the player has won the add-on lottery, so it is possible to suppress player dissatisfaction.

Furthermore, in a specific game (for example, AT state), if the value of the gaming value owned by the player reaches the first value (for example, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "15,000"), Although it is possible to perform the additional notification effect, if the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba reaches the second value (for example, "18,500"), the additional effect may not be executed. By doing this, even if the playable period in a specific game is added unnecessarily, it becomes impossible to recognize that the player has won the add-on lottery, so it is possible to suppress the dissatisfaction of the players.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 performs "pre-arrival notification" when the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "15,000" and again when the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes less than "15,000". , the notification mode may be different from the "pre-arrival notification" performed when the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "15,000". For example, the "pre-arrival notification" performed for the "second" time is more accurate than the "pre-arrival notification" performed for the "first" time than the character image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 27. It is also possible to reduce the size. By doing so, persistent notification to the player can be suppressed.

Furthermore, even if the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes less than ``15,000'' after the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes ``15,000,'' It is also possible to continue to perform "advance notification". This eliminates the need for control to switch between displaying and non-displaying the character image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 27, so that the processing load on the sub-control board 300 can be reduced.

The remaining period of time that can be stayed in a specific game (for example, AT state) is under a predetermined condition (for example, the remaining gaming value granted value that can be stayed in AT state ≧ "19,000" which is the activation condition of the cancellation function - for cancellation) MY counter 103ba), the notification mode is changed (for example, the text image "500" remaining displayed on the image display device 27 is changed to the text image "Cancellation confirmed"), and If the remaining period during which the user can stay in the specific game does not satisfy a predetermined condition, the notification mode may not be changed. By doing so, the player can be made aware that it is possible to stay in the specific game until the cancellation function is activated by changing the notification mode.

In this case, after the notification form of the remaining period during which the player can stay in the specific game changes, it is desirable not to change the notification form. Specifically, after the notification mode of the remaining period during which the user can stay in the specific game changes, the notification mode is not changed even if the predetermined condition is again satisfied. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the player from misunderstanding that it is no longer possible to stay in the specific game until the termination function is activated after the notification mode changes.

Furthermore, when the value of the MY counter for discontinuation 103ba reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"), advance notice of discontinuation is performed, but advance notice of discontinuation may also be performed before the prior discontinuation notice. Good too. In this case, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation becomes "18,000", advance notice of discontinuation can be executed in the first notification mode, and the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation becomes "18,000". 500'', it becomes possible to execute advance notification of discontinuation in the second notification mode. By doing so, it is possible to make it easier for the player to recognize the advance notice of cancellation.

Further, the settlement button 8 may be shared with other devices (for example, the BET button 6 and the MAXBET button 7). In this case, the betted gaming value may be settled if the operation time of the other device continues for a predetermined time (for example, "1" second) or more. By doing so, there is no need to provide the payment button 8, so the number of parts of the gaming machine 1 can be reduced.

Further, the gaming value display 24 may be capable of displaying error information of the gaming machine 1. In this case, the error information will be displayed only when it is impossible to proceed with the game (the same goes for lending out gaming value and counting gaming value), and the display of gaming value and error information will only be displayed for a predetermined period of time ( For example, the display is switched every "2" seconds). In particular, the display of error information should not be mistaken for the display of the value of the gaming value owned by the player, or should be difficult to misidentify (for example, the error information should be displayed with the upper digits closed and the lower digits blank). This is desirable.

Further, when the value of the gaming value owned by the player is displayed on the gaming value display 24, the value of the gaming value owned by the player is displayed with priority over the error information of the gaming machine 1. It may also be a thing. Then, when the counting button 60 is operated, the gaming value is counted, and after this gaming value counting is finished, information such as the activation of the stop function is notified on the gaming value display 24. good.

In addition, notification of the activation of the stoppage function, advance notice of stoppage, and standby notification of stoppage are performed using the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29. In addition, this gimmick (performance device) may be used to notify the operation of the stopping function, advance notification of stopping, and notification of waiting to stop.

Furthermore, notification of clearing the number of game values and notification of reset start may be provided using a gimmick (presentation device). Specifically, when the sub CPU 301 receives a game value number clear command from the game value control board 400, it makes a notification by operating a gimmick (presentation device), and receives a reset start command from the main control board 100. In this case, a notification will be given by operating a gimmick (performance device). In this case, the operating mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying the clearing of the number of game values and the operating mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying the reset start may be the same operating mode, Different modes of operation may be used.

In addition, as a condition for starting (activating) the stoppage function, the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more, but it is not limited to this, and for example, the game value The fact that the difference number is "19,000" may be applied.

Further, the gaming value control board 400 may be provided with a display capable of displaying predetermined events. For example, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stopping function are satisfied, this indicator is used to notify the activation of the stopping function.

Further, an image may be displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that the abort function is installed. In this case, it is desirable that the image notifying the user that the discontinuation function is installed is always displayed, and in particular, it is desirable that it be displayed even on the demo screen. By doing so, it is possible to inform the player that the stoppage function is installed even when the game is not being played.

In addition, when the AT status is managed not by the number of games but by the number of sets (for example, ``1'' set and ``30'' games), if the start (activation) conditions for the discontinuation function are satisfied, the ``1'' set The AT state may be continued until the consumption of the set "1" is completed, and the abort function may be activated when the consumption of the "1" set is completed. For example, if the start (activation) conditions for the stop function are met and the remaining number of games in the "1" set is "15" games, the AT state will continue until "15" games are played. , the stopping function may be activated when the game of "1" set is finished (when the game of the remaining "15" games is finished). By doing this, it is possible to avoid giving the player a sense of discomfort that the stopping function is activated in the middle of the "1" set.

Further, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the termination function may be set to power OFF. In this case, in a specific game (for example, AT state), the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba becomes a specific value (for example, "19,000"), and the power is turned off before the specific game ends. In this case, the value of the aborting MY counter 103ba may be carried over. By doing so, it is possible to prevent fraud in which the abort function is disabled by clearing the abort MY counter 103ba.

Further, if there is a possibility that the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba becomes a specific value (for example, "19,000"), the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba may be backed up. In this case, when the sum of the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba and the value of the gaming value obtained by winning a prize is greater than or equal to a specific value, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is backed up. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the value of the termination MY counter 103ba from being cleared illegally.

In addition, in the case where the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping is controlled outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, when the gaming value control board 400 is activated independently without an instruction from the main control board 100, the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping It is also possible to perform processing to clear the value of .

Further, in the case where the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is controlled outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, the value of the stop MY counter 103ba may be cleared by an instruction from the main control board 100.

Further, in the case where the value of the MY counter for cancellation 103ba is controlled outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401, information regarding the cancellation function may be transmitted from the gaming value control board 400 to the main control board 100. By doing this, it is possible to control the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba outside the area used by the gaming value CPU 401, and also recognize information regarding the operation of the stopping function on the main control board 100 side. On the 100 side as well, it becomes possible to perform processing (for example, freeze stop) in accordance with the operation of the stop function.

Further, a start time and an end time at which the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba can be cleared may be settable. For example, by adopting a configuration that can import RTC date and time information, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start time and end time at which the value of the abort MY counter 103ba can be cleared. By doing this, for example, even if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off during business hours of the gaming parlor, it is possible to memorize and retain the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation. .

Further, it may be possible to set the start time and end time at which the stop function can be activated. For example, by having a configuration that can import RTC date and time information, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start time and end time at which the abort function can be activated. By doing so, for example, it is possible to prevent the stop function from operating outside of business hours of the game parlor.

Here, the business hours of game parlors differ depending on each prefecture. For this reason, the settings of the start time at which the value of the MY counter 103ba for suspension can be cleared and the end time at which the value of the MY counter 103ba for suspension can be cleared are set according to the business hours of the gaming parlor in each prefecture. It is desirable to make it possible.

Furthermore, if the date and time information of the RTC is taken in and monitored, and recovery from a power failure of the gaming machine 1 that has not been over the same day is detected, the cancellation MY counter 103ba may not be cleared. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the stopping MY counter 103ba from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

Furthermore, when the date and time information of the RTC is taken in and monitored, and it is detected that the gaming machine 1 has recovered from a power cut that has not passed over a day, it may be possible to notify that the MY counter 103ba for cancellation has been cleared. For example, a voice saying "MY counter has been cleared" may be output from the speaker 29 at maximum volume. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the stopping MY counter 103ba from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

Furthermore, if the start (activation) condition for the abort function and the start (occurrence) condition for a predetermined error overlap, notification may be made in parallel. For example, the image display device 27 may notify both the activation of the abort function and a predetermined error, and the speaker 29 may notify either one or both (for example, the abort function). The operation and a predetermined error may be output alternately.

In addition, the modules related to the abort function may have all the processes made into modules for each function, or may be a common module.

Further, advance notification of discontinuation is to be performed when the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500". For example, when the value of the discontinuation MY counter 103ba becomes "18,000". When this happens, output "1" shot of the voice "1,000 remaining" from the speaker 29, and thereafter output "1" shot from the speaker 29 at the timing of each predetermined threshold value (for example, "100"). You can also use it as

In this case, for example, when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes "18,100", the speaker 29 outputs "1" sound saying "900 left". Then, when the value of the stoppage MY counter 103ba becomes "18,500", the image display device 27 will continue to notify the increase or decrease in the value of the game value provided until the stoppage function is activated.

Further, it is also possible to continuously notify the increase or decrease in the value of the game value provided from the time when the value of the MY counter for cancellation 103ba reaches "18,000" until the cancellation function is activated. In this case, when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes "18,000", the image display device 27 displays a character image "1,000 remaining", and the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes "18,000". ,000'', the character image "Remaining '1,000'" displayed on the image display device 27 is no longer displayed.

Then, when the value of the stop MY counter 103ba becomes "18,000" again, the image display device 27 displays a character image "Remaining '1,000'". Note that if the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba becomes "18,000" again, the text image "Remaining '1,000'" may not be displayed. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the same notification from being repeated.

Further, when advance notification of discontinuation is performed, processing may be performed to turn on a notification flag. In this case, the main control board 100 or the gaming value control board 400 monitors the number of times a predetermined period of time has elapsed since non-gaming (the number of times the demo screen is displayed), and if this number is a predetermined number (for example, "3"), (times), the notification completion flag may be set to OFF. By doing this, when a player ends the game due to the advance notification of discontinuation and the next player starts the game, the operation of the gaming machine 1 due to the advance notification of discontinuation is prevented. The decline can be prevented.

Note that the notified flag may be turned off in response to the operation of the counting button 60, or the notified flag may be turned off when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since non-gaming. .

Further, even if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off, the stop MY counter 103ba is not cleared, and a memory holding button may be provided in which the value of the stop MY counter 103ba is stored and held. In this case, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the memory retention button, the MY counter 103ba for abort is not cleared, and the value of the MY counter 103ba for abort is memorized and retained. On the other hand, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the memory retention button, the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation will be cleared. Note that the memory retention button may be provided with a dedicated button, or may be used also as another button.

Further, it is also possible to provide a MY clear button for canceling, which clears the value of the MY canceling counter 103ba when the gaming machine 1 is powered off. In this case, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the stop MY clear button, the stop MY counter 103ba will be cleared. On the other hand, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the MY button for stopping, the value of the MY stopping counter 103ba is not cleared and the value of the stopping MY counter 103ba is stored and retained. Become. Note that the MY clear button for canceling may be provided with a dedicated button, or may be used also as another button.

Furthermore, a slide panel may be provided that is movable when the stopping function is activated to notify that the stopping function has been activated. It is desirable that this slide panel cannot be operated by the player, but can be operated by the game store clerk. For example, when the front door 3 is opened, the slide panel can be moved in conjunction with the front door 3 to notify that the stopping function has been activated.

Furthermore, if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off after the gaming machine 1 gives advance notice of cancellation, the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba may not be cleared. By doing so, it is possible to prevent fraud in which a clerk at a gaming parlor or the like turns off the power of the gaming machine 1 and clears the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation after the advance notice of cancellation is given.

Furthermore, when the game machine 1 is powered off after the gaming machine 1 gives advance notice of cancellation, it may be possible to notify that the value of the cancellation MY counter 103ba has been cleared. For example, the speaker 29 may output a voice saying "MY counter has been cleared." In this case, it is desirable that the sound output from the speaker 29 be at the maximum volume.

In addition, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off after the gaming machine 1 gives advance notice of termination, information indicating that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned off is sent to the gaming machine information center 820. It is also possible to output . In this case, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned on after the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off, the information that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned off is sent via the lending device 700. It will be output.

Here, the power to the gaming machine 1 can be turned off in two cases: after the advance notice of discontinuance is given, the power is turned off legitimately (for example, the power is turned off after the business hours of a game parlor), and when it is turned off illegally (for example, Since there is a possibility that the power is turned off during business hours of the gaming parlor, the gaming machine information center 820 needs to be able to determine which one. For this reason, the gaming machine information center 820 also needs to store information regarding the date and time when the gaming machine 1 was restored from power-off.

Further, when the gaming machine 1 is restored from power off after detecting a predetermined difference ball, the value of the MY counter 103ba for stopping may not be cleared.

Furthermore, if the game machine 1 is restored from a power failure while playing a specific game (for example, AT state) or a special game (for example, bonus activation state), the value of the MY counter 103ba for cancellation is not cleared. It may also be a thing. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the value of the termination MY counter 103ba from being cleared in an unauthorized manner.

Further, the history of the gaming machine 1 returning from power-off may be displayed on the image display device 27. By doing so, it becomes possible to check whether the value of the MY counter for termination 103ba has been cleared illegally.

Furthermore, the lending device 700 may have a lock function that makes it impossible to return the prepaid card in response to a password being input when the player takes a break. Specifically, when the lock function is enabled, it is impossible to count the gaming value, lend out the gaming value, or return the prepaid card while the gaming value owned by the player is displayed on the gaming value display 24. becomes.

Furthermore, the rental device 700 can set short breaks (e.g., toilet breaks) and long breaks (e.g., meal breaks), and can perform different processes for short breaks and long breaks. You can also use it as For example, during short breaks, it may be impossible to return prepaid cards, and during long breaks, prepaid cards may be required to be returned. By doing this, appropriate processing can be performed in accordance with the break time.

In addition, it was explained that if an error occurs while advance notice of discontinuation is being performed, the notice will be given according to the order of priority. Good too.

Furthermore, when advance notice of discontinuation is performed, it may be possible to notify the rental device 700 that the advance notice of discontinuation has been performed. In other words, it may be possible to notify the lending device 700 that the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa has become "18,500" or more.

In addition, if it is certain that the value of the MY counter 103ba for discontinuation will be "18,500" or more in the bonus activation state when the "bonus" is won, then when the "bonus" is won, It is also possible to make a notification.

In addition, when the freeze stops due to the activation of the stop function, the monitor display 44 continues to be lit in the same way as when other errors are detected, but the freeze stops due to the activation of the stop function. In this case, the monitor display 44 may be turned off.

Furthermore, if the power is turned off while an error has occurred, the value of the termination MY counter 103ba may not be cleared. By doing this, when an error occurs that cannot be canceled without turning off the power, the error can be canceled without clearing the value of the abort MY counter 103ba.

Additionally, if the conditions for starting (activating) the abort function are satisfied when an abnormality in the main RAM 103 is detected, the conditions for terminating (releasing) the aborting function are satisfied when the abnormality in the main RAM 103 is cleared. It may also be done. Specifically, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine 1 by changing the set value or setting the condition for ending (cancelling) the abnormality in the main RAM 103 to a reset start, so the termination function can be terminated (cancelled). The condition will necessarily be satisfied.

Additionally, if an error occurs while advance notice of discontinuance is being performed, advance notice of discontinuation will continue to be given in principle, but for example, if an error occurs that makes it impossible to return to the game (for example, If an abnormality in the RAM 103 occurs, the discontinuation advance notification may not continue to be performed.

(First invention)
The first invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. control board 300), a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a setting Setting operations related to values (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") (for example, a state in which the setting key is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated clockwise by a predetermined angle) setting operation detection means (for example, reset switch 41sw, setting key switch 43sw), and the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. (For example, the reel rotation process in step S7000 and the reel drive control process in step S15005), and the gaming value control means has a gaming value update memory that updates and stores the value of the gaming value owned by the player. processing (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value clear process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S20013) that clears the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected. the number clearing process), and the production control means can output a number clear notification of the number of gaming values (for example, a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) in response to the clearing operation. ) and setting value-related notifications according to the setting operations (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed", outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being confirmed"). and that the notification priorities are different between the gaming value number clear notification and the setting value related notification (for example, priority "2", priority "4", priority "11"). This is a gaming machine that features:

The first invention also provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game value (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the effect, and a clear operation (e.g., A clear operation detection means (for example, a game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting the operation of the number of game values clear button 61 when the power is turned on, and a set value (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting Setting operations related to settings “3” to setting “6” (for example, inserting the setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and turning the power button 50 on while turning it clockwise by a predetermined angle, acquisition display section 16 a setting operation detection means (for example, a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting the operation of the reset button 41 with the setting value displayed on the Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reel when a start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) (drive control processing), a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and when the clearing operation is detected, It is possible to execute a gaming value clearing process (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) for clearing the stored gaming value value, and the performance control means clears the gaming value according to the clearing operation. Number clear notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared." from the speaker 29) and setting value related notification according to the setting operation (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The number of game values has been cleared.") '' and outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says ``Settings are being confirmed.''), and the notification priority is determined by the game value clear notification and the setting value related notification. This is a gaming machine characterized by having different priorities (for example, priority "2", priority "4", and priority "11").

(Second invention)
The second invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. a control board 300), and a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). The game control means includes a reel control process (for example, in step S7000) that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. the reel rotation process, the reel drive control process in step S15005), and the gaming value control means executes a gaming value update storage process (for example, step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the gaming value owned by the player. a gaming value storage area addition process), and a gaming value clearing process for clearing the stored gaming value value when the clearing operation is detected (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013); The performance control means may be configured to notify the clearing of the number of gaming values in response to the clearing operation (for example, output a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29); Communication abnormality error notification within the game machine in response to a communication abnormality between the game control means and the game value control means (for example, a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" from the speaker 29) ), and the notification priorities of the game value number clear notification and the communication abnormality error notification within the gaming machine are different (for example, priority "5", priority "6", priority This gaming machine is characterized by a ranking of "11" and a priority of "15".

(Third invention)
The third invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. a control board 300), a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on); Receiving means (for example, lending device connection terminal board 62) capable of receiving a predetermined signal (for example, lending device periodic command) from a lending device (for example, lending device 700) capable of lending game values; The game control means performs a reel control process (for example, during reel rotation in step S7000) that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and the gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value update storage process (e.g., gaming value update storage processing in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player. storage area addition processing) and a gaming value clearing process (for example, the number of gaming values clearing process in step S20013) that clears the stored gaming value value when the clearing operation is detected. The performance control means is configured to notify the clearing of the number of gaming values in response to the clearing operation (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29), and the receiving means In response to the fact that the predetermined signal is not received from the rental device, a rental device communication non-response error notification (for example, outputting a voice saying “Rental device communication is abnormal” from the speaker 29) is executed. possible, and that the notification priorities of the gaming value clear notification and the rental device communication no response error notification are different (for example, priority "9", priority "11", priority "18"). This is a gaming machine with special features.

Further, the third invention provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game value (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the effect, and a clear operation (e.g., clear operation detection means (for example, the number of game values clear switch 61sw) that can detect the operation of the number of game values clear button 61 when the power is turned on; and a lending device that can lend out the game values (for example, the lending device 700). receiving means (e.g., rental apparatus connection terminal board 62) capable of receiving a predetermined signal (e.g., rental apparatus periodic command) from the game controller; Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation processing of step S7000, the reel drive control processing of step S15005), and the player's A game value update storage process that updates and stores the value of the game value that is owned (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value that is stored when the clear operation is detected. (for example, the number of gaming values clearing processing in step S20013), and the effect control means can perform a number of gaming value clearing notification (for example, from the speaker 29) according to the clearing operation. outputting a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared.") and notifying a lending device communication no response error in response to the fact that the receiving means has not received the predetermined signal from the lending device ( For example, it is possible to output a voice from the speaker 29 that says "There is an abnormality in communication with the rental device." This is a gaming machine characterized by having different priorities (for example, priority "9", priority "11", and priority "18").

(Fourth invention)
The fourth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. a control board 300), and a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). In the gaming machine, the game control means performs a reel control process (e.g., starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. , the reel rotation process in step S7000, and the reel drive control process in step S15005), and the gaming value control means executes a gaming value update storage process (in which the value of the gaming value owned by the player is updated and stored). For example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503) and the game value clear process for clearing the stored game value value when the clear operation is detected (for example, the game value number clearing process in step S20013). processing), and the effect control means is capable of executing a number of gaming value clear notifications (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) in response to the clearing operation. ), and a lending device disconnection error notification in response to the fact that the lending device (for example, the lending device 700) that can lend out the game value is not connected to the gaming machine (for example, the speaker 29 outputs "Connection with the lending device"). " Please check the 10'', priority level ``11'', and priority level ``19'').

Further, the fourth invention provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game value (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the effect, and a clear operation (e.g., In the gaming machine, the game control means includes a clear operation detection means (for example, the operation of the number of game values clear switch 61sw) that can detect the operation of the number of game values clear button 61 when the power is turned on, is detected, and the reel is stopped when the stop operation is detected (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control in step S15005). A game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value storage area that is stored when the clear operation is detected. A gaming value clearing process (for example, a gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) for clearing the gaming value value that has been set, and the effect control means clears the gaming value number according to the clearing operation. Notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared." from the speaker 29) and a lending device (for example, lending device 700) capable of lending the game value is not connected to the gaming machine. It is possible to perform an error notification of the rental device not being connected (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection with the rental device") according to the number of game values. This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priorities of the clear notification and the rental device disconnection error notification are different (for example, priority "10", priority "11", priority "19").

(Fifth invention)
The fifth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. control board 300), a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a door. (for example, the front door 3), the game control means controls the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected. reel control processing (for example, reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005) that stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected; The control means performs a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (for example, the game value storage area adding process in step S22503), and when the clear operation is detected, the game value is stored. A gaming value clearing process (for example, a gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) for clearing the gaming value value that has been set, and the effect control means clears the gaming value number according to the clearing operation. Notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) and door opening error notification in response to the detection of the opening of the door (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The number of game values has been cleared.") "The door is open."), and the notification priority of the game value clear notification and the door open error notification are different (for example, the priority is "11"). , priority "13", priority "20").

Further, the fifth invention provides a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game value (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the effect, and a clear operation (e.g., A clear operation detection means (for example, the number of game value clear switch 61sw) that can detect the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on, and a door opening that can detect the opening of the door (for example, the front door 3) detection means (for example, door opening/closing sensor 14s), and the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and starts the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. Reel control processing to stop rotation (for example, reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and gaming value update storage processing to update and store the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503), and the gaming value clearing process for clearing the stored gaming value value when the clearing operation is detected (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) The effect control means can perform the following: In response to the clearing operation, the number of gaming values is cleared (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared.") , a door opening error notification in response to the detection of the opening of the door (for example, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from the speaker 29), and the number of game values can be executed. This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priorities of the clear notification and the door open error notification are different (for example, priority "11", priority "13", and priority "20").

(Sixth invention)
The sixth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. control board 300), a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a predetermined number of game value clear switch 61sw. Reset operation detection means (for example, reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting a reset operation (for example, operating the reset button 41) for initializing the storage area (for example, gaming state storage area 103ak) of , the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel control process of step S7000). During rotation processing, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and upon detection of the reset operation, reset processing to initialize the predetermined storage area (for example, main RAM clear processing in step S15). , the gaming value control means performs a gaming value update storage process (for example, a gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and when the clearing operation is detected. , a gaming value clearing process for clearing the stored gaming value value (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013), and the performance control means can perform Notification of clearing of the number of gaming values (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) and reset notification in response to the reset operation (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) ”), and the notification priorities of the game value clear notification and the reset notification are different (for example, priority “11” and priority “14”). ”).

The sixth invention also provides a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game value (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the effect, and a clear operation (e.g., Clear operation detection means (for example, a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on, and a reset operation for initializing a predetermined storage area (for example, a reset operation) a reset operation detection means (for example, a reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting an operation of the button 41), and the game control means starts rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected; When the stop operation is detected, the reel control process stops the rotation of the reel (for example, the reel rotation process in step S7000, the reel drive control process in step S15005), and when the reset operation is detected, the predetermined process is performed. A reset process that initializes the storage area (for example, the main RAM clear process in step S15), and a gaming value update storage process that updates and stores the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the gaming value storage area in step S22503). addition processing), and a gaming value clearing process (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) that clears the stored gaming value value when the clearing operation is detected. , the performance control means is configured to notify the clearing of the number of gaming values in response to the clearing operation (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29), and to notify the number of gaming values in response to the reset operation. It is possible to perform a reset notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "RAM has been cleared" from the speaker 29), and the notification priority of the gaming value number clear notification and the reset notification are different. (For example, the priority order is "11" and the priority order is "14").

(Seventh invention)
The seventh invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values). For example, the game value control board 400), the performance control means (for example, the sub-control board 300) that can execute the process related to the performance, and the clear operation regarding the game value (for example, the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). clear operation detection means (for example, the number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation (for example, operating the settlement button 8), and a settlement operation detection means (for example, the settlement switch 8sw ), the gaming value control means includes a gaming value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the gaming value storage area adding process in step S22503), and the clearing operation. is detected, a gaming value clearing process for clearing the stored gaming value value (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013), and the effect control means A clear notification of the number of game values in response to the clear operation (for example, outputting a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) and a settlement notification in response to the payment operation (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "The number of game values has been cleared.") outputting a "settlement sound"), and that the notification priorities of the gaming value clear notification and the settlement notification are different (for example, priority "11", no priority). This is a gaming machine with special features.

In addition, the seventh invention provides a game control means (for example, main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values), and a process related to effects. A possible performance control means (for example, sub control board 300) and a clear operation detection means (for example, a game value clear operation) that can detect a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). value number clear switch 61sw) and a payment operation detection means (for example, payment switch 8sw) capable of detecting payment operation (for example, operating the payment button 8), and the game control means A game value update storage process that updates and stores the value of the game value that is owned (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value that is stored when the clear operation is detected. (for example, the number of gaming values clearing processing in step S20013), and the effect control means can perform a number of gaming value clearing notification (for example, from the speaker 29) according to the clearing operation. It is possible to output a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared.") and to notify the settlement according to the settlement operation (for example, output a "settlement sound" from the speaker 29). , the gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priority of the game value number clear notification and the settlement notification are different (for example, priority "11", no priority).

(Eighth invention)
The eighth invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values). For example, the game value control board 400), the performance control means (for example, the sub-control board 300) that can execute the process related to the performance, and the clear operation regarding the game value (for example, when the power is turned on, the number of game value clear button 61 is operated a clear operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting the number of game values, and the game value control means updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. A storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503) and a game value clear process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S20013) that clears the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected. The production control means can perform a game value number clearing notification (for example, a voice saying "The number of game values has been cleared" from the speaker 29) in response to the clearing operation. output) and a notification that the number of game values has been reached in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a predetermined value (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Error in reaching the number of game values." ), and the notification priorities of the game value number clear notification and the game value number reaching notification are different (for example, priority "8", priority "11", priority "17"). ”).

Further, the eighth invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a process related to effects. A possible performance control means (for example, sub control board 300) and a clear operation detection means (for example, a game value clear operation) that can detect a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). a value number clear switch 61sw), and the game control means includes a game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. , when the clearing operation is detected, a gaming value clearing process for clearing the stored gaming value value (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013), and the production control The means is to notify the clearing of the number of gaming values in response to the clearing operation (for example, by outputting a voice saying "The number of gaming values has been cleared" from the speaker 29), and to notify the user of the stored gaming value value. In response to reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369"), it is possible to notify the arrival of the number of gaming values (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "This is an error in reaching the number of gaming values"). and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the game value number clear notification and the game value number reached notification are different (for example, priority "8", priority "11", priority "17"). It is a gaming machine.

(9th invention)
A ninth invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, a gaming value control board 400) and a production control means (for example, a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to production, the gaming value control means controlling the value of the gaming value owned by the player. The game value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process of step S22503) can be executed to update and store the game value, and the effect control means can execute a game value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process of step S22503), and the effect control means can execute a game value update storage process that updates and stores the game value. 16,369'') and the memorized value of the game value. pre-arrival notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "Please count" from the speaker 29) in response to reaching a specific value (for example, "15,000") that is smaller than the predetermined value. , and is characterized in that the notification mode of the notification of reaching the number of gaming values and the notification before reaching the number of gaming values are different.

Further, the ninth invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games and processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values), and a processing related to effects. The game control means includes a game value update storage process (for example, the game value in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. value storage area addition processing), and the performance control means is capable of executing the game value number reaching in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369"). Notification (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says "Error reaching the number of game values.") and a specific value (for example, "15,000 ''), it is possible to perform a pre-arrival notification (for example, outputting a voice saying ``Please count'' from the speaker 29) in response to the reaching of the number of gaming values, and the aforementioned This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification mode is different from the pre-arrival notification.

(10th invention)
A tenth invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, a gaming value control board 400), a production control means (for example, sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to production, and setting values (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to Setting operations related to setting "6" (for example, inserting the setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and turning the power button 50 clockwise by a predetermined angle, and setting values displayed on the acquisition display section 16) Setting operation detection means (for example, reset switch 41sw, setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting the reset button 41 (operating the reset button 41 in the displayed state) and the gaming value information value ( For example, a calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the stoppage calculation process in step S14100) that calculates the stoppage MY counter 103ba), and the game control means calculates the game value calculated by the calculation means. When the value of ``19,000'' reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000"), it is possible to execute a termination process (for example, the termination process of step S14005) in which the game is terminated, and the gaming value control means It is possible to execute a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and the effect control means is configured to update and store the value of the gaming value that the player owns. A termination notification in response to the value of the game value reaching the specific value (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Cancellation function is in operation. Today's game has ended.") and the setting. It is possible to perform setting value related notifications according to the operation (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed" and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being confirmed"). , characterized in that the notification priority of the discontinuation notification and the notification priority of the setting value related notification (for example, priority "2", priority "4", priority "21") are different. It is a gaming machine with

The tenth invention also provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a process related to effects. Possible production control means (for example, sub control board 300) and setting operations (for example, in the setting keyhole 43) regarding setting values (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") After inserting the setting key and turning it clockwise by a predetermined angle, turn on the power button 50; and while the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, press the reset button 41). A detectable setting operation detection means (e.g., reset switch 41sw, setting key switch 43sw) and a calculation means (e.g., MY counter for cancellation 103ba) that calculates a gaming value information value (e.g., MY counter for cancellation 103ba) using the gaming value acquired through the game. , a main control board 100) that performs the termination calculation process in step S14100, and the game control means controls the game value calculated by the calculation means to a specific value (for example, "19,000"). If the game value is reached, the game is canceled (e.g., the abort process in step S14005), and the game value update storage process is performed to update and store the value of the game value owned by the player (e.g., the game value in step S22503). (storage area addition processing), and the effect control means is capable of executing discontinuation notification (for example, from the speaker 29) in response to the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value. Outputting a voice saying "Stopping function is in operation. Today's game has ended.") and setting value related notifications according to the setting operation (for example, outputting a voice saying "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29) and outputting a voice saying "Settings are being confirmed" from the speaker 29), and the notification priority of the cancellation notification and the notification priority of the setting value related notification (for example, priority This gaming machine is characterized by having different notification priorities: "2", priority "4", and priority "21").

(11th invention)
The eleventh invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values). For example, a gaming value control board 400), a production control means (for example, sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to production, and a gaming value information value (for example, MY counter for cancellation) using the gaming value acquired through the game. 103ba) (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the discontinuation calculation process in step S14100), and the game control means calculates the gaming value calculated by the calculation means to a specific value ( For example, when the game value reaches "19,000", it is possible to execute a termination process (for example, the termination process in step S14005) in which the game is terminated, and the gaming value control means controls the game value of the game owned by the player. It is possible to execute a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the value, and the effect control means is configured to update the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means. In response to reaching the specific value, a cancellation notification (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says "Stopping function is in operation. Today's game has ended.") and the stored gaming value. In response to the value reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369"), a notification that the number of game values has been reached (for example, outputting a voice saying "This is an error in reaching the number of game values" from the speaker 29); A game that is executable and characterized in that the notification priority of the discontinuation notification and the notification of reaching the number of game values are different (for example, priority "8", priority "17", priority "21") It is a machine.

The eleventh invention also provides a game control means (for example, main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values), and a process related to effects. A possible production control means (for example, sub control board 300) and a calculation means (for example, the termination calculation in step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the termination MY counter 103ba) using the gaming value acquired through the game. a main control board 100) that performs processing, and the game control means controls the game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000"). (e.g., the abort process in step S14005); and a gaming value update storage process (e.g., the gaming value storage area addition process in step S22503) to update and store the value of the gaming value owned by the player. , and the effect control means is configured to issue a discontinuation notification (for example, from the speaker 29, "The discontinuation function is in operation. "Today's games have ended.") and the number of gaming values reached in response to the stored gaming value reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369"). It is possible to perform a notification (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "This is an error in reaching the number of gaming values."), and the notification priority of the discontinuation notification and the notification of reaching the number of gaming values are different ( For example, the gaming machine is characterized by having a priority of "8", a priority of "17", and a priority of "21".

(12th invention)
The twelfth invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values). For example, a gaming value control board 400), a production control means (for example, sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to production, and a door open detection means (for example, , door opening/closing sensor 14s), and a calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the cancellation calculation process in step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the MY counter for cancellation 103ba) using the gaming value acquired through the game. ), and the game control means performs a discontinuance process of discontinuing the game when the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000"). For example, the game value control means can perform a game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. The performance control means can execute a discontinuation notification (for example, a "discontinuation function activated" from the speaker 29) in response to the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value. Medium. Today's game is over.") and a door open error notification in response to the detection of the door opening (for example, the speaker 29 outputs "The door is open."). ), and the notification priority of the abort notification and the door opening error notification are different (for example, priority "13", priority "20"). , priority "21").

The twelfth invention also provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a process related to effects. A possible production control means (for example, sub control board 300), a door open detection means (for example, door opening/closing sensor 14s) capable of detecting the opening of a door (for example, front door 3), and a game value acquired through a game. a calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the stoppage calculation process in step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the stoppage MY counter 103ba) using the play control means; A termination process (for example, the termination process of step S14005) that terminates the game when the value of the gaming value calculated by the above reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000"); A game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value, and the effect control means is capable of updating the game value calculated by the calculation means. In response to the value reaching the specific value, a cancellation notification (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Stopping function in operation. Today's game has ended.") and opening of the door. A door open error notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from the speaker 29) in response to the detection of the door opening error can be executed, and the notification priority of the abort notification can be set. This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priority is different from the door open error notification (for example, priority "13", priority "20", priority "21").

(13th invention)
The 13th invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, the game value control board 400), the performance control means (for example, the sub-control board 300) that can execute the process related to the performance, and the clear operation regarding the game value (for example, the operation of the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). Clear operation detection means (for example, the number of game value clear switch 61sw) that can detect the number of game values (for example, the number of game values clear switch 61sw), and calculation means that calculates the game value information value (for example, the MY counter for cancellation 103ba) using the game value acquired by the game. (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the termination calculation process in step S14100), and the game control means is configured to set the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means to a specific value (for example, "19,000"). ), it is possible to execute a discontinuation process (for example, the discontinuation process in step S14005) for discontinuing the game, and the gaming value control means updates and stores the value of the gaming value owned by the player. A game value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value clear process for clearing the stored game value value when the clear operation is detected (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503). The number of gaming values clearing process in S20013) can be executed, and the performance control means can perform the number clearing of the number of gaming values according to the clearing operation (for example, from the speaker 29, "The number of gaming values has been cleared"). (for example, the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "Stopping function is in operation. Today's game is It is possible to output a voice saying "Completed."), and the notification priority of the discontinuation notification and the play value number clear notification are different (for example, priority "11" and priority "11"). 21").

The thirteenth invention also provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games and processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values), and a processing related to effects. A possible performance control means (for example, sub control board 300) and a clear operation detection means (for example, a game value clear operation) that can detect a clear operation regarding the game value (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on). value number clear switch 61sw) and a calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the cancellation calculation process of step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the MY counter for cancellation 103ba) using the gaming value acquired through the game. ), and the game control means performs a discontinuance process of discontinuing the game when the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000"). For example, if the clear operation is detected, the game value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503) updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. In this case, it is possible to execute a gaming value clearing process (for example, the gaming value number clearing process in step S20013) for clearing the stored gaming value value, and the performance control means The corresponding gaming value number clear notification (for example, outputting a voice saying "The gaming value number has been cleared" from the speaker 29) and the gaming value value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value. It is possible to execute a stop notification in response to the reached state (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Stop function is in operation. Today's game has ended."), and the above-mentioned stop notification and the above This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priority is different from that of the game value number clear notification (for example, priority "11" and priority "21").

(14th invention)
The fourteenth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. A control board 300), wherein the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and first event processing related to an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (e.g., setting value change processing in step S100, game play in step S2003). In-flight communication abnormality error (main stop) processing) and second event processing related to events that allow the game to proceed (for example, payment processing in step S3011, door open error (constant monitoring) processing in step S15104) can be executed. The gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process of step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and is capable of executing the gaming value storage area addition process of step S22503, The control means outputs a first event notification corresponding to the first event processing (for example, outputs a voice saying "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29, and outputs a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Connection between main control board and gaming value control board"). " Please check the door open."), and a second event notification corresponding to the second event processing (for example, outputting "Payment sound" from the speaker 29, and outputting a "Door opens" sound from the speaker 29. The first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority ``2'' and priority ``2''). 6'', priority level ``20'', and no priority level).

The fourteenth invention also provides a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). The game control means includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the value), and a performance control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and the game control means includes: Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) reel drive control processing), first event processing regarding an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (e.g., setting value change processing in step S100, internal communication abnormality error (main stop) processing in step S2003), and game progress. A second event process related to a possible event (for example, the payment process in step S3011, the door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S15104), and a game value update memory that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. processing (for example, the gaming value storage area addition processing in step S22503), and the effect control means is capable of executing a first event notification (for example, from the speaker 29 "Settings are being changed") according to the first event processing. outputting a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board" from the speaker 29), and outputting a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." Event notification (for example, outputting a "payment sound" from the speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "the door is open" from the speaker 29), and the first event notification; This gaming machine is characterized in that the notification priority is different from the second event notification (for example, priority "2", priority "6", priority "20", no priority).

(15th invention)
The fifteenth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. A control board 300), wherein the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and first event processing related to an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (e.g., setting value change processing in step S100, game play in step S2003). in-flight communication abnormality error (main stop) process) and a second event process that is different from the first event process and is related to an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (for example, the setting value change process in step S100, The gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) process of S2003) can be executed, and the gaming value control means can execute a gaming value update storage process (for example, The game value storage area addition process of step S22503) can be executed, and the effect control means can send a first event notification (for example, a voice saying "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29) in accordance with the first event process. output from the speaker 29, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board.") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (for example, from the speaker 29). 29 to output a voice saying ``Settings are being changed.'' and output a voice from speaker 29 to ``Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board.'' The game machine is characterized in that the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority "2" and priority "6").

The fifteenth invention also provides a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). The game control means includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the value), and a performance control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and the game control means includes: Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) reel drive control processing), first event processing regarding an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (for example, setting value change processing in step S100, communication abnormality error (main stop) processing in the gaming machine in step S2003); A second event process that is different from the event process and is related to an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (for example, the setting value change process in step S100, the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003), A game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the effect control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and the effect control means The first event notification according to the process (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed", and saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board" from the speaker 29) outputting a sound), and a second event notification corresponding to the second event processing (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed", and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The main control board and the gaming value are being changed"). "Please check the connection of the control board."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, This is a gaming machine characterized by a priority level of ``2'' and a priority level of ``6''.

(16th invention)
The 16th invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. A control board 300), wherein the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing (for example, reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and first event processing related to events that allow the game to proceed (for example, payment processing in step S3011, door opening error in step S15104) A second event process (for example, payment processing in step S3011, door open error (constant monitoring) in step S15104, which is a process different from the first event process) and is related to an event that allows the game to proceed. ) process), and the gaming value control means can perform a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area addition process of step S22503) to update and store the value of the gaming value owned by the player. The effect control means can execute a first event notification based on the first event process (for example, outputting a "payment sound" from the speaker 29, and saying "The door is open" from the speaker 29). outputting a sound) and a second event notification based on the second event processing (for example, outputting a "payment sound" from the speaker 29, and outputting a sound saying "The door is open" from the speaker 29). ), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, no priority, priority "20"). be.

The 16th invention also provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). The game control means includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the value), and a performance control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and the game control means includes: Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) The reel drive control process) and the first event process related to an event that allows the game to proceed (for example, the payment process in step S3011, the door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S15104) are different from the first event process. A second event process related to an event that allows the game to proceed (for example, the payment process in step S3011, the door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S15104), and the value of the gaming value owned by the player. A game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the game value, and the effect control means can perform a first event notification (for example, , outputting a "settlement sound" from the speaker 29, outputting a sound saying "The door is open" from the speaker 29), and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a second event notification from the speaker 29). outputting a "settlement sound" from the speaker 29, and outputting a voice saying "the door is open" from the speaker 29), and the first event notification and the second event notification can be performed. This gaming machine is characterized by having different notification priorities (for example, no priority and priority "20").

(17th invention)
The seventeenth invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. A control board 300), wherein the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing (for example, reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and first event processing related to an event that cannot be canceled by turning the power on or off (for example, abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop) in step S2003) processing, the rental device unconnected error (main stop) processing in step S21006), and a second event processing regarding an event that is different from the first event processing and cannot be canceled by turning the power on or off (for example, the processing in step S2003). The gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) process and the lending device unconnected error (main stop) process in step S21006) can be executed, and the gaming value control means controls the gaming value value owned by the player. A game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) can be executed to update and store the game value, and the effect control means can perform a first event notification (for example, a speaker 29 to output a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." and output a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection to the lending device.") and a second event notification corresponding to the second event processing (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board.""Please check the connection with the device."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, the priority This is a gaming machine characterized by a priority level of ``5'' and a priority level of ``6''.

The seventeenth invention also provides a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). The game control means includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the value), and a performance control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and the game control means includes: Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) reel drive control processing), and first event processing related to events that cannot be canceled by turning the power on or off (for example, the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) processing in step S2003, the lending device unconnected error (main stop) processing in step S21006) ), and a second event process regarding an event that is different from the first event process and cannot be canceled by turning the power on or off (for example, the internal communication error (main stop) process in step S2003, the lending process in step S21006) (device disconnection error (main stop) process) and a game value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player. Yes, the effect control means outputs a first event notification (for example, a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board.") according to the first event processing. , the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device.") and a second event notification corresponding to the second event processing (for example, the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device." ``Please check the connection to the value control board.'' and output the voice ``Please check the connection to the lending device.'' from the speaker 29. The gaming machine is characterized in that the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority "5" and priority "6").

(18th invention)
The 18th invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. control board 300) and display means (for example, acquisition display unit 16, image display device 27) capable of displaying predetermined information (for example, information regarding errors), and the game control means Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005) ), and a first event process related to an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared when the power is turned on and off (for example, the communication abnormality error (main stop) process in the gaming machine in step S2003, and the lending device not connected in step S21006) error (main stop) processing) and a second event processing (for example, step S2003) that is different from the first event processing and is related to an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared when the power is turned on and off. the gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S21006, and the rental device disconnection error (main stop) process in step S21006), and the gaming value control means updates and stores the gaming value value owned by the player. It is possible to execute a value update storage process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and the effect control means is capable of notifying a first event according to the first event process (for example, a "main control" from the speaker 29). ``Please check the connection between the board and the gaming value control board.'' outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says ``Please check the connection with the rental device.'' A second event notification corresponding to the event processing (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board", or outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection with the rental device") please check. ”), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority “5” and priority “6”). This gaming machine is characterized by:

The 18th invention also provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). A game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to performance (e.g., main control board 100), an effect control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to effect, and predetermined information (e.g., information regarding error). ) (for example, the acquisition display section 16, the image display device 27), and the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and when the start operation is detected, the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, Reel control processing that stops the rotation of the reels when an operation is detected (for example, reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and information displayed on the display means that stops the rotation of the reels. A first event process related to an event that is not cleared by turning on/off (for example, the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003, the lending device unconnected error (main stop) process in step S21006), and the first event process. is a different process, and is a second event process related to an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared when the power is turned on and off (for example, the internal communication error (main stop) process in the gaming machine in step S2003, and the process in step S21006). Rental device disconnection error (main stop) processing) and gaming value update storage processing for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the gaming value storage area addition processing in step S22503) can be executed. The performance control means outputs a first event notification (for example, a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board" from the speaker 29) in accordance with the first event processing. (for example, the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device.") and the second event notification corresponding to the second event processing (for example, the speaker 29 outputs a voice saying "Please check the connection with the rental device." It is possible to output the voice "Please check the connection of the gaming value control board." and output the voice "Please check the connection with the lending device." from the speaker 29. , the gaming machine is characterized in that the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority "5" and priority "6").

(19th invention)
The 19th invention includes a reel (for example, reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating the start lever 9). , a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game. , a gaming value control means (e.g., gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and an effect control means (e.g., sub-processing) capable of executing processing related to effect. A control board 300), wherein the game control means starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected. processing (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005), and first event processing related to an event that outputs predetermined information (e.g., gaming machine information) (e.g., hole con fraud in step S28403). The setting value change process in step S100 regarding the process of notifying the setting change signal, setting confirmation signal, and door open signal in the monitoring information notification process, the setting key switch check process in step S15012, and the door open error (constant monitoring) in step S150104. processing) and a second event processing that is different from the first event processing and is related to an event that outputs the predetermined information (for example, a setting change signal in the hall con fraud monitoring information notification processing in step S28403, a setting The setting value change process in step S100 regarding the process of transmitting the confirmation signal and the door open signal, the setting key switch check process in step S15012, and the door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S150104) can be executed, and the above-mentioned The gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value update storage process (for example, the gaming value storage area adding process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and the effect control means A first event notification corresponding to the first event processing (for example, outputting a voice saying "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "Settings are being confirmed" from the speaker 29, 29 to output a voice saying "The door is open.") and a second event notification according to the second event processing (for example, the speaker 29 should output "Settings are being changed."). ” output from the speaker 29, output a sound from the speaker 29 that says “Settings are being checked”, and output a sound from the speaker 29 that says “The door is open.” , the gaming machine is characterized in that the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority "2", priority "4", priority "20"). .

The nineteenth invention also provides a reel on which a plurality of symbols are arranged (for example, reel 20) and a start operation detection means (for example, start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (for example, operating start lever 9). ), a stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating the stop button 10), a process related to the game, and a game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value). The game control means includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the value), and a performance control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and the game control means includes: Reel control processing that starts the rotation of the reels when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reels when the stop operation is detected (for example, the reel rotation process of step S7000, the reel rotation process of step S15005) reel drive control processing), and a first event processing related to an event that outputs predetermined information (for example, gaming machine information) (for example, a setting change signal, a setting confirmation signal, in the hall con fraud monitoring information notification process of step S28403, The setting value change process in step S100 related to the process of transmitting the door open signal, the setting key switch check process in step S15012, and the door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S150104 are different processes from the first event process. Then, the second event process related to the event of outputting the predetermined information (for example, the process of transmitting the setting change signal, setting confirmation signal, and door open signal in the hall console fraud monitoring information notification process of step S28403 in step S100) setting value change processing, setting key switch check processing in step S15012, door open error (constant monitoring) processing in step S150104), and gaming value update storage processing for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, (gaming value storage area addition processing in step S22503), and the effect control means may issue a first event notification (for example, "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29) in accordance with the first event processing. outputting a sound from the speaker 29, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being checked", outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open"), and responding to the second event process. 2nd event notification (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed", or outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being confirmed"). '', and outputting a voice from the speaker 29 that says ``The door is open.''), and priority is given to the first event notification and the second event notification. This gaming machine is characterized by having different degrees of priority (for example, priority "2", priority "4", and priority "20").

(Twentieth invention)
The 20th invention includes a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game, a performance control means (for example, the sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and a game control means (for example, the sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the game. calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the stoppage calculation process in step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the stoppage MY counter 103ba) using the value, and the game control means has a special First state processing (for example, normal state processing in step S5200, AT state processing in step S5600) regarding a first state (for example, normal state, AT state) in which the game (for example, bonus) is not operating; A second state process (for example, a process for a bonus state in step S5500, a process for a bonus state during an AT in step S5800) regarding a second state in which a special game is operating (for example, a bonus state, a bonus state during AT), executable, and the effect control means performs a discontinuation function when the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000") in the first state. (For example, by displaying a text image on the image display device 27 that reads, "Stopping function in operation. The maximum amount of money that can be given has been reached and the game has been stopped. Today's game has ended.") In the second state, when the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculating means reaches the specific value, a second notification regarding the stoppage function (for example, a message indicating that the stoppage function will be activated soon on the image display device 27) is displayed. This gaming machine is characterized in that the first notification is performed after displaying a character image "Waiting.".

(21st invention)
The 21st invention includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game, a performance control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the performance, and a game control means (e.g., sub control board 300) capable of executing processing related to the game. A calculation means (for example, the main control board 100 that performs the termination calculation process in step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the termination MY counter 103ba) using the value, and a predetermined light emission mode (for example, lighting, blinking). , a light-emitting means (e.g., stoppage indicator 36) capable of emitting light (e.g., no-stop display 36); ''), it is possible to execute a termination process (for example, the termination process of step S14005) in which the game is terminated, and the light emitting means is configured to perform a termination process when the calculation result by the calculation means reaches the specific value. This gaming machine is characterized by being able to issue notifications regarding cancellation.

(22nd invention)
The twenty-second invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, and a gaming value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values). For example, the game control means includes a gaming value control board 400) and a display unit (for example, the gaming value display 24) capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and the gaming control means A determination process (for example, the display determination process in step S8000) for determining whether or not a prize has been won (for example, the display determination process in step S8000), and when it is determined that a winning has been achieved through the determination process, a grant signal (for example, a game value A grant signal output process (for example, a gaming value grant command transmission process in step S9002) that outputs a grant command (a grant command), and the gaming value control means receives the grant signal from the game control means. The gaming machine is characterized in that it is possible to execute an update process (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates the display section in the case of a game.

(23rd invention)
The twenty-third invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, the gaming value control board 400) and the BET operation detection means (e.g., BET switch 6sw, MAXBET switch 7sw) capable of detecting BET operations (e.g., operating the BET button 6, operating the MAXBET button 7). and a display unit capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the gaming value display 24), and the gaming control means controls the gaming value when the BET operation is detected. BET signal output processing (for example, BET command transmission processing in step S3013, MAXBET command transmission processing in step S3018) that outputs a BET signal (for example, BET command, MAXBET command) to the value control means can be executed, and the above-mentioned The gaming value control means is capable of executing an update process for updating the display section (for example, the gaming value storage area update process of step S22410) when the BET signal is input from the gaming control means. This is a gaming machine with special features.

(24th invention)
The twenty-fourth invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, a gaming value control board 400), a settlement operation detection means (for example, settlement switch 8sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation (for example, operating the settlement button 8), and a value of the gaming value owned by the player. a display section (e.g., a gaming value display 24) capable of displaying a payment amount; When the payment signal is inputted from the game control means, the game value control means can perform a payment signal output process (for example, payment command transmission process in step S3008) that outputs a payment command), and when the payment signal is input from the game control means, the game value control means This gaming machine is characterized in that it is capable of executing an update process (for example, the game value storage area addition process at the time of checkout in step S22304).

(25th invention)
The twenty-fifth invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming values (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming values). For example, a gaming value control board 400), a first initialization operation detection means (for example, reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting a first initialization operation (for example, operating the reset button 41 when turning on the power), a second initialization operation detection means (for example, a number of game value clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a second initialization operation (for example, operating the number of game value clear button 61 when the power is turned on); When an initialization operation is detected, a predetermined storage area of the gaming control means (for example, the gaming state storage area 103ak) and a predetermined storage area of the gaming value control means (for example, the gaming value error information storage area 403ab) and when the second initialization operation is detected, without initializing the predetermined storage area of the gaming control means, a specific storage area different from the predetermined storage area of the gaming value control means. This gaming machine is characterized by initializing an area (eg, gaming value storage area 403aa).

(26th invention)
The twenty-sixth invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, the gaming value control board 400) and a calculation means (for example, a main control that performs the cancellation calculation process of step S14100) that calculates the gaming value information value (for example, the MY counter 103ba for cancellation) using the gaming value acquired through the game. a board 100), and a determining means (for example, a MY counter for stopping at step S14107) for determining whether the gaming value information value calculated by the calculating means has reached a specific value (for example, "19,000"). 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000"), the game control means includes a first program (for example, a process related to the main loop process of step S1000) that controls the progress of the game. A first storage area (for example, the main ROM usage area 102a) in which a program) is stored, and a second storage area in which a second program different from the first program (for example, the abort calculation process in step S14100) is stored. (for example, outside the main ROM usage area 102b), and when the determination means determines that the specific value has been reached, the first storage area has a This gaming machine is characterized in that a program related to a transmission process (for example, the termination command transmission process in step S14003) for transmitting a termination signal (for example, a termination command) is stored.

(27th invention)
The twenty-seventh invention provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values). For example, setting operations (for example, inserting a setting key into the setting keyhole 43) regarding setting values (for example, setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") , performing a power-on operation on the power button 50 while being rotated by a predetermined angle in the clockwise direction, and operating the reset button 41 while the set value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16). detection means (for example, a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw), and when the setting operation is detected, the game control means sends specific information (for example, main control Specific information output processing (for example, main gaming machine installation information command transmission processing in step S17) that outputs the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, main control chip ID number of the board 100, and the setting operation is detected. When the specific information is input, the gaming value control means can execute a setting process for setting the setting value (for example, a setting value changing process in step S100), and the gaming value control means can perform A response message creation process that creates a response message to be sent back to the control means (for example, the main game machine installation information message creation process in step S20009), and a response message that returns the response message created by the response message creation process. A reply process (for example, the main gaming machine installation information response process in step S20010) can be executed, and the setting process is characterized in that the setting value is allowed to be changed when the response message is returned. It is a gaming machine with

(28th invention)
The twenty-eighth invention provides a game control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and a game value control means (for example, the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to game values (for example, electromagnetically stored game values). For example, the gaming value control means includes a gaming value control board 400) and a display section (for example, the gaming value display 24) that can display the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and the gaming value control means controls the lending signal ( For example, a lending signal input process (for example, a process of determining whether or not there is a lending notification from the lending apparatus 700 in step S22007) that inputs a lending notification from the lending apparatus 700), and when the lending signal is input, This gaming machine is characterized in that it is capable of executing an update process for updating the display section (for example, the game value storage area update process in step S22725).

The twenty-eighth invention also provides a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values); A display unit capable of displaying the value of the gaming value (for example, the gaming value display 24), and the game control means has a lending signal input unit that inputs a lending signal (for example, a lending notification from the lending device 700). processing (e.g., processing to determine whether there is a lending notification from the lending device 700 in step S22007); and update processing (e.g., gaming processing in step S22725) to update the display unit when the lending signal is input. This gaming machine is characterized in that it is capable of executing (value storage area update processing).

In the above-described embodiments and modified examples, the explanation has been mainly given by exemplifying the "reel type gaming machine (slot machine)", but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be a "pachinko game machine," an "arranged ball game machine," or a "jump ball game machine."

Note that the matters shown in the above embodiments and modified examples are merely examples, and can be changed as appropriate without departing from the scope of the present invention.

1 Game machine 2 Cabinet 3 Front door 4 Handle 5 Door keyhole 6 BET button 6sw BET switch 7 MAXBET button 7sw MAXBET switch 8 Settlement button 8sw Settlement switch 9 Start lever 9sw Start switch 10 Stop button 10sw Stop switch 11 Left stop button 11sw Left Stop switch 12 Middle stop button 12sw Middle stop switch 13 Right stop button 13sw Right stop switch 14s Door opening/closing sensor 15 Various indicators 16 Acquisition display section 16a Upper acquisition display section 16b Lower acquisition display section 17 Instruction information display section 17a Upper instruction information display Part 17b Lower instruction information display section 18 Game period display section 18a Upper game period display section 18b Lower game period display section 19 Accessory object operation display section 19a Upper object operation display section 19b Lower object operation display section 20 Reel 21 Left reel 22 Middle reel 23 Right reel 24 Game value display 25 Production button 25sw Production switch 26 Cross key 26sw Cross key switch 27 Image display device 27a Production display area 27b Press order display area 28 Frame lamp 29 Speaker 30 Reel display area 31 Left reel display Area 32 Middle reel display area 33 Right reel display area 34 Lower panel 35 Upper panel 35a Explanation display area 36 Stop indicator 40 Reset door 41 Reset button 41sw Reset switch 42 Setting door 43 Setting keyhole 43sw Setting key switch 44 Monitor indicator 50 Power supply Button 50sw Power switch 60 Count button 60sw Counting switch 61 Game value number clear button 61sw Game value number clear switch 62 Rental device connection terminal board 70s Reel sensor 71s Left reel sensor 72s Middle reel sensor 73s Right reel sensor 75 Stepping motor 76 Left stepping motor 77 Middle stepping motor 78 Right stepping motor 80 Rental button 80sw Rental switch 81 Return button 81sw Return switch 82 Liquid crystal display 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
102a Inside the main ROM usage area 102b Outside the main ROM usage area 103 Main RAM
103a Main RAM usage area 103aa Setting value storage area 103ab Bonus storage area 103ac Winning combination storage area 103ad BET counter 103ae Wait timer 103af Replay active flag storage area 103ag Awarded value storage area 103ah Bonus end value counter 103ai RB winnings counter 10 3aj RB Game number counter 103ak Game state storage area 103al Ball put out state storage area 103am Next ball put out state storage area 103an Ceiling game number counter 103ao CZ game number counter 103ap AT game number counter 103aq Addition state game number counter 103ar CZ winning flag storage area 103as AT Winning flag storage area 103at Additional state winning flag storage area 103au 1st stop storage area 103av Press reference position storage area 103aw Sliding frame number storage area 103ax Difference counter 103ay Specific period start flag storage area 103az Specific period flag storage area 103za Specific period end Flag storage area 103zb Main error information storage area 103zc Stop position storage area 103zd Game value error storage area 103b Outside main RAM usage area 103ba MY counter for stopping 103bb Internal stack pointer storage area 103bc Stopping flag storage area 103bd Game count counter for performance information 103be Total BET number counter for performance information 103bf Total number of bonuses for performance information counter 103bg MY counter for performance information 103bh Maximum MY counter for performance information 103bi Total number of bonuses for performance information counter 103bj Total number of consecutive bonuses for performance information 103ya Ring pointer 103yb (400 games) total award 103yc (400 games) total award of consecutive combinations 103yd (400 games) total award of role ratio 103ye (400 games) award of accessory with instruction 103yf (6000 games) total award 103yg (6000 games) consecutive Total award of roles 103yh (6000 games) Total award of role ratio 103yi (Cumulative) Total award 103yj (Cumulative) Total award of consecutive roles 103yk (Cumulative) Total award of role ratio 103yl (Cumulative) Award of role parts including instructions 103ym (6000 games) Consecutive roles Ratio 103yn (6000 games) Accessory object ratio 103yo (Cumulative) Instruction-inclusive accessory ratio 103yp (Cumulative) Continuous combination ratio 103yq (Cumulative) Accessory object ratio 103yr (Cumulative) Accessory object state ratio 103ys Total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103yt Total grant number upper limit flag storage area 103yu Total number of games counter 103yv Accessory status game number counter 103yw Game number counter for ratio calculation 104 Main random number generator 200 Power supply board 300 Sub control board 301 Sub CPU
302 Sub ROM
303 Sub RAM
304 Sub random number generator 400 Gaming value control board 401 Gaming value CPU
402 Game value ROM
402a Inside the gaming value ROM usage area 402b Outside the gaming value ROM usage area 403 Gaming value RAM
403a Inside the gaming value RAM usage area 403b Outside the gaming value RAM usage area 500 Status board 600 Reel control board 700 Rental device 710 Unit board 720 Rental equipment control board 730 Hall controller output section 800 Game parlor 801 Hall computer 802 Management computer 810 Card company data Center 820 Gaming machine information center 821 Machine history server 822 Fraud monitoring server 823 Performance information server 824 Player information server 830 Union 840 Dependency countermeasure organization 850 Card company group 860 Rental device manufacturing company 870 Unit board manufacturing company 880 Gaming machine manufacturing company 890 Gaming Machine management control chip supply company CUR Cursor image FIGa Red seven pattern FIGb BAR pattern FIGc Cherry pattern FIGd 1st bell pattern FIGe 2nd bell pattern FIGf 3rd bell pattern FIGg 4th bell pattern FIGh 1st plum pattern FIGi 2nd plum pattern FIGj replay pattern

Claims (1)

a game control means capable of executing processing related to the game;
a performance control means capable of executing processing related to the performance;
Calculating means for calculating a gaming value information value using the gaming value acquired through the game;
a light emitting means capable of emitting light in a predetermined light emitting manner;
Equipped with
The game control means is
When the value of the gaming value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value, it is possible to execute a termination process of suspending the game,
The light emitting means is
A gaming machine characterized in that when the result of calculation by the calculation means reaches the specific value, notification regarding cancellation can be executed.